Installment Sales in Real Estate Transactions

For formatted, searchable PDF document, press here:  Installment Sales in Real Estate Transactions.wpd

A.    Introduction

An “installment sale” is a disposition of property in which at least one “payment” is to be received after the close of the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. IRC §453(b)(1).

The “installment method” is the default method prescribed by the Code to report income from installment transactions unless the taxpayer elects not to use the installment method.  This election must be made no later than the due date of the tax return (including extensions) for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. IRC §453(d)(1).

Under the installment method, a fraction of each installment payment constitutes a return of capital and a fraction constitutes capital gain. That fraction is defined as the “gross profit ratio.” The gross profit ratio is equal to the “gross profit” over the “contract price.” The gross profit is the gain reported on the transaction, while the total contract price is the total consideration to be paid, reduced by the amount of any “qualifying indebtedness” assumed or taken subject to by the buyer, to the extent of the seller’s basis in the property. IRC §453(c); Temp. Treas. Reg. §15A.453-1(b)(2)(ii).

If any or all of the installment payments under an installment sale are not made, and either (i) the debtor declares bankruptcy or (ii) a judgment is obtained against the debtor, then the uncollected amounts may be written off as a bad debt. The amount of the deduction would be equal to the installment obligation’s adjusted basis.

If a business consisting of multiple assets is sold, an allocation of the selling price and the payments received must be made in the year of sale to (i) inventory, whose gain may not be reported on the installment method; (ii) loss assets, whose loss must be reported in the year of sale; (iii) real property, whose gain may be reported on the installment method; and (iv) personal property, the gain on which may also be reported on the installment method. Treas. Reg. §1.453-5(a).

B. Limitations on IRC § 453 Reporting

1.  Accrual Method Taxpayers

Under IRC § 471(a), the IRS may require any taxpayer to use inventories, and therefore the accrual method, if necessary to clearly reflect the taxpayer’s income. In 1999 Congress amended IRC §453(a) to provide that accrual basis taxpayers could no longer use the installment method. This provision adversely affected partnerships and C corporations selling assets on the installment basis, since these entities are constrained in their ability to use the cash method. The profoundly unpopular enactment also adversely affected the ability of small business owners to sell their business on the installment basis. The unpopularity of the statutory change resulted in some administrative leniency; the IRS had stated that taxpayers with average annual gross receipts of $1 million or less could use the cash method of accounting and, therefore, the installment method.  Rev. Proc. 2000-20 I.R.B. 1008.

However, the Tax Relief Extension Act of 1999, which imposed the ban on installment basis reporting by accrual-method taxpayers was itself retroactively repealed by the Installment Tax Correction Act of 2000 (HR 3594). The bill was passed by the unanimous vote of both houses, and signed into law by President Clinton on December 28, 2000. For purposes of the Code, the earlier legislation is treated as if it had never been enacted.

In general, partnerships may not use the cash method if (i) the partnership has as a partner a C Corporation and (ii) the partnership’s average annual gross receipts for the three-year period before the taxable year in issue exceeded $5 million, or (iii) the partnership is a “tax shelter.”  IRC §448(a), (b)(3), (c); see also Treas. Reg. §1.448-1T(a), (b), (f). A C corporation may not use the cash method of accounting unless the corporation’s average annual gross receipts for the three-year period before the taxable year in issue did not exceed $5 million. IRC §448(a)(1), (b)(3).

With proper planning, it may be possible in certain factual circumstances for partnerships to avoid the full impact of the rule:

1.        An installment sale by an accrual method partnership will generally result in immediate gain recognition to the partnership. However, if cash method partners instead sell their partnership interests, that gain could be reported on the installment method. IRC §453(a)(2). Rev. Rul. 99-6, 199-6 I.R.B. 6, Situation 2, states that a sale of all interests in a limited liability company is treated as a sale of partnership interests for purposes of determining the tax consequences to the seller, but is treated as a purchase of assets for purposes of determining the tax consequences to the buyer; and

2.          If an accrual method partnership distributes assets to cash method partners, a later sale by the partners may be respected if the partners themselves negotiated the later sale.  See U.S. v. Cumberland Public Service Co., 338 U.S. 451 (1950).  However, if the partnership negotiated the sale, the step transaction doctrine may warrant treating the distribution and later sale as one transaction for tax purposes.  See Commr v. Court Holding Co., 324 U.S. 331 (1945).

2.   Dealer Dispositions

Installment reporting is also not available with respect to “dealer dispositions.”  IRC §453(b)(2)(A). Dealer dispositions include dispositions of real property held by the taxpayer in the ordinary course of business. IRC §(1)(l)(B). However, an exception permits sales of timeshares or residential lots to be reported on the installment method provided (i) in the case of a timeshare, the interest involves a right to use a timeshare ownership interest in residential real property for not more than six weeks per year; and (ii) in the case of residential lots, the taxpayer or related persons do not make improvements. IRC §453(l)(2), (3). Taxpayers who avail themselves of these exceptions must agree to remit an interest payment with respect to the deferred tax liability. IRC §453(k)(2).

3.  Related Party Dispositions

The purpose of IRC §453(e) is to prevent related persons, as a unit, from accelerating the receipt of cash — but not tax liability — by means of a sham intermediate sale which nominally resembles an installment sale. Therefore, a taxpayer making an installment sale to a related person (“first disposition”) may be required to accelerate all or a portion of the installment gain if the related person impermissibly disposes of the property within two years (“second disposition”).

A “related person” is one who bears the relationship to the taxpayer described in IRC §§ 318(a) or 267(b). IRC §453(f)(1). Acceleration of gain will not result where avoidance of tax was not a principal purpose of the second disposition. IRC §453(e)(7); see also S. Rep. No. 96-1000, 96th Cong., 2d Sess. 16 (1980). The amount of accelerated gain is the lesser of (i) the amount realized on the second disposition or (ii) the total contract price, reduced by the aggregate amount of payments received (or treated as having been received) by the taxpayer making the first disposition before the close of the taxable year. IRC §453(e).

The rule requiring acceleration of gain does not apply if the related person waits at least two years prior to reselling the property. IRC §453(e)(2). The two-year cut off rule does not, however, apply to marketable securities. IRC §453(e)(2). If property other than money is received by the related seller after the resale, the first seller, for purposes of the rule, is treated as receiving cash equal to the fair market value of the property received by the related person. IRC §453(e)(4).

The related-party rules do not apply to (i) reacquisitions of stock by an issuing corporation; (ii) involuntary conversions; (iii) dispositions at death; or (iv) transactions in which tax-avoidance was not a principal purpose. For purposes of IRS enforcement, the statute provides that the period for assessing a deficiency shall expire no earlier than two years after the date on which the person making the first disposition furnishes a notice to the IRS advising of the occurrence of a second disposition to which the section may have applied. IRC §453(e)(8).

4. Depreciation Recapture

The general rule with respect to installment sales is that gain is reported ratably, as payments are received.  However, an installment sale of depreciable property may result in recaptured gain in the year of sale.  IRC § 453(i)(1).  The recaptured amount treated as ordinary income in the year of sale is any amount that would be treated as ordinary income under IRC §§ 1245 or 1250 if all payments were made in the year of disposition. IRC §  453(i)(2).

Ordinary income recapture occurs under IRC §§ 751, 1245 and 1250 occurs notwithstanding any other provisions of the Code.  IRC  § 1245(d); 1250(h). Accordingly, recapture income may not be reported on the installment method.  IRC  §453(i). Recapture potential under IRC §§1245 and 1250 must be reported immediately, notwithstanding that cash proceeds may not be received until later years under the installment agreement.

It is therefore possible that the seller could be required to report ordinary recapture income in the year of an installment sale despite having received no payments that first year. This may create a severe cash-flow problem to the seller, unless this problem is addressed during negotiations. Since only recapture gain is treated as received in the year of disposition, the balance of the gain is spread over the remaining payments.

The amount recaptured cannot, however, exceed the realized gain.  Moreover, if realized gain exceeds the recapture amount, that amount may reported under the installment method.  IRC § 453(i)(1)(B).  The amount recaptured as ordinary income is added to the adjusted basis in order to determine the gross profit.

When computing gain recognized with respect to each installment payment, the adjusted basis of the property sold must be increased by the amount of recapture income recognized in the year of sale for purposes of determining the gross profit ratio and calculating the amount of each installment payment is included in income. IRC §453(i); see also S. Rep. No. 169, 98th Cong., 2d Sess. 466 (1984); IRS Pub. No. 537.

C.     Unrecaptured IRC §1250 Gain

Unrecaptured IRC §1250 gain should not be confused with ordinary income recapture under IRC §1250. Unrecaptured section 1250 gain is actually that portion of long-term capital gain that corresponds to the straight-line depreciation deductions which have been taken. Such gain is taxed at 25 percent. IRC §1(h)(1)(D)(i). Regulations provide that unrecaptured section 1250 capital gain may be reported on the installment method provided the taxpayer is otherwise entitled to use the installment method. Treas. Reg. §1.453-12(a).

In 1999, final regulations were issued governing the timing of the recognition of unrecaptured IRC §1250 gain. Treas. Reg. §1.453-12, T.D. 8836, 64 Fed. Reg. 45,874 (Aug. 23, 1999). Those regulations provide that with respect to sales on or after May 7, 1997, if gain from an installment sale consists of both unrecaptured section 1250 gain and adjusted net capital gain, the unrecaptured section 1250 gain is reported first.

With respect to installment payments from sales prior to May 7, 1997, taxpayers receive a modest benefit: the amount of unrecaptured section 1250 gain with respect to an installment payment is determined as if, for all payments properly taken into account after the date of sale but before May 7, 1997, unrecaptured section 1250 gain had been taken into account before regular capital gain. Treas. Reg. §1.453-12(b). The effect of this rule is to reduce the portion of gain from pre-1997 installment sales which are subject to the higher 25 percent capital gains tax rate.

D.  Sales of Partnership Interests

IRC §453(a) provides that income from an installment sale shall be taken into account under the installment method. Under IRC §741, the sale or exchange of a partnership interest generates capital gain or loss, except as provided in IRC §751. Under IRC §751(a), amounts received in exchange for all or part of a partnership interest are treated as ordinary income to the extent attributable to unrealized receivables or inventory items. Thus, a partner may recognize both ordinary income and capital gain from the sale of a partnership interest. IRC §§ 741, 751.

Rev. Rul. 89-108 (1989-2 C.B. 100) states that although the sale of a partnership interest is generally treated as the sale of a single capital asset without regard to the nature of the underlying partnership property, IRC §751 operates to prevent the conversion of ordinary income into capital gain upon the sale of a partnership interest. IRC §751 in effect “severs” certain income items from the partnership interest, and to the extent a partnership interest represents substantially appreciated inventory or unrealized receivables described in IRC §751, the tax consequences to the transferor partner are identical to the tax consequences that would be accorded to an “individual entrepreneur.” H.R. Rep. No. 1337, and S. Rep. No. 1622, 83d Cong., 2d Sess. 99. Since the installment method of reporting would not be available on a sole proprietor’s sale of inventory, the installment method is not available for reporting income on the sale of a partnership interest to the extent attributable to substantially appreciated inventory which constitutes inventory within the meaning of IRC §453(b)(2)(B).

E.    Assumption of Liabilities

A buyer taking property subject to an indebtedness, or who assumes the indebtedness of the underlying property, may or may not be deemed to have received a “payment” with respect to the indebtedness.  If the indebtedness constitutes a “qualified indebtedness,” then the assumption will not be treated as a payment, except to the extent that the amount of the debt exceeds the seller’s adjusted basis in the transferred property. Treas. Reg. §15A.453-1(e)(1).

Qualifying indebtedness includes (i) mortgages, liens, overdue interest, or back taxes; and (ii) debts not secured by the property, but incurred by the purchaser in the ordinary course of business or investment. Temp. Treas. Reg. §15A.453-1(b)(2)(iv). Qualifying indebtedness does not include (i) an obligation of the taxpayer incurred incident to the disposition of the property; (ii) an obligation functionally unrelated to the acquisition, holding or operation of the property; and (iii) an obligation incurred in contemplation of the disposition of the property if the arrangement results in accelerating the taxpayer’s recovery of basis on the sale. Id. When calculating the gross profit ratio (i.e., gross profit over total contract price), the total contract price is reduced by only that portion of the indebtedness not exceeding the seller’s basis in the property. Temp. Treas. Reg. §15A.453-1(b)(2)(ii), (iii).

F.  “Wraparound” Mortgages

Note that in the foregoing examples, the assumption of the mortgage by the purchaser reduces the total contract price.  This in turn increases the gross profit ratio, and ultimately the tax liability.  However, if the purchaser were not to assume an existing mortgage, a reduction in the total contract price, and the corresponding increase in the gross profit ratio, might be avoided.  Mortgages which are not assumed by the purchaser are termed “wrap-around” mortgages.  Temp. Treas. Reg. § 15A.453-1(b)(3)(ii).

In the case of a wrap-around mortgage, the seller remains fully liable on the mortgage.  The buyer neither assumes nor takes the property subject to the mortgage or other indebtedness encumbering the property.  Instead, the buyer issues to the seller an installment obligation the principal amount of which reflects the “wrapped” indebtedness.  Treas. Reg. § 15A.453-1(b)(3)(ii).  Payments made by the purchaser to the seller will be used to satisfy the holder of the “wrapped” indebtedness.  However, if the purchaser defaults on the installment note, the seller will remain legally obligated to make the payments under the note.  While the IRS initially challenged the tax treatment of wrapped indebtedness in temporary regulations, the Tax Court invalidated those regulations.  See Professional Equities, Inc. v. Comr., 89 T.C. 165 (1987), acq., 1988-2 C.B. 1.

In holding Temp. Treas. Reg. §15A.453-1(b)(3)(ii) invalid as inconsistent with IRC § 453, the Tax Court in Professional Equities, Inc. v. Comm., 89 TC 165 (1987) held that the denominator should not be reduced by the amount of the underlying mortgage, since the buyer neither “assumed” the mortgage nor took the property “subject to” the mortgage.  Accordingly, the smaller gross profit ratio is used to calculate the portion of each installment payment received that is subject to tax.  The Tax Court noted that a reduction in the denominator of the gross profit ratio was not appropriate in the context of a wraparound sale, since the entire profit on the sale would be reached without any adjustment of the proportion through reduction of the contract price in the denominator. However, if the buyer is required to discharge the underlying mortgage, or if the seller has little control over the disposition of the payments made by the buyer, then the transaction will be treated as if the buyer had, in substance, taken the property subject to the underlying mortgage. The Service acquiesced to the Professional Equities, Inc., holding in 1988-2 CB 1.

G.   Escrow Arrangements

Escrow arrangements often used in connection with installment sales of real property.  Disputes have arisen over whether funds held in escrow are actually disguised payments.  In Oden v. Commissioner, 56 TC 569 (1971), certificates of deposit held in escrow were held to constitute payment, and use of the installment method was denied.  To use the installment reporting in connection with an escrow account, three requirements must be satisfied:  First, the escrow arrangement must be the result of an arm’s-length agreement; second, the seller must have no beneficial interest in the escrowed funds; and third, the escrowee must not be acting under the exclusive authority of the selling taxpayer.  Reed v. Commr, 723 F2d 138 (1st Cir 1983), rev’g. ¶82,734 P-H Memo TC.

H.    Computation of Gain

1. Determine the gross profit.  This is the excess of the selling price over the sum of the adjusted basis, selling expenses, and any depreciation recapture.  The selling price is the total amount that the purchaser must pay, including any mortgages the purchaser assumes.

2. Compute the total contract price.  The total contract price is the greater of (i) the gross profit or (ii) the selling price reduced by any “qualified indebtedness”.

3. Determine the “gross profit percentage”.  This is the ratio of the gross profit to total contract price.

4. Apply the gross profit ratio to the payments received during the taxable year.  The product is the taxable gain.

5. Determine depreciation recapture under sections 1245 and 1250.  All income reported shall be deemed to consist of recapture amounts until all such gain has been reported.  Treas. Reg. § 1.1245-6(d), 1.1250-1(c)(6).

6. Determine gain to be reported in year of sale, allocating recapture gain first.

7 Determine gain to be reported in subsequent years.

I.   Disposition of Installment Notes

A taxpayer may dispose of one or more installments of an installment obligation in advance of having received all payments thereunder.  Certain types of these dispositions may trigger a taxable event.  Some dispositions of installment obligations that trigger a taxable event, such as the gift of an installment obligation, would not otherwise constitute a taxable event.  IRC § 453B(a). In general, gain or loss recognized on the disposition is equal the difference between the fair market value of the obligation and its adjusted basis. The adjusted basis of an installment obligation is the face amount of the installment, reduced by the gross profit that would be realized if the holder collected the face amount of the obligation.

In the case of a gift, gain recognized equals the face amount of the obligation less its adjusted basis. A primary purpose of the disposition rules is to prevent income-shifting.  For example, the distribution by a corporation of an installment obligation will result in immediate gain recognition.  IRC § 453B(a). Some dispositions of installment obligations will not result in acceleration of gain or loss.  Those situations include (a) certain corporate reorganizations and liquidations; (b) IRC § 351 transactions; (c) transfers incident to death or divorce; (d) distributions by a partnership; and (e) contributions to capital of a partnership.  IRC § 453B.

J.   Receipt of Installment “Boot”

in Nonrecognition Transactions

Proposed regulations address problems arising when a taxpayer engages in a nonrecognition transaction under IRC §§ 1031, 351, 356 or 721, and receives “boot” in the form of an installment obligation.  Prop. Treas. Reg. §1.453-1(f).

1.   IRC §1031 Exchanges

Under the installment sale rules, a seller is deemed to receive payment when cash or cash equivalents are placed in escrow to secure payment of the sales price.  However, certain safe harbor provisions in the section 1031 regulations provide that cash placed in a qualified escrow account will not result in constructive receipt of the funds.  Regulations under IRC § 1031 address this conflict by permitting the rules of IRC § 1031 to trump those of IRC § 453 in certain circumstances.  Therefore, the installment sale rules under IRC § 453 will not necessarily hinder the application of IRC § 1031.

Under IRC § 453 a direct or indirect receipt of cash or cash equivalent is treated as the receipt of payment,  Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(j)(2) provides that a transferor is not deemed to have received an installment payment under a qualified escrow account or qualified trust arrangement, nor is the receipt of cash held in an escrow account by a qualified intermediary treated as a payment to the transferor under the rules, provided the following two conditions are met: (i) the transferor has a bona fide intent to enter into a deferred exchange at the beginning of the exchange period (IRC § 1.1031(k)-1(j)(2)(iv)); and (ii) the relinquished property does not constitute “disqualified” property.  In general, disqualified property is property excluded from the purview of IRC § 1031.  See Temp. Reg. § 15A.453-1(b)(3)(i). The relief from the otherwise operative installment sale rules ceases upon the earlier of the end of the exchange period or when the taxpayer has an immediate right to receive, pledge, borrow, or otherwise obtain the benefits of the cash or the cash equivalent.  Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(j)(2)(vi).

The like-kind property received in the exchange would not constitute “payment”.  Prop. Treas. Reg. § 1.453-1(f)(2)(ii).  The proposed regulations allocate the taxpayer’s basis in the relinquished property, to the extent of its fair market value, to the like-kind property received in the exchange.  To the extent the taxpayer’s basis in the relinquished property exceeds the fair market value of the like-kind property received in the exchange, that excess is referred to as “excess basis.”

For the purpose of making installment method calculations, the taxpayer is treated as having made an installment sale of appreciated property whose basis equals the “excess basis,” and in which the consideration received is the installment obligation in addition to any other boot received.  Prop. Treas. Reg. § 1.453-1(f)(1)(iii).  Therefore, although the notes received are not considered boot at the time of the exchange, as the taxpayer receives payments on the installment obligation, a portion of each payment will constitute gain, and a portion will constitute a recovery of basis.

2.   IRC §351, §356

or § 721 Transactions

Proposed regulations treat boot received in a section 351 exchange similar to manner in which boot is treated in a section 1031 like-kind exchange.  An installment obligation received in a section 351 exchange that is not a security within IRC § 351(a) is treated as boot.  The taxpayer reports gain with respect to the installment obligation on the installment method, and any other boot received will be treated as payment made in the year of the exchange.  Prop. Treas. Reg. § 1.453-1(f)(3)(ii).

A taxpayer receiving installment boot in a transaction governed by IRC § 354 or § 355 would, to the extent the installment boot is not treated as a dividend, report the gain in a manner similar to the method in which installment boot gain would be reported in a section 1031 like-kind exchange or in a section 351 transaction.

A taxpayer does not recognize gain or loss on a contribution of property to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership.  IRC § 721(a).  However, if a transfer of property to a partnership is followed by a direct or indirect transfer of money or other property to the partner, the disguised sale rules may treat the transaction as a sale or exchange of the property.  IRC § 707(a)(2)(B).  Under the treasury regulations, if in exchange for the transfer of property the partner receives both a partnership interest and other property, the transaction is treated as a partial sale.  Treas. Reg. § 1.707-3(f).  If an installment note were to constitute payment instead of cash, the transaction would presumably be treated as a partial sale of the property in exchange for an installment obligation.

K.  Interest and Pledge Rules

IRC § 453 allows gain on an installment sale to be reported on a deferred basis.  It permits the spreading of the income tax over the period during which payments of the sales price are received,” and thus “alleviates possible liquidity problems which might arise from the bunching of gain in the year of sale when a portion of the selling price has not actually been received.”  H. Rept. 96-1042 at 5 (1980); S. Rept. 96-1000, at 7 (1980), 1980-2 C.B. 494, 497.

Laudable as these objectives are, the installment sale rules also permit the taxpayer to obtain an interest-free loan from the government until tax has actually been reported.  There is also no bar to the taxpayer pledging the installment obligation for a loan.  The taxpayer could in this manner extract cash from an installment sale without incurring any immediate tax.

In response to these concerns, Congress enacted IRC § 453A, which applies to installment obligations of $150,000 or more arising from any nondealer installment sale after December 31, 1988.  IRC § 453A(b)(1). If an obligation to which IRC § 453A applies is outstanding at the close of the taxable year, a taxable interest charge is imposed; that charge is equal to the product of the “applicable percentage of the deferred tax liability” and the underpayment rate.

If an installment obligation is used as security for a loan, the net proceeds of the loan will be considered as payment of the installment obligation on the later of the time when (i) the indebtedness becomes a “secured indebtedness” and (ii) the proceeds of such indebtedness are received by the taxpayer.  IRC § 453A(d).  However, the amount of the net loan proceeds treated as a deemed payment may not exceed the excess of the total contract price of the installment obligation over any portion of the total contract price received before the time the deemed payment arises.  IRC § 453A(d)(2).  After a deemed payment is received under the installment obligation pursuant to the pledge rule, any actual payments received with respect to the installment obligation will result in gain recognition only to the extent those payments exceed the deemed payment.  IRC § 453A(d)(3).  The $5,000,000 threshold applicable to the interest change does not apply to the pledge rules.

The Tax Relief Act of 1999 extended the pledge rules to indirect pledges by providing that any arrangement into which the taxpayer enters which gives him the right to satisfy an obligation with an installment note, will be treated in the same manner as the direct pledge of the installment note.  IRC § 453A(d)(4).  The Committee Report provides that “were the taxpayer to pledge the installment note as security for a loan, it would be required to treat the proceeds of such loan as a payment on the installment note . . . Under the provision, the taxpayer would also be required to treat the proceeds of a loan as payment on the installment note to the extent the taxpayer had the right to “put” or repay the loan by transferring the installment note to the taxpayer’s creditor.” Conference Agreement, H.R. 1180.

Despite the new rule relating to indirect pledges, it is not clear whether the pledge of an installment obligation as security for an obligation rather than for a loan, or for a loan guarantee, will constitute a “secured indebtedness” under IRC § 453A.  It is possible that pledging an installment obligation as security for an obligation to pay rent under a lease does not result in “indebtedness” under the statute, and the payments due under the lease are not “net proceeds under the loan.”  If this is the case, it may be advantageous for taxpayers holding installment obligations to lease, rather than purchase, property, and secure the lease obligation with the installment obligation.

Posted in Federal Income Tax, Installment Reporting | Tagged , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

Executor and Trustee Commissions Under the New York EPTL

For PDF press here: Executor and Trustee Commissions Under the NY EPTL.wpd

A. Executor Commissions

1. Statutory Commission Rates

In New York, Executor commissions are set out by statute. Surrogate’s Court and Procedure Act (SCPA) § 2307 provides that a fiduciary other than trustee is entitled to a commission rate of 5 percent on the first $100,000 in the estate, 4 percent on the next $200,000, 3 percent on the next $700,000, 2-1/2 percent on the next $4,000,000 and 2 percent on any amount above $5,000,000. Executor commissions are in addition to the reasonable and necessary expenses actually paid by the Executor.

2. Commission Base

In general, any asset which the fiduciary takes under his administration, and with respect to he assumes a risk would be included in the decedent’s estate for calculation of the fiduciary’s commission. Damages recovered in court actions by the personal representative are general assets of the estate subject to full commissions. [29 Carmody-Wait 2D §168:19]. The value of non testamentary assets such as joint property, life insurance payable other than to the estate, Totten Trust accounts) are not included in the commission base. Property transferred by the decedent in his lifetime in trust, is not part of the testamentary estate, and not included in the commission base. However, if the assets of the trust are paid to the estate or used to pay claims, expenses, taxes or other estate charges, those assets will be subject to commissions.

3. Advance Payment of Executor Commissions

Executor commissions are paid after administration of the estate upon the settlement of the account of the fiduciary under SCPA § 2307(1). SCPA § 2310 and § 2311 permit advance payment of executor commissions by application and approval of the Surrogate’s Court. A fiduciary may request an advance payment on account of commissions to which the fiduciary would be entitled if he were then filing an account. Commissions paid to an Executor are considered taxable income, and must be reported on the Executor’s income tax return.

B. Trustee Commissions

1. Commissions Based On Sums of Money Paid Out

Surrogate’s Court and Procedure Act (SCPA) § 2309(1) provides:

On the settlement of the account of any trustee under the will of a person dying after August 31, 1956, or under a[n] [inter vivos] trust . . .the court must allow to him his reasonable and necessary expenses actually paid by him . . . and in addition it must allow the trustee for his services as trustee a commission from principal for paying out all sums of money constituting principal at the rate of 1 per cent.

Therefore, the trustee is entitled to a commission of 1 percent for all money paid out of the marital trust.

2. Annual Commissions

In addition to the commission of 1 percent described above, SCPA § 2309(2) provides for annual commissions at the following rates:

(a) $10.50 per $1,000 or major fraction thereof on the first $400,000 of principal.

(b) $4.50 per $1,000 or major fraction thereon on the next $600,000 of principal.

(c) $3.00 per $1,000 or major fraction thereof on all additional principal.

Annual commissions may be computed either at the end of the year or, at the option of the trustee, at the beginning of the year; provided, that the option selected shall be used throughout the period of the trust. The computation is made on the basis of a 12-month period but shall be adjusted for upward or downward for any payments made in partial distribution of the trust or the receipt of any new property into the trust within that period.

3. Source of Payment of Annual Commissions

SCPA § 2309(3) provides that annual commissions shall be paid one-third from the income of the trust and two-thirds from the principal, unless the will or trust otherwise directs.

4. Annual Accounting to Beneficiaries

The trustee is required to furnish annually as of a date no more than 30 days prior to the end of the trust year to each beneficiary currently receiving income, and to any other beneficiary interested in the income and to any person interested in the principal of the trust who shall made a demand therefor, a statement showing the principal assets on hand on that date, and at least annually a statement showing all receipts of income and principal during the period including the amount of any commissions retained by the trustee. SCPA § 2309(4) provides that a trustee shall not be deemed to have waived any commissions by reason of his failure to retain them when he becomes entitled thereto; provided however that commissions payable from income for any given trust year shall be allowed and retained only from income derived from the trust during that year and shall not be supplied from income on hand in respect to any other trust year.

5. Effect of Multiple Trustees on Commissions

The will of John Smith names three trustees. The following paragraphs discuss the effect of multiple trustees on the determination of trustee commissions.

a. Effect of Multiple Trustees on Amounts Paid Out

SCPA § 2309(6)-(a) provides that, “subject to 2313,” if gross value of the trust exceeds $400,000 and there is more than one trustee, each trustee is entitled to full compensation for paying out principal allowed herein to a sole trustee unless there are more than 3.

b. Effect of Multiple Trustees on Annual Commissions

SCPA § 2309(6)-(b) provides that, “subject to 2313,” if the value of the principal of the trust for the purpose of computing the annual commissions allowed

(1) Amounts to $400,000 or more and there is more than one trustee each trustee is entitled to a full commission allowed herein to a sole trustee unless there are more than three trustees.

(2) Amounts to between $100,000 and $400,000, each trustee is entitled to a full commission unless there are more than two trustees, in which case commissions must be apportioned according to the services rendered, unless the trustees shall have agreed in writing otherwise.

(3) Amounts to less than $100,000, one full trustee commission must be apportioned among all trustees according to the services rendered.

c. Effect of SCPA § 2313 on Multiple Commissions
For Amounts Paid Out and Annual Commissions

As noted above, SCPA § 2313 modifies the rules described in the above two paragraphs for determining trustee commissions where multiple trustees are involved. The rules provided by SCPA § (6)(a) and (b) are modified by SCPA § 2313 by providing that if there are more than two trustees (or executors) “no more than two commissions shall be allowed unless the decedent has specifically provided otherwise in a signed writing.” SCPA § 2313 further provides that the “compensation thus allowable must be apportioned among the fiduciaries according to the services rendered by them respectively unless they shall have agreed in writing among themselves to a different apportionment which, however, shall not provide for more than one full commission for any one of them.”

Posted in Executor & Trustee Commissions | Tagged , , , , , | Leave a comment

Peering Through the Legal Prism: When Asset Protection Becomes Fraudulent

VIEW IN PDFTax News & Comment — August 2011

I.  Introduction

English law addressing fraudulent conveyances dates back to the early Middle Ages. The first comprehensive attempt to prohibit such transfers appeared in the Fraudulent Conveyances Act of 1571, known as the “Statute of Elizabeth.” The Act was promulgated by Elizabeth I, daughter of Henry VIII from his second marriage to the ill-fated Anne Boleyn. The statute forbade feigned, covinous and fraudulent transfers of land and personalty entered into with the intent to delay, hinder or defraud creditors and others of their just and lawful claims.

The Statute provided that such conveyances were “clearly and utterly void, frustrate and of no effect” as against “creditors and others” whose claims might be hindered by such conveyances.

Today, as in the Middle Ages, conveyances which defeat claims of existing creditors may be challenged as being fraudulent. Asset protection is the “good witch” of asset transfers, wherein one legitimately arranges one’s assets so as to render them impervious to creditor attack. Asset protection is best implemented before a creditor appears, since a transfer made with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud a creditor may be deemed a fraudulent conveyance subject to rescission. Asset protection in its most elementary form might consist of merely gifting or consuming the asset.

Gifts made outright or to an irrevocable trust provide asset protection, assuming the transfer is bona fide. In property law, a gift requires three elements: First, the donor must intend to make a gift. Second, the donor must deliver the gift to the donee. Third, the donee must accept the gift. Whether these requirements have been met is a question of local law. (Although the IRS has dispensed with the requirement of donative intent to impose gift tax, most courts have not.)

Gifts should be delivered and be evidenced by a writing. Although transfers to family members are presumed to have donative intent, creditors may argue that the donee family member is merely holding legal title in trust or as nominee for the donor. For this reason, intrafamily gifts should be evidenced by a formal writing in which the donee accepts the gift.

Delivery of personal property should be accompanied by a written instrument. Delivery of real property requires a deed, and delivery of intangible personal property should be accompanied by an assignment or other legal document. Ownership of some intangibles, such as securities, may be accomplished by registering the securities in the name of the donee.

The retention by the donor of possession of property may suggest the absence of a gift, since no gift occurs where trustee, agent or bailee retains possession of the property. Similarly, asking a family member or a friend to “hold” property to protect against the enforcement of a known judgment creditor’s claim until the threat disappears would be subject to being declared fraudulent, since the motive for the transfer will have lacked donative intent.

Operating a business in corporate form, entering into a prenuptial agreement, executing a disclaimer, or even giving effect to a spendthrift trust provision, are common examples of asset protection which present few legal or ethical issues, primarily because such transfers do not defeat rights of known creditors. However, transferring assets into a corporation solely to avoid a personal money judgment, or utilizing an offshore trust solely to avoid alimony or child support payments, would defeat the rights of legitimate creditors, and would thereby constitute fraudulent transfers.

Businesses have traditionally limited exposure to liability by forming corporations. The limited liability of corporate shareholders has existed since 1602 when the Dutch East India Company was chartered to engage in spice trade in Asia. Yet the liability protection offered by corporate form can be negated, and the corporate veil “pierced,” if the corporation is undercapitalized.

Other business entities, such as LLCs and partnerships, also offer asset protection. Claims made against these entities, like claims made against corporations, do not “migrate” to the member or partner. A judgment creditor of a partner cannot seize the debtor’s partnership interest, but is limited to obtaining a “charging order.”
A charging order is a lien against the partner’s partnership interest.

A judgment creditor holding a charging order “stands in the shoes” of the partner with respect to partnership distributions. Therefore, if the partnership makes no distributions, the judgment creditor who has seized the partner’s interest may be charged with “phantom” income. This may cause the value of the creditor’s claim to be greatly diminished.

Disclaimers may be effective in avoiding creditor claims and are generally not fraudulent transfers under New York law. In New York, one may validly disclaim property and may thereby place the asset beyond the reach of creditors. The IRS may reach disclaimed property to satisfy a federal tax lien.

Certain powers of appointment possess asset protection features.  Limited powers of appointment are beyond creditors’ claims since the power holder has no beneficial interest in the power. Presently exercisable general powers of appointment, by contrast, in New York at least, are subject to creditors claims since the power holder has the right to appoint the property to himself. EPTL § 10-7.2.

II.    Ethical Considerations

Ethical considerations reach their zenith when asset protection is being contemplated. The obligation of an attorney to zealously represent the interests of his client is unquestioned. The ABA Model Code of Professional Conduct, DR 7-101, “Representing a Client Zealously,” provides that

A lawyer shall not intentionally fail to seek lawful objectives of his client through reasonable available means permitted by law and the Disciplinary Rules.

The Second Circuit has held that “[a] lawyer is authorized to practice his profession, to advise his clients, and to interpose any defense or supposed defense without making himself liable for damages.” Newburger, Loeb & Co. v. Gross, 563 F.2d 1057, 1080 (2nd Cir. 1977), cert. denied, 434 U.S. 1035 (1978).

Nevertheless, the ABA Model Code of Professional Conduct, DR 7-102, “Representing a Client Within the Bounds of the Law,” provides that “[a] lawyer shall not . . . [c]ounsel or assist his client in conduct that the lawyer knows to be illegal or fraudulent.”

Although the Model Code does not define “fraud,” New York, a Model Code jurisdiction, has provided that the term

does not include conduct, although characterized as fraudulent by statute or administrative rule, which lacks an element of scienter, deceit, intent to mislead, or knowing failure to correct misrepresentations which can be reasonably expected to induce detrimental reliance by another.

Therefore, in New York, the prohibition against counseling a client in perpetrating a “fraud” would apparently not prohibit an attorney from assisting a client in transferring property because of the possibility that the transfer might, in hindsight, be determined to have constituted a fraudulent conveyance.

Model Rule 8.4 of the ABA Model Rules of Professional Conduct provides that it is professional misconduct for a lawyer to “engage in conduct involving dishonesty, fraud, deceit or misrepresentation.” Model Rule 4.4 provides that “a lawyer shall not use means that have no substantial purpose other than to embarrass, delay, or burden a third person.”

Conduct involving dishonesty or an attempt to deceive appears to be a readily determinable question of fact. However, conduct employing means having no substantial purpose other than to delay or burden third parties may be a more difficult factual determination.

Connecticut Informal Opinion 91-23 states that

[f]raudulent transfers delay and burden those creditors who would be inclined to try and satisfy their unpaid debts from property of the debtor. It forces them to choose either not to challenge the transfer and suffer the loss of an uncollected debt or to file an action to set aside the transfer…If there is no other substantial purpose, Rule 4.4 applies. Where there is another substantial purpose, Rule 4.4 does not apply. For example, where there is a demonstrable and lawful estate planning purpose to the transfer Rule 4.4 would not, in out view apply.

An attorney is therefore ethically and legally permitted to provide counsel in the protection of a client’s assets. Since most prohibitions on attorneys involve the attorney having acted “knowingly,” due diligence is important to avoid ethical or legal problems. The counselor should determine (i) the source of the client’s wealth; (ii) the client’s reason for seeking advice concerning asset protection; and (iii) whether the client has any current creditor issues or is merely insuring against as yet unknown future creditor risks.

The client is also under an obligation to be truthful. Accordingly, the client should affirm that (i) it has no pending or threatened claims; (ii) it is not under investigation by the government; (iii) it will remain solvent following any intended transfers; and (iv) it has not derived from unlawful activities any of the assets to be transferred.

III. Uniform Fraudulent

    Transfer & Conveyance Acts

The definition of fraudulent transfer has remained fairly constant since the Statute of Elizabeth. While the common law doctrine of res judicata has influenced domestic courts in interpreting the common law of fraudulent conveyances, most states have chosen to codify the law. The Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act defines the term “transfer” as

every mode, direct or indirect, absolute or conditional, voluntary or involuntary, of disposing of or parting with an asset or an interest in an asset, and includes the payment of money, release, lease, and creation of a lien or other encumbrance.

The Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the successor to the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, defines a creditor as “a person having any claim, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, absolute, fixed or contingent.” The Act defines the term “claim” as “a right to payment, whether or not the right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured.” (New York is among six states that have enacted the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, but not the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act.)

IV.     Decisional Law

Although ample statutory authority exists, courts are often called upon to apply the common law in decide whether a conveyance is fraudulent. The doctrine of staré decisis,  which recognizes the significance of legal precedent, plays a paramount role in the evolving law governing asset transfers.

The Supreme Court, in Mexicano de Desarollo, S.A. v. Alliance Bond Fund, Inc., 527 U.S. 308, held that an owner of property has an almost absolute right to dispose of that  property, provided that the disposition does not prejudice existing creditors. Federal courts are without power to grant pre-judgment attachments since (i) legal remedies must be exhausted prior to equitable remedies; and (ii) a general (pre-judgment) creditor has no “cognizable interest” that would permit the creditor to interfere with the debtor’s ownership rights.

In determining whether a transfer is fraudulent, New York courts have made a distinction between future and existing creditors. Klein v. Klein, 112 N.Y.S.2d 546 (1952) held that the act of transferring title to the spouse of a police officer to eliminate the threat of a future lawsuit against the officer arising by virtue of the nature of his office was appropriate, and “amounted to nothing more than insurance against a possible disaster.”

Similarly, in Pagano v. Pagano, 161 Misc.2d 369, 613 N.Y.S.2d 809 (N.Y. Sur. 1994), family members transferred property to another family member who was not engaged in business. The Surrogate found there was no fraudulent intent and that

transfers made prior to embarking on a business in order to keep property free of claims that may arise out of the business does not create a claim of substance by a future creditor.

The New York County Surrogates Court, in In re Joseph Heller Inter Vivos Trust, 613 N.Y.S.2d 809 (1994), approved a trustee’s application to sever an inter vivos trust for the purpose of

insulat[ing] the trust’s substantial cash and securities from potential creditor’s claims that could arise from the trust’s real property.

The Surrogate observed that

New York law recognizes the right of individuals to arrange their affairs so as to limited their liability to creditors, including the holding of assets in corporate form…making irrevocable transfers of their assets, outright or in trust, as long as such transfers are not in fraud of existing creditors.

V.   Establishing Fraudulent Intent

Intent is subjective and proving it is difficult. Direct evidence of fraudulent intent, such as an email or a tape, is not likely to exist. Courts have therefore resorted to circumstantial evidence in the form of “badges of fraud.” Whether badges of fraud exist is determined by assessing (i) the solvency of the debtor immediately following the transfer; (ii) whether the debtor was sued or threatened with suit prior to the transfer; and (iii) whether the debtor transferred property to his or her spouse, while retaining the use or enjoyment of the property.

Under NY Debt. & Cred. Law § 273-a, a conveyance made by a debtor against whom a money judgment exists is presumed to be fraudulent if the defendant fails to satisfy the judgment. Transfers in trust at one time were, but are no longer, considered a badge of fraud. However, transfers in trust may implicate a badge of fraud if the transferor retains enjoyment of the transferred property.

Once the existence of a fraudulent transfer has been established, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act provides that the creditor may (i) void the transfer to the extent necessary to satisfy the claim; (ii) seek to attach the property; (iii) seek an injunction barring further transfer of the property; or, if a claim has already been reduced to judgment, (iv) levy on the property.  Under the Act, “a debtor is insolvent if the sum of the debtor’s debts is greater than all of the debtor’s assets at a fair valuation.”

Warning signs that a transfer may be fraudulent include insolvency of the transferor, lack of consideration for the transfer, and secrecy of the transaction. Insolvency, for this purpose, means that the transfer is made when the debtor was insolvent or would be rendered insolvent, or is about to incur debts he will not be able to pay.

Debtor & Creditor Law, Sec. 275 provides that “[e]very conveyance and every obligation incurred without fair consideration [with an intent to] incur debts beyond ability to pay…is fraudulent.” However, once the determination has been made that the transfer is not fraudulent, later events which might have rendered the transaction fraudulent would be of no legal moment.

The transfer of assets by a person against whom a meritorious claim has been made — even if not reduced to judgment — could render the transfer voidable. If the claim is not meritorious, then the transfer would probably not be fraudulent, regardless of its eventual disposition. For example, transferring title in the marital residence to a spouse could be a valid asset protection strategy, but doing so immediately after the IRS has filed a tax lien would likely result in the IRS seeking to void the transfer. However, if the IRS tax lien was erroneously filed, then the IRS could not properly seek to vitiate the transfer.

Gratuitous transfers are susceptible to being characterized as fraudulent in cases where the transferor appears to remain the equitable owner of the property. Accordingly, transfers between or among family members, or transfers to a partnership for little or no consideration, may carry with them the suggestion of fraudulent intent. In this vein, even a legitimate sale, if evidenced only by a flimsy, hastily prepared document, suggests an element of immediacy or unenforceability, which could in turn support a finding of fraud.

VI.    Asset Protection in Marriage

New York recognizes the existence of “separate” as well as “marital” property in the estate of marriage. Neither the property nor the income from separate property may be seized by a creditor of one spouse to satisfy the debts of the other spouse. Therefore, property may properly be titled or retitled in the name of the spouse with less creditor risk. Provided the transfer creating separate property is made before the assertion of a valid claim, creditors of the transferring spouse should be prevented from asserting claims against the property.

In contrast to protection afforded by separate property, marital property is subject to claims of creditors of either spouse. Whether property constitutes marital property or separate property may involve tracing the flow of money or property. Property received by gift or inheritance is separate property, and is generally protected from claims made against the other spouse (or from claims made by the other spouse). Combining separate property or funds of the spouses will transform separate property into marital property.

Common law recognizes the right of married persons to enjoy enhanced asset protection if title is held jointly between the spouses in a tenancy by the entirety, a unique form of title available only to married persons. U.S. v. Gurley, 415 F.2d 144, 149 (5th Cir. 1969) observed that “[a]n estate by the entireties is an almost metaphysical concept which developed at the common law from the Biblical declaration that a man and his wife are one.”

First codified in 1896, EPTL § 6-2.2 recognizes the tenancy by the entirety, where title is vested in the married couple jointly and each spouse possesses an undivided interest in the entire property. Provided the couple remains married, the survivorship right of either spouse cannot be terminated. Nor may spouse can unilaterally sever or sell his or her portion without the consent of the other. However, divorce will automatically convert a tenancy by the entirety to a joint tenancy.

The ability to prevent creditors of one spouse from reaching, attaching and possibly selling marital property held in a tenancy by the entirety is a unique and important attribute of the marital estate. Creditors cannot execute a judgment on property held by spouses in a tenancy by the entirety. New York cases have held that a receiver in bankruptcy cannot reach or sever ownership when title is by the entirety. Although coop ownership is technically the ownership of securities and not real estate, ownership by married couples of coops as tenants by the entirety is now the default method of holding title in a coop.

Not all property held in a tenancy by the entirety is protected from claims of creditors. The IRS, a creditor with enhanced rights, has succeeded in defeating the protection normally accorded by holding property in a tenancy by the entirety. In Craft v. U.S., 535 U.S. 274 (2002), the Supreme Court held that a federal tax lien could attach even to an interest held by one spouse as a tenant by the entirety.

Marriage may also present situations where the spouses themselves assume a creditor and debtor relationship. Prenuptial and postnuptial agreements define the rights and obligations of spouses between themselves, both during and after a divorce. Many statutory rights may be waived, changed or enhanced by agreement. Other rights not provided by statute may be conferred upon a party by a pre or post-nuptial agreement.

A prenuptial agreement may attempt to alter the rights of persons not a party to the agreement. Thus, parties could designate certain property as separate property in the event of a divorce. However, such an executory contract (i.e., not performed) would not necessarily be binding on a third party, and might be successfully avoided, for example, by a trustee in bankruptcy.

Some retirement benefits, such as IRA benefits, may be waived in a prenuptial agreement. However, retirement benefits subject to ERISA may not be waived prior to marriage. If a waiver of ERISA benefits is contemplated in a prenuptial agreement, the agreement should contain a provision requiring the waiving party to execute a waiver after marriage. If the waiver does not occur following marriage, the waiver of retirements benefits subject to ERISA will be ineffective.

VII. Joint Tenancies and

         Tenancies in Common

Joint tenancies and tenancies in common offer little asset protection. The joint tenancy is similar to a tenancy by the entirety in that each joint tenant owns an undivided interest, and each possesses the right of survivorship. However, unlike property held by spouses as tenants by the entirety, each joint tenant may pledge or transfer his interest without the consent of the other, since there is no “unity of ownership.” Such a transfer would create a tenancy in common.

Another distinction between the tenancy by the entirety and the joint tenancy is that a joint tenant’s interest is subject to attachment by creditors and by the Bankruptcy Court. If attachment occurs, the joint tenancy can be terminated and the property can divided or, more likely, partitioned, with the proceeds being divided between the unencumbered joint tenant and the creditor or trustee in bankruptcy. Note that although a tenancy by the entirety is presumed to be the manner in which married persons hold title, married persons may also hold title as joint tenants, or as tenants in common.

For this reason, deeds should be clear as to the type of tenancy in which the property owned by spouses is being held. A deed stating that title is held by “husband and wife, as joint tenants,” would imply the existence of a joint tenancy but, because of the phrase “husband and wife,” could also be interpreted as creating a tenancy by the entirety.

The tenancy in common provides little asset protection. Each tenant in common is deemed to hold title to an undivided interest in the property that each may dispose of by sale, gift or bequest. No right of survivorship exists, nor is there a unity of ownership, as in a tenancy by the entirety. Tenants in common share a right of possession. Thus, one tenant in common could transfer an interest in real property to a third party who could demand concurrent possession. An unwilling tenant in common could prevent such an eventuality by forcing a partition sale.

The interest of a debtor tenant in common is subject to attachment by judgment creditors and the Bankruptcy Court. The only real asset protection accorded by the tenancy in common is the time and expense a creditor would be required to expend in commencing a partition sale to free up liquidity in the property seized.

VIII.    Protecting The Residence

New York affords little protection to the homestead against claims made by creditors. CPLR 5206(a) provides that amount of equity in the debtor’s homestead shielded from judgment creditors and from the bankruptcy trustee is $50,000. Married couples in co-ownership may each claim a $50,000 exemption where a joint bankruptcy petition is filed, creating a $100,000 exemption.

Although little statutory protection is provided for by the legislature, the Department of Taxation and Finance has shown little inclination to foreclose on a personal residence of a New York resident to satisfy unpaid tax liabilities. The IRS, perhaps reflecting its federal charter, has shown slightly less disinclination to foreclose in this situation, although in fairness it should be noted that the IRS infrequently commences foreclosure proceedings on a residence to satisfy a tax lien. On the other hand, both the IRS and New York State could be expected to record a tax lien which would secure the government’s interest in the event the property were sold or refinanced.

Some states, such as Florida and Texas, provide for a liberal homestead exemption. The homestead exemption in Florida is unlimited, provided the property is no larger than one-half acre within a city, or 160 acres outside of a municipality. The Florida Supreme Court has held that the homestead exemption found in Florida’s Constitution even protects homes purchased with nonexempt funds for the purpose of defrauding creditors in violation of Florida statute.  Havoco of America, Ltd., v. Hill, 790 So.2d 1018 (Fla. 2001).

Since a residence is often a significant family asset, in jurisdictions such as Florida, the debtor’s equity in the homestead may be increased to a large amount. This protection was availed of by Mr. Simpson after a large civil judgment was rendered against him in California.

In jurisdictions such as New York, which confer little protection to the residence, a qualified personal residence trust (QPRT) may serve as a proxy. A QPRT results when an interest in real property, which could be attached by a creditor, is converted into a mere right to reside in the residence for a term of years. A (QPRT) is often used to maximize the settlor’s unified credit for estate planning purposes.

The asset protection feature of a QPRT derives directly from the diminution of rights in the property retained by the putative debtor-to-be. The asset protection benefit of creating a QPRT is that the settlor’s interest in the property is changed from a fee interest subject to foreclosure and sale, to a right to continue to live in the residence, which is not. If the settlor’s spouse has a concurrent right to live in the residence, a creditor would probably have no recourse. Some litigation involving QPRT property has arisen in New York.

IX. Federal Bankruptcy Exemptions

Under Section 522 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, certain “exempt” items will be unavailable to creditors in the event of bankruptcy. Individual states are given the ability to “opt out” of the federal exemption scheme, or to permit the debtor to choose the federal exemption scheme or the state’s own exemption statute. New York has chosen to require its residents to opt out of the federal scheme, and has provided its own set of exemptions. Nevertheless, some exemptions provided for by federal law cannot be overridden by state law.

Exemptions found in federal law also occur outside of the Federal Bankruptcy Code may also be used by a debtor. These include (i) wage exemptions; (ii) social security benefits; (iii) civil service benefits; (iv) veterans benefits; and (v) qualified plans under ERISA. Thus, federal bankruptcy law automatically exempts virtually all tax-exempt pensions and retirement savings accounts from bankruptcy, even if state law exemptions are used.

Federal law protects any pension or retirement fund that qualifies for tax treatment under IRC Sections 401, 402, 403, 408, or 408A. IRAs qualify under IRC § 408. Qualified plans under ERISA enjoy special asset protection status. Under the federal law, funds so held are protected from creditors of the plan participant. Patterson v. Shumate, 504 U.S. 753 (1992). The protection offered by federal statute is paramount, and may not be diminished by state spendthrift trust law.

X.    New York Exemptions

The objective in pre-bankruptcy planning is to make maximum use of available exemptions. At times, this involves converting non-exempt property into exempt property. While pre-bankruptcy planning could itself rise to the level of a fraud against existing creditors, since the raison d’etre of exemptions is to permit such planning, only in an extreme case would an allegation of fraud likely be upheld.

New York has in some cases legislated permissible exemption planning by providing windows of time in which pre-bankruptcy exemption planning is permissible. Under ERISA, most qualified plans are required to include a spendthrift provision. Accordingly, most qualified plans will be asset protected with respect to state law proceedings, and will be excluded from the debtor’s bankruptcy estate. See CPLR § 5205(c), Debt. & Cred. Law § 282(2)(e).

New York (as well as New Jersey and Connecticut) exempts 100 percent of undistributed IRA assets. Non-rollover IRAs are exempt from being applied to creditors’ claims pursuant to CPLR 5205, which denotes them as personal property.

EPTL §7-1.5(a)(2) provides that proceeds of a life insurance policy held in trust will not be “subject to encumbrance” provided the trust agreement so provides. Similarly, Ins. Law §3212(b) protects life insurance proceeds provided the trust contains language prohibiting the proceeds from being used to pay the beneficiary’s creditors. Ins. Law §3212(c) protects life insurance proceeds if the beneficiary is not the debtor, or if the debtor’s spouse purchases the policy.

Ins. Law §3212(d) at first blush is appealing, as it provides for an unlimited exemption for benefits under an annuity contract. However, upon closer examination paragraph (d)(2) further provides that “the court may order the annuitant to pay to a judgment creditor . . . a portion of such benefits that appears just and property . . . with due regard for the reasonable requirements of the judgment debtor.”

Debt. & Cred. Law §283(1) circumscribes the protection accorded to annuities, by limiting the exemption for annuity contracts purchased within six months of a bankruptcy filing to $5,000, without regard to the “reasonable income requirements of the debtor and his or her dependents.”

CPLR §5205(d) provides that the following personal property is exempt from application to satisfy a money judgment, except such part as a court determines to be unnecessary for the reasonable requirements of the judgment debtor and his dependents:

(i) ninety percent of the earnings of the judgment debtor for personal services rendered within sixty days before, and any time after, an income execution. (Since the exemption applies to employees, income derived from self-employment may not be excluded);

(ii) ninety percent of income or other payments from a trust the principal of which is not self-settled;

(iii) payments made pursuant to an award in a matrimonial action for support of the spouse or for child support, except to the extent such payments are “unnecessary”; and

(iv) property serving as collateral for a purchase-money loan (e.g., car loan or a home securing a first mortgage) in an action for repossession.

XI.     Trusts

The concept of trusts dates back to the 11th Century, at the time of the Norman invasion of England. Trusts emerged under the common law as a device which minimized the impact of inheritance taxes arising from transfers at death. The purpose of the trust was to separate “legal” title, which was given to the “trustee,” from “equitable title,” which was retained by the trust beneficiaries. Since legal title remained in the trustee at the death of the grantor, transfer taxes were thus avoided.

The trust has since evolved in common law countries throughout the world. Trusts today serve myriad functions including, but not limited to, the function of reducing estate taxes. The basic structure of a trust is that (i) a settlor (either an individual or a corporation), establishes the trust agreement; (ii) the trustee takes legal title to and administers the assets transferred into the trust; and (iii) beneficiaries receive trust distributions.

Trusts are ubiquitous in estate planning, both for nontax as well as tax reasons. For example, trusts are employed as a means to protect immature or spendthrift beneficiaries. Inter vivos trusts also enable the grantor to retain considerable control over the trust property. Testamentary trusts contained in wills enable the testator to control the manner in which the estate will be distributed to heirs.

Trusts also possess significant asset protection attributes. Since trusts may be employed for diverse and legitimate reasons, they are not typically thought of as a device employed with an intent to hinder, delay or defraud creditors. However effective trusts are at protecting against creditor claims, once trust assets are distributed to beneficiaries, the beneficiary holds legal title to the property. At that point, creditor protection may be lost.

Asset protection features of an irrevocable trust may arise by virtue of a discretionary distribution provision, also known as a “sprinkling” trust. For example, the trust may provide that the trustees

in their sole and absolute discretion may pay or apply the whole, any portion, or none of the net income for the benefit of the beneficiaries.

Alternatively, the trustees’ discretion may be limited by a broadly defined standard, i.e.,

so much of the net income as the Trustees deem advisable to provide for the support, maintenance and health of the beneficiary.

The effects of a discretionary distribution provision on the rights of a creditor are profound. The rights of a creditor can be no greater than the rights of a beneficiary. Therefore, if the trust provides that the beneficiary cannot compel the trustee to make distributions, neither could the creditor force distribution. Therefore, properly limiting the beneficiary’s right to income in the trust instrument may determine the extent to which trusts assets are protected from the claims of creditors.

Failure to properly limit the beneficiary’s right to income from a trust can also have deleterious tax consequences if the creditor is the IRS. TAM 0017665 stated that where the taxpayer had a right to so much of the net income of the trust as the trustee determined necessary for the taxpayer’s “health, maintenance, support and education,” the taxpayer had an identifiable property interest subject to a federal tax lien. Since the discretion of the trustee was broadly defined and subject to an “ascertainable standard” rather than being absolute, the asset protection of the trust was diminished.

 A trustee who is granted absolute discretion in the trust instrument to make decisions regarding trust distributions, and who withholds distributions to a beneficiary with a judgment creditor, is not acting fraudulently vis à vis the creditor. To the contrary, the trustee is properly fulfilling his fiduciary responsibilities. However, in some cases, a court may compel a trustee to make distributions. In such cases, the trustee could be faced with possible contempt if he refused to comply with the court’s order. To make the trustee’s office even more difficult, the trustee could be faced with competing directives from different courts.

Many settlors choose to incorporate mandatory distribution provisions which provide for outright transfers to children or their issue at pretermined ages. Yet, holding assets in trust for longer periods may be preferable, since creditor protection can then be continued indefinitely. Holding a child’s interest in trust for a longer period may be prudent in a marriage situation. Assets held in a trust funded either by the spouse or by the parent stand a greater chance of being protected in the event of divorce than assets distributed outright to the spouse, even if the beneficiary-spouse does not “commingle” these separate  assets with marital assets.

If the trust provides for a distribution of principal upon the beneficiary’s reaching a certain age, e.g., 35 or 40, the inclusion of a “hold-back” provision allowing the Trustee to withhold distributions in the event a beneficiary is threatened by a creditor claims, may be advisable.

XII.    Implied Trusts

Express trusts are those which are memorialized and formally executed. However, trusts may also be implied in law. An implied “resulting trust” arises where the person who transfers title also paid for the property, and it is clear from the circumstances that such person did not intend to transfer beneficial interest in the property. Parol evidence may be used to demonstrate the existence of a resulting trust.

Thus, a parent who makes car payments under a contract in the child’s name will not hold legal title, but would likely possess equitable title. Since creditors of the parent “stand in the shoes” of the parent, they might be capable of asserting rights against the child who holds “bare” legal title. Even if the child had no knowledge of the parent’s creditor, the creditor could be entitled to restitution of the asset. Rogers v. Rogers, 63 NY2d 582, 483 NYS2d 976 (1984).

A “constructive trust” arises where equity intervenes protect the rightful owner from the holder of legal title, where legal title was acquired through fraud, duress, undue influence, mistake, breach of fiduciary duty, or other wrongful act, and the wrongful owner is unjust enriched. In New York, a constructive trust requires the following four conditions: (i) a fiduciary or confidential relationship; (ii) a promise; (iii) a transfer in reliance on the promise; and (iv) unjust enrichment.

A transfer made to avoid an obligation owed to a creditor will constitute a fraudulent transfer. In many cases, no consideration will have been paid to a transferee who agrees to hold legal title for the transferor to avoid the claims of the transferor’s creditor.  If the scheme is not uncovered, and the transferor attempts to regain title from the transferee, a constructive trust would in theory arise, since the four conditions for establishing a constructive trust would exist.

However, the constructive trust is an equitable remedy. Courts sitting in equity are generally loathe to allow one with “unclean hands” to profit. Therefore, most courts would refuse to imply a trust in favor of the transferor where the transfer was made for illegal purposes. However, the same court might well imply a constructive trust in favor of the legitimate creditors of the transferor in this case.

Occasionally, a person will establish a “mirror” trusts with another person, hoping to achieve asset protection by indirect means. However, such arrangements are likely to fail. Thus, “reciprocal” or “crossed” trust arrangements, in which the settlor of one trust is the beneficiary of another, would likely offer little or no asset protection. In fact, the “reciprocal trust doctrine” has been invoked by the IRS to defeat attempts by taxpayers to shift assets out of their estates.

XIII. Tax Issues Associated with

         Asset Protection Trusts

It is inadvisable fot the settlor to name himself as trustee of an irrevocable trust, unless the settlor has retained virtually no rights under the trust. The settlor’s retained right to determine beneficial enjoyment could well cause estate tax inclusion under IRC §§ 2036 and 2038. However, a settlor will not be deemed to have retained control for estate tax purposes merely because the trustee is related to the settlor. Therefore, the settlor’s spouse or children may be named as trustees without risking estate tax inclusion.

To avoid estate tax problems for a beneficiary named as trustee, the powers granted to the beneficiary should be limited. A beneficiary’s right to make distributions to herself without an ascertainable standard limitation would constitute a general power of appointment under Code Sec. 2041, and would result in inclusion in the beneficiary’s estate. The beneficiary’s power to make discretionary distributions would also decimate creditor protection. To avoid this problem, an independent trustee should be appointed to exercise the power to make decisions regarding distributions to that beneficiary.

EPTL §10-10.1 prevents inadvertent estate tax fiascos by statutorily prohibiting a beneficiary from making decisions regarding discretionary distributions to himself. Therefore, even if the beneficiary were named sole trustee of a trust providing for discretionary distributions, the statute would require another trustee to be appointed to determine distributions to the beneficiary. Note that in this case the beneficiary could continue to act as trustee for other purposes of the trust, and could continue to make decisions regarding distributions to other beneficiaries.

If the beneficiary has unlimited right to the trust, regardless of who is the trustee, inclusion could result under IRC § 2036. It is the retained right — and not the actual distribution —  that causes inclusion. PLR 200944002 stated that a trustee’s authority to make discretionary distributions to the grantor will not by itself result in  inclusion under IRC §2036. Thus, a trust which grants the trustee the authority to make distributions to the settlor, but vests in the settlor no rights to such distributions, might result in IRC § 2036 problems being avoided.

XIV.     Spendthrift Trusts

Trust assets can be placed beyond the reach of beneficiaries’ creditors by use of a “spendthrift” provision. The Supreme Court, in Nichols v. Eaton, 91 U.S. 716 (1875), recognized the validity of a spendthrift trust, holding that an individual should be able to transfer property subject to certain limiting conditions.

A spendthrift clause provides that the trust estate shall not be subject to any debt or judgment of the beneficiary, thus preventing the beneficiary from voluntarily or involuntarily alienating his interest in the trust. The rationale behind the effectiveness of a spendthrift provision is that the beneficiary possesses an equitable, but not a legal, interest in trust property. Therefore, creditors of a beneficiary should not be able to assert legal claims against the beneficiary’s equitable interest in trust assets.

Even if the trust instrument provides that the trustee’s discretion is absolute, the trust should contain a spendthrift clause. It is not enough for asset protection purposes that a creditor be unable to compel a distribution. The creditor must also be unable to attach the beneficiary’s interest in the trust.

A spendthrift trust may protect a beneficiary from (i) his own profligacy or immaturity; (ii) his bankruptcy; (iii) some of his torts; (iv) many of his creditors; and (v) possibly his spouse. No specific language is necessary to create a spendthrift trust. A spendthrift limitation may even be inferred from the intent of the settlor. Still, it is preferable as well as customary to include spendthrift language in a trust.

A spendthrift provision may also provide that required trust distributions become discretionary upon the occurrence of an event or contingency specified in the trust. Thus, a trust providing for regular distributions to beneficiaries might also provide that such distributions would be suspended in the event a creditor threat appears. Most wills containing trusts incorporate a spendthrift provision.

Some exceptions to spendthrift trust protection are in the nature of public policy exceptions. Thus, spendthrift trust assets may be reached to enforce a child support claim against the beneficiary. Courts could also invalidate a spendthrift provision to satisfy a judgment arising from an intentional tort. A spendthrift trust would likely be ineffective against a government claim relating to taxes, since public policy considerations in favor of the collection of tax may outweigh the public policy of enforcing spendthrift trusts.

XV.  Self-Settled Spendthrift Trusts

At common law, a settlor could not establish a trust for his own benefit, thereby insulating trust assets from claims of own creditors. Such a “self-settled” spendthrift trust would arise where the person creating the trust also names himself a beneficiary of the trust. Under common law, the assets of such a trust would be available to satisfy creditor claims to the same extent the property interest would be available to the person creating the trust. Thus, one could not fund a trust with $1,000, name himself as sole beneficiary, and expect to achieve creditor protection. This is true whether or not the settler also named himself as trustee.

Prior to 1997, neither the common law nor the statutory law of any state permitted a self-settled trust to be endowed with spendthrift trust protection. However, since 1997, five states, including Delaware and Alaska, have enacted legislation which expressly authorizes self-settled spendthrift trusts. If established in one of these jurisdictions, a self-settled spendthrift trust could allow an individual to put assets beyond the reach of future, and in some cases even existing, creditors while retaining the right to benefit from trust assets.

These few states now compete with exotic locales such as the Cayman and Cook Islands, and with less exotic places, such as Bermuda and Lichtenstein, which for many years have been a haven for those seeking the protection that only a self-settled spendthrift trust can offer.

New York is not now, and has never been, a haven for those seeking to protect assets from claims of creditors. Most states, including New York, continue to abhor self-settled spendthrift trusts. This is true even if another person is named as trustee and even the trust is not created with an intent to defraud existing creditors. New York’s strong public policy against self-settled spendthrift trusts is evident in EPTL §7-3.1, which provides:

A disposition in trust for the use of the creator is void as against the existing or subsequent creditors of the creator.

Still, there appears to be no reason why a New York resident could not transfer assets to the trustee of a self-settled spendthrift trust formed in Delaware or in another state which now permits such trusts. Even though a New York Surrogate or Supreme Court judge might view with skepticism an asset protection trust created in Delaware invoked to protect against judgments rendered in New York, the Full Faith and Credit Clause of the Constitution could impart significant protection to the Delaware trust.

If a self-settled spendthrift trust is asset protected, the existence of creditor protection would also likely eliminate the possibility of estate inclusion under IRC §2036. This is so because assets placed beyond the reach of creditors are generally also considered to have been effectively transferred for federal transfer tax purposes.

XVI. Delaware Asset

        Protection Trusts

In 1997, Delaware enacted the “Qualified Dispositions in Trust Act.” Under the Act, a person may create an irrevocable Delaware trust whose assets are beyond the reach of the settlor’s creditors. However, the settlor may retain the right to receive income distributions and principal distributions subject to an ascertainable standard. By transferring assets to a Delaware trust, the settlor may be able to retain enjoyment of the trust assets while at the same time rendering those assets impervious to those creditor claims which are not timely interposed within the applicable period of limitations for commencing an action.

Delaware is an attractive trust jurisdiction for many reasons: First, it has eliminated the Rule Against Perpetuities for real estate; second, it imposes no tax on income or capital gains generated by an irrevocable trust; third, it has adopted the “prudent investor” rule, which accords the trustee wide latitude in making trust investments; fourth, it permits the use of “investment advisors” who may inform the trustee in investment decisions; and fifth, Delaware trusts are confidential, since Delaware courts do not supervise trust administration.

To implement a Delaware trust, a settlor must make a “qualified disposition” in trust, which is a disposition by the settlor to a “qualified trustee” by means of a trust instrument. A qualified trustee must be an individual other than the settlor who resides in Delaware, or an entity authorized by Delaware law to act as trustee. The trust instrument may name individual co-trustees who need not reside in Delaware. Delaware’s statute, 12 Del. C. § 3570 et seq., notes that it “is intended to maintain Delaware’s role as the most favored jurisdiction for the establishment of trusts.”

Although the trust must be irrevocable, the Settlor may retain the right to (i) veto distributions; (ii) exercise special powers of appointment; (iii) receive current income distributions; and (iv) receive principal distributions if limited to an ascertainable standard (e.g., health, maintenance, etc.).

The trust may designate investment advisors and “protectors” from whom the trustee must seek approval before making distributions or investments. Thus, the settlor, even though not a trustee, may indirectly retain the power to make investment decisions and participate in distribution decisions, even to himself.

Delaware trusts may also be structured so that the assets transferred are outside the settlor’s gross estate for estate tax purposes. If, instead of gifting the assets to the trust, a sale is made to a Delaware irrevocable “defective” grantor trust, the assets may be removed from the settlor’s estate at a reduced estate tax cost.

Delaware law governing Delaware trusts is entitled to full faith and credit in other states, a crucial advantage not shared by trusts created in offshore jurisdictions. The Delaware Act bars actions to enforce judgments entered elsewhere, and requires that any actions involving a Delaware trust be brought in Delaware. A New York court might therefore find it difficult to declare a transfer fraudulent if, under Delaware law, it was not. In any event, a Delaware court would not likely recognize a judgment obtained in a New York court with respect to Delaware trust assets.

Although the Full Faith and Credit Clause of the Constitution requires every state to respect the statutes and judgments of sister states, the Supreme Court, in Franchise Board of California v. Hyatt, 538 U.S. 488 (2003) held that it “does not compel a state to substitute the statutes of other states for which its own statutes dealing with a subject matter concerning which it is competent to legislate.” In Hanson v. Denckla, 357 U.S. 235 (1958), a landmark case, the Supreme Court held that Delaware was not required to give full faith and credit to a judgment of a Florida court that lacked jurisdiction over the trustee and the trust property.

The Delaware Act does not contain as short a limitations period as do most offshore jurisdictions. Under 12 Del. C. §§ 1304(a)(1) and 3572(b), a creditor’s claim against a Delaware trust is extinguished unless (i) the claim arose before the qualified disposition was made and the creditor brings suit within four years after the transfer was made or within 1 year after the transfer was or could reasonably have been discovered by the claimant; or (ii) the creditor’s claim arose after the transfer and the creditor brings suit within four years after the transfer, irrespective of the creditor’s knowledge of the transfer.

Although the Delaware statute affords more protection for creditors than do offshore trusts, the four-year period for commencing legal action reduces the risk that a creditor whose claim is time-barred could successfully assert that (i) a transfer was fraudulent notwithstanding the Act or (ii) the Act’s statute of limitations is itself unconstitutional.

A Delaware trust may also continue in perpetuity, at least with respect to real property. By contrast, New York retains the common law Rule Against Perpetuities, which limits trust duration to 21 years after the death of any person living at the creation of the trust. EPTL § 9-1.1.

XVII. Foreign Asset

Protection Trusts

The basic structure of an offshore trusts are the same as those of the domestic trust. Foreign trust jurisdictions go beyond Delaware Asset Protection Trusts in terms of the asset protection they offer, since they often possess the feature of short or nonexistent statutes of limitations for recognizing foreign (i.e., U.S.) judgments.

Although the IRS recognizes the bona fides of foreign asset protection trusts, it also seeks to tax such trusts. Because of the secrecy often associated with foreign trusts, the IRS may be unaware of the assets placed in a foreign trust. Foreign trusts are subject to strict reporting requirements by the IRS, with harsh penalties for failure to comply. Foreign asset protection trusts are not endowed with special tax attributes which by their nature legitimately reduce the incidence of U.S. income taxes.

Foreign trusts do accord a measure of privacy to the grantor, and may convey the impression that the creator of the trust is judgment-proof, even if that is not the case. A creditor seeking to enforce a judgment in a foreign jurisdiction would likely be required to retain foreign counsel, and litigate in a jurisdiction which might be generally hostile to his claim.

On balance, since asset protection trusts may now be created in several states within the U.S., resort to a foreign jurisdiction to implement such a trust would now seem to be an inferior method of accomplishing that objective.

Posted in Asset Protection | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

Peering Through the Legal Prism: When Asset Protection Becomes Fraudulent

VIEW IN PDFTax News & Comment — August 2011

I.  Introduction

English law addressing fraudulent conveyances dates back to the early Middle Ages. The first comprehensive attempt to prohibit such transfers appeared in the Fraudulent Conveyances Act of 1571, known as the “Statute of Elizabeth.” The Act was promulgated by Elizabeth I, daughter of Henry VIII from his second marriage to the ill-fated Anne Boleyn. The statute forbade feigned, covinous and fraudulent transfers of land and personalty entered into with the intent to delay, hinder or defraud creditors and others of their just and lawful claims.

The Statute provided that such conveyances were “clearly and utterly void, frustrate and of no effect” as against “creditors and others” whose claims might be hindered by such conveyances.

Today, as in the Middle Ages, conveyances which defeat claims of existing creditors may be challenged as being fraudulent. Asset protection is the “good witch” of asset transfers, wherein one legitimately arranges one’s assets so as to render them impervious to creditor attack. Asset protection is best implemented before a creditor appears, since a transfer made with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud a creditor may be deemed a fraudulent conveyance subject to rescission. Asset protection in its most elementary form might consist of merely gifting or consuming the asset.

Gifts made outright or to an irrevocable trust provide asset protection, assuming the transfer is bona fide. In property law, a gift requires three elements: First, the donor must intend to make a gift. Second, the donor must deliver the gift to the donee. Third, the donee must accept the gift. Whether these requirements have been met is a question of local law. (Although the IRS has dispensed with the requirement of donative intent to impose gift tax, most courts have not.)

Gifts should be delivered and be evidenced by a writing. Although transfers to family members are presumed to have donative intent, creditors may argue that the donee family member is merely holding legal title in trust or as nominee for the donor. For this reason, intrafamily gifts should be evidenced by a formal writing in which the donee accepts the gift.

Delivery of personal property should be accompanied by a written instrument. Delivery of real property requires a deed, and delivery of intangible personal property should be accompanied by an assignment or other legal document. Ownership of some intangibles, such as securities, may be accomplished by registering the securities in the name of the donee.

The retention by the donor of possession of property may suggest the absence of a gift, since no gift occurs where trustee, agent or bailee retains possession of the property. Similarly, asking a family member or a friend to “hold” property to protect against the enforcement of a known judgment creditor’s claim until the threat disappears would be subject to being declared fraudulent, since the motive for the transfer will have lacked donative intent.

Operating a business in corporate form, entering into a prenuptial agreement, executing a disclaimer, or even giving effect to a spendthrift trust provision, are common examples of asset protection which present few legal or ethical issues, primarily because such transfers do not defeat rights of known creditors. However, transferring assets into a corporation solely to avoid a personal money judgment, or utilizing an offshore trust solely to avoid alimony or child support payments, would defeat the rights of legitimate creditors, and would thereby constitute fraudulent transfers.

Businesses have traditionally limited exposure to liability by forming corporations. The limited liability of corporate shareholders has existed since 1602 when the Dutch East India Company was chartered to engage in spice trade in Asia. Yet the liability protection offered by corporate form can be negated, and the corporate veil “pierced,” if the corporation is undercapitalized.

Other business entities, such as LLCs and partnerships, also offer asset protection. Claims made against these entities, like claims made against corporations, do not “migrate” to the member or partner. A judgment creditor of a partner cannot seize the debtor’s partnership interest, but is limited to obtaining a “charging order.”
A charging order is a lien against the partner’s partnership interest.

A judgment creditor holding a charging order “stands in the shoes” of the partner with respect to partnership distributions. Therefore, if the partnership makes no distributions, the judgment creditor who has seized the partner’s interest may be charged with “phantom” income. This may cause the value of the creditor’s claim to be greatly diminished.

Disclaimers may be effective in avoiding creditor claims and are generally not fraudulent transfers under New York law. In New York, one may validly disclaim property and may thereby place the asset beyond the reach of creditors. The IRS may reach disclaimed property to satisfy a federal tax lien.

Certain powers of appointment possess asset protection features.  Limited powers of appointment are beyond creditors’ claims since the power holder has no beneficial interest in the power. Presently exercisable general powers of appointment, by contrast, in New York at least, are subject to creditors claims since the power holder has the right to appoint the property to himself. EPTL § 10-7.2.

II.    Ethical Considerations

Ethical considerations reach their zenith when asset protection is being contemplated. The obligation of an attorney to zealously represent the interests of his client is unquestioned. The ABA Model Code of Professional Conduct, DR 7-101, “Representing a Client Zealously,” provides that

A lawyer shall not intentionally fail to seek lawful objectives of his client through reasonable available means permitted by law and the Disciplinary Rules.

The Second Circuit has held that “[a] lawyer is authorized to practice his profession, to advise his clients, and to interpose any defense or supposed defense without making himself liable for damages.” Newburger, Loeb & Co. v. Gross, 563 F.2d 1057, 1080 (2nd Cir. 1977), cert. denied, 434 U.S. 1035 (1978).

Nevertheless, the ABA Model Code of Professional Conduct, DR 7-102, “Representing a Client Within the Bounds of the Law,” provides that “[a] lawyer shall not . . . [c]ounsel or assist his client in conduct that the lawyer knows to be illegal or fraudulent.”

Although the Model Code does not define “fraud,” New York, a Model Code jurisdiction, has provided that the term

does not include conduct, although characterized as fraudulent by statute or administrative rule, which lacks an element of scienter, deceit, intent to mislead, or knowing failure to correct misrepresentations which can be reasonably expected to induce detrimental reliance by another.

Therefore, in New York, the prohibition against counseling a client in perpetrating a “fraud” would apparently not prohibit an attorney from assisting a client in transferring property because of the possibility that the transfer might, in hindsight, be determined to have constituted a fraudulent conveyance.

Model Rule 8.4 of the ABA Model Rules of Professional Conduct provides that it is professional misconduct for a lawyer to “engage in conduct involving dishonesty, fraud, deceit or misrepresentation.” Model Rule 4.4 provides that “a lawyer shall not use means that have no substantial purpose other than to embarrass, delay, or burden a third person.”

Conduct involving dishonesty or an attempt to deceive appears to be a readily determinable question of fact. However, conduct employing means having no substantial purpose other than to delay or burden third parties may be a more difficult factual determination.

Connecticut Informal Opinion 91-23 states that

[f]raudulent transfers delay and burden those creditors who would be inclined to try and satisfy their unpaid debts from property of the debtor. It forces them to choose either not to challenge the transfer and suffer the loss of an uncollected debt or to file an action to set aside the transfer…If there is no other substantial purpose, Rule 4.4 applies. Where there is another substantial purpose, Rule 4.4 does not apply. For example, where there is a demonstrable and lawful estate planning purpose to the transfer Rule 4.4 would not, in out view apply.

An attorney is therefore ethically and legally permitted to provide counsel in the protection of a client’s assets. Since most prohibitions on attorneys involve the attorney having acted “knowingly,” due diligence is important to avoid ethical or legal problems. The counselor should determine (i) the source of the client’s wealth; (ii) the client’s reason for seeking advice concerning asset protection; and (iii) whether the client has any current creditor issues or is merely insuring against as yet unknown future creditor risks.

The client is also under an obligation to be truthful. Accordingly, the client should affirm that (i) it has no pending or threatened claims; (ii) it is not under investigation by the government; (iii) it will remain solvent following any intended transfers; and (iv) it has not derived from unlawful activities any of the assets to be transferred.

III. Uniform Fraudulent

    Transfer & Conveyance Acts

The definition of fraudulent transfer has remained fairly constant since the Statute of Elizabeth. While the common law doctrine of res judicata has influenced domestic courts in interpreting the common law of fraudulent conveyances, most states have chosen to codify the law. The Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act defines the term “transfer” as

every mode, direct or indirect, absolute or conditional, voluntary or involuntary, of disposing of or parting with an asset or an interest in an asset, and includes the payment of money, release, lease, and creation of a lien or other encumbrance.

The Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the successor to the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, defines a creditor as “a person having any claim, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, absolute, fixed or contingent.” The Act defines the term “claim” as “a right to payment, whether or not the right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured.” (New York is among six states that have enacted the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, but not the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act.)

IV.     Decisional Law

Although ample statutory authority exists, courts are often called upon to apply the common law in decide whether a conveyance is fraudulent. The doctrine of staré decisis,  which recognizes the significance of legal precedent, plays a paramount role in the evolving law governing asset transfers.

The Supreme Court, in Mexicano de Desarollo, S.A. v. Alliance Bond Fund, Inc., 527 U.S. 308, held that an owner of property has an almost absolute right to dispose of that  property, provided that the disposition does not prejudice existing creditors. Federal courts are without power to grant pre-judgment attachments since (i) legal remedies must be exhausted prior to equitable remedies; and (ii) a general (pre-judgment) creditor has no “cognizable interest” that would permit the creditor to interfere with the debtor’s ownership rights.

In determining whether a transfer is fraudulent, New York courts have made a distinction between future and existing creditors. Klein v. Klein, 112 N.Y.S.2d 546 (1952) held that the act of transferring title to the spouse of a police officer to eliminate the threat of a future lawsuit against the officer arising by virtue of the nature of his office was appropriate, and “amounted to nothing more than insurance against a possible disaster.”

Similarly, in Pagano v. Pagano, 161 Misc.2d 369, 613 N.Y.S.2d 809 (N.Y. Sur. 1994), family members transferred property to another family member who was not engaged in business. The Surrogate found there was no fraudulent intent and that

transfers made prior to embarking on a business in order to keep property free of claims that may arise out of the business does not create a claim of substance by a future creditor.

The New York County Surrogates Court, in In re Joseph Heller Inter Vivos Trust, 613 N.Y.S.2d 809 (1994), approved a trustee’s application to sever an inter vivos trust for the purpose of

insulat[ing] the trust’s substantial cash and securities from potential creditor’s claims that could arise from the trust’s real property.

The Surrogate observed that

New York law recognizes the right of individuals to arrange their affairs so as to limited their liability to creditors, including the holding of assets in corporate form…making irrevocable transfers of their assets, outright or in trust, as long as such transfers are not in fraud of existing creditors.

V.   Establishing Fraudulent Intent

Intent is subjective and proving it is difficult. Direct evidence of fraudulent intent, such as an email or a tape, is not likely to exist. Courts have therefore resorted to circumstantial evidence in the form of “badges of fraud.” Whether badges of fraud exist is determined by assessing (i) the solvency of the debtor immediately following the transfer; (ii) whether the debtor was sued or threatened with suit prior to the transfer; and (iii) whether the debtor transferred property to his or her spouse, while retaining the use or enjoyment of the property.

Under NY Debt. & Cred. Law § 273-a, a conveyance made by a debtor against whom a money judgment exists is presumed to be fraudulent if the defendant fails to satisfy the judgment. Transfers in trust at one time were, but are no longer, considered a badge of fraud. However, transfers in trust may implicate a badge of fraud if the transferor retains enjoyment of the transferred property.

Once the existence of a fraudulent transfer has been established, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act provides that the creditor may (i) void the transfer to the extent necessary to satisfy the claim; (ii) seek to attach the property; (iii) seek an injunction barring further transfer of the property; or, if a claim has already been reduced to judgment, (iv) levy on the property.  Under the Act, “a debtor is insolvent if the sum of the debtor’s debts is greater than all of the debtor’s assets at a fair valuation.”

Warning signs that a transfer may be fraudulent include insolvency of the transferor, lack of consideration for the transfer, and secrecy of the transaction. Insolvency, for this purpose, means that the transfer is made when the debtor was insolvent or would be rendered insolvent, or is about to incur debts he will not be able to pay.

Debtor & Creditor Law, Sec. 275 provides that “[e]very conveyance and every obligation incurred without fair consideration [with an intent to] incur debts beyond ability to pay…is fraudulent.” However, once the determination has been made that the transfer is not fraudulent, later events which might have rendered the transaction fraudulent would be of no legal moment.

The transfer of assets by a person against whom a meritorious claim has been made — even if not reduced to judgment — could render the transfer voidable. If the claim is not meritorious, then the transfer would probably not be fraudulent, regardless of its eventual disposition. For example, transferring title in the marital residence to a spouse could be a valid asset protection strategy, but doing so immediately after the IRS has filed a tax lien would likely result in the IRS seeking to void the transfer. However, if the IRS tax lien was erroneously filed, then the IRS could not properly seek to vitiate the transfer.

Gratuitous transfers are susceptible to being characterized as fraudulent in cases where the transferor appears to remain the equitable owner of the property. Accordingly, transfers between or among family members, or transfers to a partnership for little or no consideration, may carry with them the suggestion of fraudulent intent. In this vein, even a legitimate sale, if evidenced only by a flimsy, hastily prepared document, suggests an element of immediacy or unenforceability, which could in turn support a finding of fraud.

VI.    Asset Protection in Marriage

New York recognizes the existence of “separate” as well as “marital” property in the estate of marriage. Neither the property nor the income from separate property may be seized by a creditor of one spouse to satisfy the debts of the other spouse. Therefore, property may properly be titled or retitled in the name of the spouse with less creditor risk. Provided the transfer creating separate property is made before the assertion of a valid claim, creditors of the transferring spouse should be prevented from asserting claims against the property.

In contrast to protection afforded by separate property, marital property is subject to claims of creditors of either spouse. Whether property constitutes marital property or separate property may involve tracing the flow of money or property. Property received by gift or inheritance is separate property, and is generally protected from claims made against the other spouse (or from claims made by the other spouse). Combining separate property or funds of the spouses will transform separate property into marital property.

Common law recognizes the right of married persons to enjoy enhanced asset protection if title is held jointly between the spouses in a tenancy by the entirety, a unique form of title available only to married persons. U.S. v. Gurley, 415 F.2d 144, 149 (5th Cir. 1969) observed that “[a]n estate by the entireties is an almost metaphysical concept which developed at the common law from the Biblical declaration that a man and his wife are one.”

First codified in 1896, EPTL § 6-2.2 recognizes the tenancy by the entirety, where title is vested in the married couple jointly and each spouse possesses an undivided interest in the entire property. Provided the couple remains married, the survivorship right of either spouse cannot be terminated. Nor may spouse can unilaterally sever or sell his or her portion without the consent of the other. However, divorce will automatically convert a tenancy by the entirety to a joint tenancy.

The ability to prevent creditors of one spouse from reaching, attaching and possibly selling marital property held in a tenancy by the entirety is a unique and important attribute of the marital estate. Creditors cannot execute a judgment on property held by spouses in a tenancy by the entirety. New York cases have held that a receiver in bankruptcy cannot reach or sever ownership when title is by the entirety. Although coop ownership is technically the ownership of securities and not real estate, ownership by married couples of coops as tenants by the entirety is now the default method of holding title in a coop.

Not all property held in a tenancy by the entirety is protected from claims of creditors. The IRS, a creditor with enhanced rights, has succeeded in defeating the protection normally accorded by holding property in a tenancy by the entirety. In Craft v. U.S., 535 U.S. 274 (2002), the Supreme Court held that a federal tax lien could attach even to an interest held by one spouse as a tenant by the entirety.

Marriage may also present situations where the spouses themselves assume a creditor and debtor relationship. Prenuptial and postnuptial agreements define the rights and obligations of spouses between themselves, both during and after a divorce. Many statutory rights may be waived, changed or enhanced by agreement. Other rights not provided by statute may be conferred upon a party by a pre or post-nuptial agreement.

A prenuptial agreement may attempt to alter the rights of persons not a party to the agreement. Thus, parties could designate certain property as separate property in the event of a divorce. However, such an executory contract (i.e., not performed) would not necessarily be binding on a third party, and might be successfully avoided, for example, by a trustee in bankruptcy.

Some retirement benefits, such as IRA benefits, may be waived in a prenuptial agreement. However, retirement benefits subject to ERISA may not be waived prior to marriage. If a waiver of ERISA benefits is contemplated in a prenuptial agreement, the agreement should contain a provision requiring the waiving party to execute a waiver after marriage. If the waiver does not occur following marriage, the waiver of retirements benefits subject to ERISA will be ineffective.

VII. Joint Tenancies and

         Tenancies in Common

Joint tenancies and tenancies in common offer little asset protection. The joint tenancy is similar to a tenancy by the entirety in that each joint tenant owns an undivided interest, and each possesses the right of survivorship. However, unlike property held by spouses as tenants by the entirety, each joint tenant may pledge or transfer his interest without the consent of the other, since there is no “unity of ownership.” Such a transfer would create a tenancy in common.

Another distinction between the tenancy by the entirety and the joint tenancy is that a joint tenant’s interest is subject to attachment by creditors and by the Bankruptcy Court. If attachment occurs, the joint tenancy can be terminated and the property can divided or, more likely, partitioned, with the proceeds being divided between the unencumbered joint tenant and the creditor or trustee in bankruptcy. Note that although a tenancy by the entirety is presumed to be the manner in which married persons hold title, married persons may also hold title as joint tenants, or as tenants in common.

For this reason, deeds should be clear as to the type of tenancy in which the property owned by spouses is being held. A deed stating that title is held by “husband and wife, as joint tenants,” would imply the existence of a joint tenancy but, because of the phrase “husband and wife,” could also be interpreted as creating a tenancy by the entirety.

The tenancy in common provides little asset protection. Each tenant in common is deemed to hold title to an undivided interest in the property that each may dispose of by sale, gift or bequest. No right of survivorship exists, nor is there a unity of ownership, as in a tenancy by the entirety. Tenants in common share a right of possession. Thus, one tenant in common could transfer an interest in real property to a third party who could demand concurrent possession. An unwilling tenant in common could prevent such an eventuality by forcing a partition sale.

The interest of a debtor tenant in common is subject to attachment by judgment creditors and the Bankruptcy Court. The only real asset protection accorded by the tenancy in common is the time and expense a creditor would be required to expend in commencing a partition sale to free up liquidity in the property seized.

VIII.    Protecting The Residence

New York affords little protection to the homestead against claims made by creditors. CPLR 5206(a) provides that amount of equity in the debtor’s homestead shielded from judgment creditors and from the bankruptcy trustee is $50,000. Married couples in co-ownership may each claim a $50,000 exemption where a joint bankruptcy petition is filed, creating a $100,000 exemption.

Although little statutory protection is provided for by the legislature, the Department of Taxation and Finance has shown little inclination to foreclose on a personal residence of a New York resident to satisfy unpaid tax liabilities. The IRS, perhaps reflecting its federal charter, has shown slightly less disinclination to foreclose in this situation, although in fairness it should be noted that the IRS infrequently commences foreclosure proceedings on a residence to satisfy a tax lien. On the other hand, both the IRS and New York State could be expected to record a tax lien which would secure the government’s interest in the event the property were sold or refinanced.

Some states, such as Florida and Texas, provide for a liberal homestead exemption. The homestead exemption in Florida is unlimited, provided the property is no larger than one-half acre within a city, or 160 acres outside of a municipality. The Florida Supreme Court has held that the homestead exemption found in Florida’s Constitution even protects homes purchased with nonexempt funds for the purpose of defrauding creditors in violation of Florida statute.  Havoco of America, Ltd., v. Hill, 790 So.2d 1018 (Fla. 2001).

Since a residence is often a significant family asset, in jurisdictions such as Florida, the debtor’s equity in the homestead may be increased to a large amount. This protection was availed of by Mr. Simpson after a large civil judgment was rendered against him in California.

In jurisdictions such as New York, which confer little protection to the residence, a qualified personal residence trust (QPRT) may serve as a proxy. A QPRT results when an interest in real property, which could be attached by a creditor, is converted into a mere right to reside in the residence for a term of years. A (QPRT) is often used to maximize the settlor’s unified credit for estate planning purposes.

The asset protection feature of a QPRT derives directly from the diminution of rights in the property retained by the putative debtor-to-be. The asset protection benefit of creating a QPRT is that the settlor’s interest in the property is changed from a fee interest subject to foreclosure and sale, to a right to continue to live in the residence, which is not. If the settlor’s spouse has a concurrent right to live in the residence, a creditor would probably have no recourse. Some litigation involving QPRT property has arisen in New York.

IX. Federal Bankruptcy Exemptions

Under Section 522 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, certain “exempt” items will be unavailable to creditors in the event of bankruptcy. Individual states are given the ability to “opt out” of the federal exemption scheme, or to permit the debtor to choose the federal exemption scheme or the state’s own exemption statute. New York has chosen to require its residents to opt out of the federal scheme, and has provided its own set of exemptions. Nevertheless, some exemptions provided for by federal law cannot be overridden by state law.

Exemptions found in federal law also occur outside of the Federal Bankruptcy Code may also be used by a debtor. These include (i) wage exemptions; (ii) social security benefits; (iii) civil service benefits; (iv) veterans benefits; and (v) qualified plans under ERISA. Thus, federal bankruptcy law automatically exempts virtually all tax-exempt pensions and retirement savings accounts from bankruptcy, even if state law exemptions are used.

Federal law protects any pension or retirement fund that qualifies for tax treatment under IRC Sections 401, 402, 403, 408, or 408A. IRAs qualify under IRC § 408. Qualified plans under ERISA enjoy special asset protection status. Under the federal law, funds so held are protected from creditors of the plan participant. Patterson v. Shumate, 504 U.S. 753 (1992). The protection offered by federal statute is paramount, and may not be diminished by state spendthrift trust law.

X.    New York Exemptions

The objective in pre-bankruptcy planning is to make maximum use of available exemptions. At times, this involves converting non-exempt property into exempt property. While pre-bankruptcy planning could itself rise to the level of a fraud against existing creditors, since the raison d’etre of exemptions is to permit such planning, only in an extreme case would an allegation of fraud likely be upheld.

New York has in some cases legislated permissible exemption planning by providing windows of time in which pre-bankruptcy exemption planning is permissible. Under ERISA, most qualified plans are required to include a spendthrift provision. Accordingly, most qualified plans will be asset protected with respect to state law proceedings, and will be excluded from the debtor’s bankruptcy estate. See CPLR § 5205(c), Debt. & Cred. Law § 282(2)(e).

New York (as well as New Jersey and Connecticut) exempts 100 percent of undistributed IRA assets. Non-rollover IRAs are exempt from being applied to creditors’ claims pursuant to CPLR 5205, which denotes them as personal property.

EPTL §7-1.5(a)(2) provides that proceeds of a life insurance policy held in trust will not be “subject to encumbrance” provided the trust agreement so provides. Similarly, Ins. Law §3212(b) protects life insurance proceeds provided the trust contains language prohibiting the proceeds from being used to pay the beneficiary’s creditors. Ins. Law §3212(c) protects life insurance proceeds if the beneficiary is not the debtor, or if the debtor’s spouse purchases the policy.

Ins. Law §3212(d) at first blush is appealing, as it provides for an unlimited exemption for benefits under an annuity contract. However, upon closer examination paragraph (d)(2) further provides that “the court may order the annuitant to pay to a judgment creditor . . . a portion of such benefits that appears just and property . . . with due regard for the reasonable requirements of the judgment debtor.”

Debt. & Cred. Law §283(1) circumscribes the protection accorded to annuities, by limiting the exemption for annuity contracts purchased within six months of a bankruptcy filing to $5,000, without regard to the “reasonable income requirements of the debtor and his or her dependents.”

CPLR §5205(d) provides that the following personal property is exempt from application to satisfy a money judgment, except such part as a court determines to be unnecessary for the reasonable requirements of the judgment debtor and his dependents:

(i) ninety percent of the earnings of the judgment debtor for personal services rendered within sixty days before, and any time after, an income execution. (Since the exemption applies to employees, income derived from self-employment may not be excluded);

(ii) ninety percent of income or other payments from a trust the principal of which is not self-settled;

(iii) payments made pursuant to an award in a matrimonial action for support of the spouse or for child support, except to the extent such payments are “unnecessary”; and

(iv) property serving as collateral for a purchase-money loan (e.g., car loan or a home securing a first mortgage) in an action for repossession.

XI.     Trusts

The concept of trusts dates back to the 11th Century, at the time of the Norman invasion of England. Trusts emerged under the common law as a device which minimized the impact of inheritance taxes arising from transfers at death. The purpose of the trust was to separate “legal” title, which was given to the “trustee,” from “equitable title,” which was retained by the trust beneficiaries. Since legal title remained in the trustee at the death of the grantor, transfer taxes were thus avoided.

The trust has since evolved in common law countries throughout the world. Trusts today serve myriad functions including, but not limited to, the function of reducing estate taxes. The basic structure of a trust is that (i) a settlor (either an individual or a corporation), establishes the trust agreement; (ii) the trustee takes legal title to and administers the assets transferred into the trust; and (iii) beneficiaries receive trust distributions.

Trusts are ubiquitous in estate planning, both for nontax as well as tax reasons. For example, trusts are employed as a means to protect immature or spendthrift beneficiaries. Inter vivos trusts also enable the grantor to retain considerable control over the trust property. Testamentary trusts contained in wills enable the testator to control the manner in which the estate will be distributed to heirs.

Trusts also possess significant asset protection attributes. Since trusts may be employed for diverse and legitimate reasons, they are not typically thought of as a device employed with an intent to hinder, delay or defraud creditors. However effective trusts are at protecting against creditor claims, once trust assets are distributed to beneficiaries, the beneficiary holds legal title to the property. At that point, creditor protection may be lost.

Asset protection features of an irrevocable trust may arise by virtue of a discretionary distribution provision, also known as a “sprinkling” trust. For example, the trust may provide that the trustees

in their sole and absolute discretion may pay or apply the whole, any portion, or none of the net income for the benefit of the beneficiaries.

Alternatively, the trustees’ discretion may be limited by a broadly defined standard, i.e.,

so much of the net income as the Trustees deem advisable to provide for the support, maintenance and health of the beneficiary.

The effects of a discretionary distribution provision on the rights of a creditor are profound. The rights of a creditor can be no greater than the rights of a beneficiary. Therefore, if the trust provides that the beneficiary cannot compel the trustee to make distributions, neither could the creditor force distribution. Therefore, properly limiting the beneficiary’s right to income in the trust instrument may determine the extent to which trusts assets are protected from the claims of creditors.

Failure to properly limit the beneficiary’s right to income from a trust can also have deleterious tax consequences if the creditor is the IRS. TAM 0017665 stated that where the taxpayer had a right to so much of the net income of the trust as the trustee determined necessary for the taxpayer’s “health, maintenance, support and education,” the taxpayer had an identifiable property interest subject to a federal tax lien. Since the discretion of the trustee was broadly defined and subject to an “ascertainable standard” rather than being absolute, the asset protection of the trust was diminished.

 A trustee who is granted absolute discretion in the trust instrument to make decisions regarding trust distributions, and who withholds distributions to a beneficiary with a judgment creditor, is not acting fraudulently vis à vis the creditor. To the contrary, the trustee is properly fulfilling his fiduciary responsibilities. However, in some cases, a court may compel a trustee to make distributions. In such cases, the trustee could be faced with possible contempt if he refused to comply with the court’s order. To make the trustee’s office even more difficult, the trustee could be faced with competing directives from different courts.

Many settlors choose to incorporate mandatory distribution provisions which provide for outright transfers to children or their issue at pretermined ages. Yet, holding assets in trust for longer periods may be preferable, since creditor protection can then be continued indefinitely. Holding a child’s interest in trust for a longer period may be prudent in a marriage situation. Assets held in a trust funded either by the spouse or by the parent stand a greater chance of being protected in the event of divorce than assets distributed outright to the spouse, even if the beneficiary-spouse does not “commingle” these separate  assets with marital assets.

If the trust provides for a distribution of principal upon the beneficiary’s reaching a certain age, e.g., 35 or 40, the inclusion of a “hold-back” provision allowing the Trustee to withhold distributions in the event a beneficiary is threatened by a creditor claims, may be advisable.

XII.    Implied Trusts

Express trusts are those which are memorialized and formally executed. However, trusts may also be implied in law. An implied “resulting trust” arises where the person who transfers title also paid for the property, and it is clear from the circumstances that such person did not intend to transfer beneficial interest in the property. Parol evidence may be used to demonstrate the existence of a resulting trust.

Thus, a parent who makes car payments under a contract in the child’s name will not hold legal title, but would likely possess equitable title. Since creditors of the parent “stand in the shoes” of the parent, they might be capable of asserting rights against the child who holds “bare” legal title. Even if the child had no knowledge of the parent’s creditor, the creditor could be entitled to restitution of the asset. Rogers v. Rogers, 63 NY2d 582, 483 NYS2d 976 (1984).

A “constructive trust” arises where equity intervenes protect the rightful owner from the holder of legal title, where legal title was acquired through fraud, duress, undue influence, mistake, breach of fiduciary duty, or other wrongful act, and the wrongful owner is unjust enriched. In New York, a constructive trust requires the following four conditions: (i) a fiduciary or confidential relationship; (ii) a promise; (iii) a transfer in reliance on the promise; and (iv) unjust enrichment.

A transfer made to avoid an obligation owed to a creditor will constitute a fraudulent transfer. In many cases, no consideration will have been paid to a transferee who agrees to hold legal title for the transferor to avoid the claims of the transferor’s creditor.  If the scheme is not uncovered, and the transferor attempts to regain title from the transferee, a constructive trust would in theory arise, since the four conditions for establishing a constructive trust would exist.

However, the constructive trust is an equitable remedy. Courts sitting in equity are generally loathe to allow one with “unclean hands” to profit. Therefore, most courts would refuse to imply a trust in favor of the transferor where the transfer was made for illegal purposes. However, the same court might well imply a constructive trust in favor of the legitimate creditors of the transferor in this case.

Occasionally, a person will establish a “mirror” trusts with another person, hoping to achieve asset protection by indirect means. However, such arrangements are likely to fail. Thus, “reciprocal” or “crossed” trust arrangements, in which the settlor of one trust is the beneficiary of another, would likely offer little or no asset protection. In fact, the “reciprocal trust doctrine” has been invoked by the IRS to defeat attempts by taxpayers to shift assets out of their estates.

XIII. Tax Issues Associated with

         Asset Protection Trusts

It is inadvisable fot the settlor to name himself as trustee of an irrevocable trust, unless the settlor has retained virtually no rights under the trust. The settlor’s retained right to determine beneficial enjoyment could well cause estate tax inclusion under IRC §§ 2036 and 2038. However, a settlor will not be deemed to have retained control for estate tax purposes merely because the trustee is related to the settlor. Therefore, the settlor’s spouse or children may be named as trustees without risking estate tax inclusion.

To avoid estate tax problems for a beneficiary named as trustee, the powers granted to the beneficiary should be limited. A beneficiary’s right to make distributions to herself without an ascertainable standard limitation would constitute a general power of appointment under Code Sec. 2041, and would result in inclusion in the beneficiary’s estate. The beneficiary’s power to make discretionary distributions would also decimate creditor protection. To avoid this problem, an independent trustee should be appointed to exercise the power to make decisions regarding distributions to that beneficiary.

EPTL §10-10.1 prevents inadvertent estate tax fiascos by statutorily prohibiting a beneficiary from making decisions regarding discretionary distributions to himself. Therefore, even if the beneficiary were named sole trustee of a trust providing for discretionary distributions, the statute would require another trustee to be appointed to determine distributions to the beneficiary. Note that in this case the beneficiary could continue to act as trustee for other purposes of the trust, and could continue to make decisions regarding distributions to other beneficiaries.

If the beneficiary has unlimited right to the trust, regardless of who is the trustee, inclusion could result under IRC § 2036. It is the retained right — and not the actual distribution —  that causes inclusion. PLR 200944002 stated that a trustee’s authority to make discretionary distributions to the grantor will not by itself result in  inclusion under IRC §2036. Thus, a trust which grants the trustee the authority to make distributions to the settlor, but vests in the settlor no rights to such distributions, might result in IRC § 2036 problems being avoided.

XIV.     Spendthrift Trusts

Trust assets can be placed beyond the reach of beneficiaries’ creditors by use of a “spendthrift” provision. The Supreme Court, in Nichols v. Eaton, 91 U.S. 716 (1875), recognized the validity of a spendthrift trust, holding that an individual should be able to transfer property subject to certain limiting conditions.

A spendthrift clause provides that the trust estate shall not be subject to any debt or judgment of the beneficiary, thus preventing the beneficiary from voluntarily or involuntarily alienating his interest in the trust. The rationale behind the effectiveness of a spendthrift provision is that the beneficiary possesses an equitable, but not a legal, interest in trust property. Therefore, creditors of a beneficiary should not be able to assert legal claims against the beneficiary’s equitable interest in trust assets.

Even if the trust instrument provides that the trustee’s discretion is absolute, the trust should contain a spendthrift clause. It is not enough for asset protection purposes that a creditor be unable to compel a distribution. The creditor must also be unable to attach the beneficiary’s interest in the trust.

A spendthrift trust may protect a beneficiary from (i) his own profligacy or immaturity; (ii) his bankruptcy; (iii) some of his torts; (iv) many of his creditors; and (v) possibly his spouse. No specific language is necessary to create a spendthrift trust. A spendthrift limitation may even be inferred from the intent of the settlor. Still, it is preferable as well as customary to include spendthrift language in a trust.

A spendthrift provision may also provide that required trust distributions become discretionary upon the occurrence of an event or contingency specified in the trust. Thus, a trust providing for regular distributions to beneficiaries might also provide that such distributions would be suspended in the event a creditor threat appears. Most wills containing trusts incorporate a spendthrift provision.

Some exceptions to spendthrift trust protection are in the nature of public policy exceptions. Thus, spendthrift trust assets may be reached to enforce a child support claim against the beneficiary. Courts could also invalidate a spendthrift provision to satisfy a judgment arising from an intentional tort. A spendthrift trust would likely be ineffective against a government claim relating to taxes, since public policy considerations in favor of the collection of tax may outweigh the public policy of enforcing spendthrift trusts.

XV.  Self-Settled Spendthrift Trusts

At common law, a settlor could not establish a trust for his own benefit, thereby insulating trust assets from claims of own creditors. Such a “self-settled” spendthrift trust would arise where the person creating the trust also names himself a beneficiary of the trust. Under common law, the assets of such a trust would be available to satisfy creditor claims to the same extent the property interest would be available to the person creating the trust. Thus, one could not fund a trust with $1,000, name himself as sole beneficiary, and expect to achieve creditor protection. This is true whether or not the settler also named himself as trustee.

Prior to 1997, neither the common law nor the statutory law of any state permitted a self-settled trust to be endowed with spendthrift trust protection. However, since 1997, five states, including Delaware and Alaska, have enacted legislation which expressly authorizes self-settled spendthrift trusts. If established in one of these jurisdictions, a self-settled spendthrift trust could allow an individual to put assets beyond the reach of future, and in some cases even existing, creditors while retaining the right to benefit from trust assets.

These few states now compete with exotic locales such as the Cayman and Cook Islands, and with less exotic places, such as Bermuda and Lichtenstein, which for many years have been a haven for those seeking the protection that only a self-settled spendthrift trust can offer.

New York is not now, and has never been, a haven for those seeking to protect assets from claims of creditors. Most states, including New York, continue to abhor self-settled spendthrift trusts. This is true even if another person is named as trustee and even the trust is not created with an intent to defraud existing creditors. New York’s strong public policy against self-settled spendthrift trusts is evident in EPTL §7-3.1, which provides:

A disposition in trust for the use of the creator is void as against the existing or subsequent creditors of the creator.

Still, there appears to be no reason why a New York resident could not transfer assets to the trustee of a self-settled spendthrift trust formed in Delaware or in another state which now permits such trusts. Even though a New York Surrogate or Supreme Court judge might view with skepticism an asset protection trust created in Delaware invoked to protect against judgments rendered in New York, the Full Faith and Credit Clause of the Constitution could impart significant protection to the Delaware trust.

If a self-settled spendthrift trust is asset protected, the existence of creditor protection would also likely eliminate the possibility of estate inclusion under IRC §2036. This is so because assets placed beyond the reach of creditors are generally also considered to have been effectively transferred for federal transfer tax purposes.

XVI. Delaware Asset

        Protection Trusts

In 1997, Delaware enacted the “Qualified Dispositions in Trust Act.” Under the Act, a person may create an irrevocable Delaware trust whose assets are beyond the reach of the settlor’s creditors. However, the settlor may retain the right to receive income distributions and principal distributions subject to an ascertainable standard. By transferring assets to a Delaware trust, the settlor may be able to retain enjoyment of the trust assets while at the same time rendering those assets impervious to those creditor claims which are not timely interposed within the applicable period of limitations for commencing an action.

Delaware is an attractive trust jurisdiction for many reasons: First, it has eliminated the Rule Against Perpetuities for real estate; second, it imposes no tax on income or capital gains generated by an irrevocable trust; third, it has adopted the “prudent investor” rule, which accords the trustee wide latitude in making trust investments; fourth, it permits the use of “investment advisors” who may inform the trustee in investment decisions; and fifth, Delaware trusts are confidential, since Delaware courts do not supervise trust administration.

To implement a Delaware trust, a settlor must make a “qualified disposition” in trust, which is a disposition by the settlor to a “qualified trustee” by means of a trust instrument. A qualified trustee must be an individual other than the settlor who resides in Delaware, or an entity authorized by Delaware law to act as trustee. The trust instrument may name individual co-trustees who need not reside in Delaware. Delaware’s statute, 12 Del. C. § 3570 et seq., notes that it “is intended to maintain Delaware’s role as the most favored jurisdiction for the establishment of trusts.”

Although the trust must be irrevocable, the Settlor may retain the right to (i) veto distributions; (ii) exercise special powers of appointment; (iii) receive current income distributions; and (iv) receive principal distributions if limited to an ascertainable standard (e.g., health, maintenance, etc.).

The trust may designate investment advisors and “protectors” from whom the trustee must seek approval before making distributions or investments. Thus, the settlor, even though not a trustee, may indirectly retain the power to make investment decisions and participate in distribution decisions, even to himself.

Delaware trusts may also be structured so that the assets transferred are outside the settlor’s gross estate for estate tax purposes. If, instead of gifting the assets to the trust, a sale is made to a Delaware irrevocable “defective” grantor trust, the assets may be removed from the settlor’s estate at a reduced estate tax cost.

Delaware law governing Delaware trusts is entitled to full faith and credit in other states, a crucial advantage not shared by trusts created in offshore jurisdictions. The Delaware Act bars actions to enforce judgments entered elsewhere, and requires that any actions involving a Delaware trust be brought in Delaware. A New York court might therefore find it difficult to declare a transfer fraudulent if, under Delaware law, it was not. In any event, a Delaware court would not likely recognize a judgment obtained in a New York court with respect to Delaware trust assets.

Although the Full Faith and Credit Clause of the Constitution requires every state to respect the statutes and judgments of sister states, the Supreme Court, in Franchise Board of California v. Hyatt, 538 U.S. 488 (2003) held that it “does not compel a state to substitute the statutes of other states for which its own statutes dealing with a subject matter concerning which it is competent to legislate.” In Hanson v. Denckla, 357 U.S. 235 (1958), a landmark case, the Supreme Court held that Delaware was not required to give full faith and credit to a judgment of a Florida court that lacked jurisdiction over the trustee and the trust property.

The Delaware Act does not contain as short a limitations period as do most offshore jurisdictions. Under 12 Del. C. §§ 1304(a)(1) and 3572(b), a creditor’s claim against a Delaware trust is extinguished unless (i) the claim arose before the qualified disposition was made and the creditor brings suit within four years after the transfer was made or within 1 year after the transfer was or could reasonably have been discovered by the claimant; or (ii) the creditor’s claim arose after the transfer and the creditor brings suit within four years after the transfer, irrespective of the creditor’s knowledge of the transfer.

Although the Delaware statute affords more protection for creditors than do offshore trusts, the four-year period for commencing legal action reduces the risk that a creditor whose claim is time-barred could successfully assert that (i) a transfer was fraudulent notwithstanding the Act or (ii) the Act’s statute of limitations is itself unconstitutional.

A Delaware trust may also continue in perpetuity, at least with respect to real property. By contrast, New York retains the common law Rule Against Perpetuities, which limits trust duration to 21 years after the death of any person living at the creation of the trust. EPTL § 9-1.1.

XVII. Foreign Asset

Protection Trusts

The basic structure of an offshore trusts are the same as those of the domestic trust. Foreign trust jurisdictions go beyond Delaware Asset Protection Trusts in terms of the asset protection they offer, since they often possess the feature of short or nonexistent statutes of limitations for recognizing foreign (i.e., U.S.) judgments.

Although the IRS recognizes the bona fides of foreign asset protection trusts, it also seeks to tax such trusts. Because of the secrecy often associated with foreign trusts, the IRS may be unaware of the assets placed in a foreign trust. Foreign trusts are subject to strict reporting requirements by the IRS, with harsh penalties for failure to comply. Foreign asset protection trusts are not endowed with special tax attributes which by their nature legitimately reduce the incidence of U.S. income taxes.

Foreign trusts do accord a measure of privacy to the grantor, and may convey the impression that the creator of the trust is judgment-proof, even if that is not the case. A creditor seeking to enforce a judgment in a foreign jurisdiction would likely be required to retain foreign counsel, and litigate in a jurisdiction which might be generally hostile to his claim.

On balance, since asset protection trusts may now be created in several states within the U.S., resort to a foreign jurisdiction to implement such a trust would now seem to be an inferior method of accomplishing that objective.

Posted in Asset Protection | Tagged , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

August Comment — Deferred Exchanges Under the Regulations

VIEW IN PDF:  Tax News & Comment — August 2011

[Note: Excerpted from Like Kind Exchanges of Real Estate Under IRC. §1031 (David L. Silverman, 3rd Ed.,1/11).View treatise at nytaxattorney.com]

I.  Overview of Statute

A deferred exchange may be a practical necessity if the cash buyer insists on closing before the taxpayer has identified replacement property. Recognizing the problem, Starker v. U.S., 602 F2d 1341 (9th Cir. 1979) articulated the proposition that simultaneity is not a requirement in a like kind exchange:

[W]e hold that it is still of like kind with ownership for tax purposes when the taxpayer prefers property to cash before and throughout the executory period, and only like kind property is ultimately received.

Responding to the IRS refusal to acquiesce to Starker, evolving case law which permitted nonsimultaneous exchanges was codified by the Tax Reform Act of 1984. As amended,  Section 1031(a)(3)(A) provides that the taxpayer must

identif[y] . . . property to be received in the exchange [within] 45 days after . . . the taxpayer transfers the property relinquished in the exchange.

The Regulations refer to this as the “identification period.” Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(b)(1)(i). The identification of the replacement property must be evidenced by a written document signed by the taxpayer and hand delivered, mailed, telecopied or otherwise sent before the end of the identification period to (i) the person obligated to transfer the replacement property to the taxpayer (i.e., the qualified intermediary); or (ii) to all persons involved in the exchange (e.g., any parties to the exchange, including an intermediary, an escrow agent, and a title company). Regs § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(2).

The 45-day period is jurisdictional: Failure to identify replacement property within 45 days will preclude exchange treatment. Moreover, contrary to many other time limitation periods provided for in the Internal Revenue Code, the 45-day period is computed without regard to weekends and holidays.

The statute states that the 45-day identification period begins upon the “transfer” of the  relinquished property. Does the identification period therefore begin to run on the closing date? Or when the exchange funds are transferred if that date is not coincident? Can an argument be made that the identification period does not commence until the deed is actually recorded?

Where multiple transfers of relinquished property occur, the 45-day identification period (as well as the 180-day exchange period) begin to run on the date of transfer of the first property. Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(b)(2).  The normal identification rules are applicable for multiple property exchanges

Some taxpayers, unable to identify replacement property within 45 days, have attempted to backdate identification documents. This is a serious mistake. The taxpayer in Dobrich v. Com’r, 188 F.3d 512 (9th Cir. 1999) was found liable for civil fraud penalties for backdating identification documents. Dobrich also pled guilty in a companion criminal case to providing false documents to the IRS. If the 45-day identification period poses a problem, the taxpayer should consider delaying the sale of the relinquished property to the cash buyer. If the sale cannot be delayed, the possibility should be explored of leasing the property to the cash buyer until suitable replacement property can be identified.

Section 1031 provides for nonrecognition of losses as well as gains in deferred exchanges. This would appear to preclude the taxpayer from intentionally recognizing losses in some transactions in which loss property is disposed of. Although the IRS would likely be unhappy about the result, it would appear that a taxpayer could deliberately structure an exchange to recognize a loss by deliberately failing to identify replacement property within the 45-day identification period. This result appears correct since the failure to identify replacement property within 45 days appears to preclude the transaction from being within Section 1031.

II.  Identification of

Replacement Property

Replacement property must be unambiguously described in a written document or agreement. Real property is generally unambiguously described by a street address or distinguishable name (e.g., the Empire State Building). Personal property must contain a particular description of the property. For example, a truck generally is unambiguously described by a specific make, model and year.  Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(b)(1).

Acquisition of replacement property before the end of the identification period will be deemed to satisfy all applicable identification requirements (the “actual purchase rule”). Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(4)(ii)(A).   However, even if closing is almost certain to occur within the 45-day identification period, formally identifying backup replacement property insures against not closing within the 45-day identification period and failing to meet the statutory requirements for an exchange.

The identification of replacement property must satisfy one of the following four rules (which may not be combined in their application):

1.  Up to three replacement properties may be identified without regard to fair market value. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(4)(i)(A).

2.    Any number of properties may be identified provided their aggregate fair market value does not exceed 200 percent of the aggregate fair market value of all relinquished properties as of the date the relinquished properties were transferred. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(4)(i)(B).

3.     If more than the permitted number of replacement properties have been identified before the end of the identification period, the taxpayer will be treated as having identified no replacement property. However, a proper identification will be deemed to have been made with respect to (i) any replacement property received before the end of the identification period (whether or not identified); and (ii) any replacement property identified before the end of the identification period and received before the end of the exchange period, provided, the taxpayer receives before the end of the exchange period identified property the fair market value of which is at least 95 percent of the aggregate fair market value of all identified properties. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(b)(3)(ii)(A)-(B).

[Comment: In situations where the taxpayer is “trading up” and wishes to acquire replacement property whose fair market value is far in excess of the relinquished property, this rule is useful. While under the 200 percent rule the taxpayer may acquire property whose fair market value is twice that of the relinquished property, under the 95 percent rule, there is no upper limit to the new investment.  While there is also no upper limit to the value of the replacement property using the 3 property rule, substantial diversification may not be possible using that rule.

Although the 95 percent rule possesses distinct advantages, there is also a substantial risk: If the taxpayer does not satisfy the 95 percent rule, then the safe harbor is unavailable. This could result in the disastrous tax result of exchange treatment being lost with respect to all replacement properties. If the 95 percent rule is to be used, the taxpayer must be confident that he will ultimately be successful in closing on 95 percent of all identified properties.  There is little room for error.]

4.     In TAM 200602034, the taxpayer identified numerous properties whose fair market value exceeded 200 percent of the fair market value of the relinquished property. Thus, neither the “3-property rule” nor the “200 percent rule” could be satisfied. In addition, since the value of the replacement properties ultimately acquired was less than 95 percent of the value of all identified replacement properties, the taxpayer failed the “95 percent” rule. Nevertheless, those properties which the taxpayer  acquired within the 45 day identification period satisfied the “actual purchase rule”.  Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(4)(ii)(A).

An identification may be revoked before the end of the identification period provided such revocation is contained in a written document signed by the taxpayer and delivered to the person to whom the identification was sent. An identification made in a written exchange agreement may be revoked only by an amendment to the agreement.  Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(6). Oral revocations are invalid.   Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(7), Example 7, (ii).

Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(5)(i) provides that minor items of personal property need not be separately identified in a deferred exchange. However, this exception in no way affects the important statutory mandate of Section 1031(a)(1) that only like kind property be exchanged. Therefore, if even a small amount of personal property is transferred or received, the like kind and like class rules apply to determine whether boot is present and if so, to what extent. It may therefore be advantageous for the parties to agree in the contract of sale that any personal property transferred in connection with the real property has negligible value. There also appears to be no reason why that parties could not execute a separate contract for the sale of personal property.

If multiple parcels are relinquished in the exchange, the 45-day period begins to run on the closing of the first relinquished property. The last replacement property must close within 180 days of that date. If compliance with this rule is problematic, it may be possible to fragment the exchange into multiple deferred exchanges.

If exchange proceeds remain, the determination of whether the taxpayer has made “multiple” or “alternative” identifications may be important. If the identification was alternative, compliance with one of the three identification rules may be less difficult. Whether an identification is alternative depends on the taxpayer’s intent.

III.  Acquisition of Replacement Property Within

“Exchange Period”

Section 1031(a)(3)(B) provides that replacement property must be acquired on the earlier of

180 days after the . . . taxpayer transfers the property relinquished in the exchange, or the due date [including extensions] for the transferor’s return for the taxable year in which the transfer of the relinquished property occurs.

Thus, if A relinquishes property on July 1st, 2011, he must identify replacement property by August 14th, 2011, and acquire all replacement property on or before January 1st, 2012, which date is the earlier of (i) January 1st, 2012 (180 days after transferring the relinquished property) and October 15th, 2012, (the due date of the taxpayer’s return, including extensions). This period is termed the “Exchange Period.”  Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(b)(1)(ii).

The exchange period is also jurisdictional: The taxpayer’s failure to acquire all replacement property within the exchange period will result in a taxable sale rather than a like kind exchange. The upshot of this rule is that (i) if the exchange occurs fewer than 180 days before the due date of the taxpayer’s return without extensions, an extension will be required to extend the exchange period to the full 180-days; and (ii) the exchange period will never be more than 180 days. The exchange period, like the identification period, is calculated without regard to weekends and holidays.

The Ninth Circuit, in Christensen v. Com’r, T.C. Memo 1996-254, aff’d in unpub. opin., 142 F.3d 442 (9th Cir. 1998) held that the phrase “due date (determined with regard to extension)” in Section 1031(a)(3)(B)(i) contemplates an extension that is actually requested. Accordingly, if the taxpayer fails to request an extension (even if one were automatically available) the due date of the taxpayer’s return without regard to extension would be the operative date for purposes of Section 1031(a)(3)(B).

(However, if the due date for the taxpayer’s return without regard to extensions occurs after the 180-day period following the exchange (as in the example above), the point would be moot, since the exchange period can never exceed 180 days.

Replacement property eventually received must be substantially the same as the replacement property earlier identified. While the construction of a fence on previously identified property does not alter the “basic nature or character of real property,” and is considered as the receipt of property that is substantially the same as that identified, the acquisition of a barn and the land on which the barn rests, without the acquisition also of the previously identified two acres of land adjoining the barn, will result in the taxpayer being considered not to have received substantially the same property that was previously identified.   Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(d), Examples 2 and 3.

Replacement property that is not in existence or that is being produced at the time the property is identified will be considered as properly identified provided the description contains as much detail concerning the construction of the improvements as is possible at the time the identification is made. Moreover, the replacement property to be produced will be considered substantially the same as identified property if variations due to usual or typical production occur. However, if substantial changes are made in the property to be produced, it will not be considered substantially the same as the identified property. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(e).

IV.  Actual or Constructive

Receipt Negates Exchange

If the taxpayer actually or constructively receives money or other property in the full amount of the consideration for the relinquished property before the taxpayer actually receives the like kind replacement property, the transaction will constitute a sale and not a deferred exchange. If the taxpayer actually or constructively receives money or other property as part of the consideration for the relinquished property prior to receiving the like kind replacement property, the taxpayer will recognize gain with respect to the nonqualifying property received (to the extent of realized gain).   Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(f)(2).

For purposes of Section 1031, the determination of whether the taxpayer is in actual or constructive receipt of money or other property is made under general tax rules concerning actual and constructive receipt without regard to the taxpayer’s method of accounting. The taxpayer is in actual receipt when he actually receives money or other property or receives the economic benefit thereof.

Constructive receipt occurs when money or other property is credited to the taxpayer’s account, set apart for the taxpayer, or otherwise made available so that the taxpayer may draw upon it. Section 446; Regs. § 1.446-1(c). However, the taxpayer is not in constructive receipt of money or other property if the taxpayer’s control over its receipt is subject to substantial limitations.  Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(f)(1),(2). Thus, Nixon v. Com’r, T.C. Memo, 1987-318, held that the taxpayer was in constructive receipt of a check payable to taxpayer and not cashed, but later endorsed to a third party in exchange for (intended) replacement property.

V.   Final Regulations

On April 25, 1991, final Regs for deferred exchanges were promulgated. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g). Presumably, the vast majority of deferred exchanges (and all involving qualified intermediaries) must now comply with one of the four safe harbors in the regulations. Sensibly, the regulations also permit simultaneous exchanges to be structured under the qualified intermediary safe harbor. While simultaneous exchanges can also be structured outside of the safe harbors articulated in the deferred exchange regulations, compliance with the qualified intermediary safe harbor avoids issues of constructive receipt and agency. Note that the qualified intermediary safe harbor is the only deferred exchange safe harbor made applicable to simultaneous exchanges.  Regs. §  1.1031(b)-2.

V(a). Security or

 Guarantee Arrangements

The first safe harbor insulates the taxpayer from being in actual or constructive receipt of exchange proceeds where the obligation of the cash buyer to provide funds for replacement property is secured by a mortgage or letter of credit. Specifically, the safe harbor provides that whether the taxpayer is in actual or constructive receipt of money or other property before receipt of replacement property will be made without regard to the fact that the obligation of the taxpayer’s transferee (i.e., the cash buyer) to transfer the replacement property to the taxpayer is or may be secured by (i) a mortgage; (ii) a standby letter of credit (provided the taxpayer may not draw on the letter of credit except upon default by the transferee); or (iii) a guarantee of a third party. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(2). Compliance with this safe harbor eliminates concerns that the taxpayer is in constructive receipt of the secured obligations. However, compliance with this safe harbor does not dispel concerns about agency.

V(b).  Qualified Escrow

or Trust Accounts

The second safe harbor addresses situations in which exchange funds are segregated in an escrow or trust account. This safe harbor provides that the determination of whether the taxpayer is in actual or constructive receipt of money or other property before the receipt of replacement property will be made without regard to the fact that the obligation of the taxpayer’s transferee to transfer the replacement property is or may be secured by cash or a cash equivalent, provided the funds are held in a “qualified escrow account” or a “qualified trust account.” Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(3).  Note that compliance with this safe harbor also dispels concerns about constructive receipt, but also does not dispel concerns about agency. Only the qualified intermediary safe harbor, discussed below, addresses both of these issues.

A qualified escrow (or trust) account is an escrow (or trust) account in which (i) the escrow holder (or trustee) is not the taxpayer or a “disqualified person,” and (ii) the escrow agreement limits the taxpayer’s right to receive, pledge, borrow, or otherwise obtain the benefits of the cash or cash equivalent held in the escrow account before the end of the exchange period, or until the occurrence, after the identification period, of certain contingencies beyond the control of the taxpayer. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(3)(iii).

The agent of the taxpayer is a disqualified person. For this purpose, a person who has acted as the taxpayer’s employee, attorney, accountant, investment banker or broker, or real estate agent or broker within the two year period ending on the date of the transfer of the first of the relinquished properties is treated as an agent of the taxpayer. However, services rendered in furtherance of the like kind exchange itself, or routine financial, title insurance, escrow or trust services are not taken into account.

A person who bears a relationship to the taxpayer described in  Section 267(b) or Section 707(b), (determined by substituting in each section “10 percent” for “50 percent” each place it appears) is a disqualified person.

A person who bears a relationship to the taxpayer’s agent described in either Section 267(b) or Section 707(b), (determined by substituting in each section “10 percent” for “50 percent” each place it appears) is also a disqualified person.

The regulations provide that a person will not be disqualified by reason of its performance of services in connection with the exchange or by reason of its providing “routine financial, title insurance, escrow or trust services for the taxpayer.” Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(k). The regulation permits banks and affiliated subsidiaries to act as qualified intermediaries even if the bank or bank affiliate is related to an investment banking or brokerage firm that provided investment services to the taxpayer within two years of the date of the exchange.

V(c).   Qualified Intermediaries

The qualified intermediary (QI) safe harbor is the most useful of the four safe harbors, as it addresses both agency and constructive receipt concerns. This safe harbor provides that (i) a “qualified intermediary” is not considered an agent of the taxpayer for tax purposes, and (ii) the taxpayer is not considered to be in constructive receipt of exchange funds held by the qualified intermediary. For the QI safe harbor to apply, the exchange agreement must expressly limit the taxpayer’s right to receive, pledge, borrow or otherwise obtain the benefits of money or other property held by the QI, until after the exchange period, or until the occurrence, after the identification period, of certain contingencies beyond the control of the taxpayer. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(4).

PLR 201030020 corroborated the prevailing view that if all of the safe harbor requirements are satisfied for two safe harbors, both may be utilized in a single exchange. To provide an additional measure of safety to its customer’s exchange funds, bank proposed to hold exchange funds in a qualified trust account pursuant to § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(3)(iii). Bank also proposed to serve as a qualified intermediary pursuant to Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(4). The ruling concluded that “[t]he fact that Applicant serves in both capacities in the same transaction is not a disqualification of either safe harbor and will not make Applicant a disqualified person.” The Ruling also stated that the bank will not be a “disqualified person” with respect to a customer merely because an entity in the same controlled group performs trustee services for the customer. Finally, the Ruling concluded that a bank merger during the pendency of the exchange would not disqualify it as qualified intermediary for the exchange.

The QI safe harbor bestows upon the transaction the important presumption that the taxpayer is not in constructive receipt of funds held by the QI – regardless of whether the taxpayer would otherwise be in constructive receipt under general principles of tax law. In addition, the QI is not considered the taxpayer’s agent for tax purposes. However, the QI may act as the taxpayer’s agent for other legal purposes, and the exchange agreement may so provide. For example, if the taxpayer is concerned about the possible bankruptcy of the QI, expressly stating that the QI is the taxpayer’s agent for legal purposes would reduce the taxpayer’s exposure. So too, the QI may be concerned with taking legal title to property burdened with possible claims or environmental liabilities.  By stating that the QI is acting merely as the taxpayer’s agent, those concerns of the QI might be adequately addressed.

In a three-party exchange, the cash buyer accommodates the taxpayer by acquiring the replacement property and then exchanging it for the property held by the taxpayer. Since the QI safe harbor imposes the requirement that the QI both acquire and transfer the relinquished property and the replacement property, it appears that this safe harbor cannot be used in a three-party exchange since, in such an exchange, the cash buyer acquires the taxpayer’s property, but does not thereafter transfer it. Therefore, the qualified intermediary safe harbor would appear to always require four parties: i.e., the taxpayer, the QI, a cash buyer and a cash seller.

The final Regulations permit the safe harbor for qualified intermediaries (but only that safe harbor) in simultaneous, as well as deferred, exchanges. Regs. § 1.1031-(k)-1(g)(4)(v).

A qualified intermediary is a person who (i) is not the taxpayer or a “disqualified person” and who (ii) enters into a written agreement (“exchange agreement”) with the taxpayer to (a) acquire the relinquished property from the taxpayer; (b) transfer the relinquished property to a cash buyer; (c) acquire replacement property from a cash seller; and (d) transfer replacement property to the taxpayer.  Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(iii). A number of companies, often affiliated with banks, act as qualified intermediaries.  If an affiliate of a bank is used as a QI, it may be prudent to require the parent to guarantee the QI’s obligations under the exchange agreement. Qualified intermediaries generally charge a fee (e.g., $1,000), but earn most of their profit on exchange funds invested during the identification and exchange periods. Although the QI might pay the taxpayer one percent interest on exchange funds held during the identification and exchange periods, the QI might earn two percent during those periods, providing the QI with a profit of one percent on the exchange funds held during the identification and exchange periods.

A QI is treated as acquiring and transferring property (i) if the QI itself acquires and transfers legal title; or (ii) if the QI (either on its own behalf or as the agent of any party to the transaction) enters into an agreement with a person other than the taxpayer for the transfer of the relinquished property to that person and, pursuant to that agreement, the relinquished property is transferred to that person; or (iii) if the QI (either on its own behalf or as the agent of any party to the transaction) enters into an agreement with the owner of the replacement property for the transfer of that property and, pursuant to that agreement, the replacement property is transferred to the taxpayer.  These rules permit the taxpayer to directly deed the relinquished property to the cash buyer, and also permit the owner of the replacement property to directly deed the replacement property to the taxpayer at the closing. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(4)(iv)(A),(B)&(C).This may avoid additional complexity as well as additional transfer tax liability and recording fees.

A QI is treated as entering into an agreement if the rights of a party to the agreement are assigned to the QI and all parties to the agreement are notified in writing of the assignment on or before the date of the relevant property transfer. Therefore, if a taxpayer enters into an agreement for the transfer of the relinquished property and thereafter assigns its rights thereunder to a QI and all parties to the agreement are notified in writing of the assignment on or before the date the relinquished property is transferred, the QI is treated as entering into that agreement. If the relinquished property is transferred pursuant to that agreement, the QI is treated as having acquired and transferred the relinquished property. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(v).

Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(3) permit the QI to deposit cash proceeds from the sale of the relinquished property into a separate trust or escrow account, which could protect funds against claims of the QI’s creditors.  The exchange documents must still limit the exchanging party’s right to receive, pledge, borrow or otherwise receive the benefits of the relinquished property sale proceeds prior to the expiration of the exchange period.  Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6). These are referred to as the “G-6 Limitations.”

The obligation of the QI may be secured by a standby letter of credit or a third party guarantee. The standby letter of credit must be nonnegotiable and must provide for the payment of proceeds to the escrow to purchase the replacement property, rather than to the taxpayer.

Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7) enumerates items which may be paid by the QI without impairing the QI safe harbor, and which will be disregarded in determining whether the taxpayer’s right to receive money or other property has been expressly limited, as required. If an expense qualifies under the Regulations, not only will the QI safe harbor remain intact, but no boot will result.

Money or other property paid to the taxpayer by another party to the exchange will constitute boot, but will not destroy the safe harbor. Treas. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(4)(vii). However, the payment to the taxpayer of money or other property from the QI or from another safe harbor arrangement prior to the receipt of all replacement properties to which the taxpayer is entitled under the exchange agreement will destroy the safe harbor.  Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6).

Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7)(ii) provides that a QI may make disbursements for “[t]ransactional items that relate to the disposition of the relinquished property or to the acquisition of the replacement property and appear under local standards in the typical closing statement as the responsibility of a buyer or seller (e.g., commissions, prorated taxes, recording or transfer taxes, and title company fees).” Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7)(i) provides that the QI may also pay to the seller items which a seller may receive “as a consequence of the disposition of the property and that are not included in the amount realized from the disposition of the property (e.g., prorated rents).”

Payments made by a QI not enumerated in Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7) would presumably constitute boot. However, the question arises whether those payments would also destroy the safe harbor. Regs. §1.1031(k)-1(j)(3), Example 4, concludes the taxpayer who has a right to demand up to $30,000 in cash is in constructive receipt of $30,000, and recognizes gain to the extent of $30,000. However, Example 4 neither states nor implies that the exchange no longer qualifies under the safe harbor. Therefore, payment of an expense not enumerated in Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7) to a person other than the taxpayer would result in boot, but would likely not destroy the safe harbor. However, any payment from the QI to the taxpayer during the exchange period would destroy the safe harbor.

The ABA Tax Section Report on Open Issues first notes that Revenue Ruling 72-456, and GCM 34895 recognize that transactional expenses typically incurred in connection with an exchange, and not deducted elsewhere on the taxpayer’s return, offset boot. The Report notes that these expenses correspond closely to the list of transactional items found in  Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7). The Report concludes that transactional selling expenses paid by a QI should be treated as transactional items under Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7) which can be paid by the QI at any time during the exchange period without affecting any of the safe harbors under Regs. §1.1031(k).

V(c)(i).  IRC §468B and

              Deemed Interest

Prior to the enactment of Section 468B, most taxpayers were not reporting as income interest or growth attributable to exchange funds held in escrow by qualified intermediaries, and later retained by the QI as a fee.  Since the fee paid to the QI is an exchange expense that reduces the amount realized, the IRS believed that this amount was inappropriately escaping income taxation. Accordingly, on July 7, 2008, the IRS issued final Regulations under Section 468B(g) and 7872, which addressed the tax treatment of funds held by qualified intermediaries in various safe harbors provided by Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(g). Under the final Regulations, exchange funds are, as a general rule, treated as loaned by the taxpayer to the QI, who takes into account all items of income, deduction and credit. The final Regulations apply to transfers of relinquished property made on or after October 8th, 2008. The QI must issue an information return (i.e., Form 1099) to the taxpayer reporting the amount of interest income which the taxpayer earned.  Regs. § 1.468B-6(d).

The exchange agreement should provide for sufficient interest to be paid on funds held by the QI. Interest is sufficient if it at least equal to either the short-term AFR or the 13-week Treasury bill rate. If the exchange agreement fails to provide for sufficient interest, interest will be imputed under Section 7872.

Under Regs. §1.468B, the taxpayer is treated as the owner of funds held by the QI in an escrow account.  The taxpayer is then treated as loaning those funds to the QI. The QI is then  treated as paying interest to the taxpayer on the exchange funds. The taxpayer will then treated as compensating the QI with an amount equal to the deemed interest payment received. The rule forces the taxpayer to capitalize as part of the cost of acquiring property (rather than deduct as a current expense) amounts paid to the QI.

An exception to the rule provides that if exchange funds do not exceed $2 million and the funds are held for six months or less, no interest will be imputed under Section 7872. Another exception provides that if the escrow agreement, trust agreement, or exchange agreement provides that all earnings attributable to the exchange funds are payable to the taxpayer, the exchange funds are not treated as loaned by the taxpayer to the exchange facilitator. In that case, the taxpayer would take into account all items of income, deduction and credit. The “all the earnings” rule applies if (i) the QI holds all of the taxpayer’s exchange funds in a separately identified account; (ii) the earnings credited to the taxpayer’s exchange funds include all earnings on the separately identified account; and (iii) the credited earnings must be paid to the taxpayer (or be used to acquire replacement property).

The safe harbor deferred exchange regulations provide that the taxpayer will not be in constructive receipt of exchange funds for purposes of Section 1031. However, under the Proposed Regulations, an interesting tax dichotomy emerges: Even though the taxpayer is not considered as receiving the exchange funds for purposes of Section 1031, the taxpayer is treated as receiving those funds for other income tax purposes.

For purposes of determining whether earnings attributable to exchange funds are payable to the taxpayer, transactional expenses such as appraisals, title examinations, recording fees and transfer taxes are treated as first paid to the taxpayer and then paid by the taxpayer to the recipient.  A fee paid to the QI qualifies as a transactional expense if (i) the amount of the fee is fixed on or before the date the relinquished property is transferred and (ii) the fee is payable regardless of whether earnings attributable to exchange funds are sufficient to cover the fee. This rule is intended to address the perceived problem of a qualified intermediary “fee” actually being used an interest “surrogate.”

V(d) . Interest and Growth Factors

The fourth safe harbor provides that the determination of whether the taxpayer is in actual or constructive receipt of money or other property before the receipt of replacement property is made without regard to the fact that the taxpayer is or may be entitled to receive any interest or growth factor with respect to the deferred exchange funds. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(5).

VI.     Requirements of the

  Exchange Agreement

The exchange agreement itself must expressly limit the taxpayer’s right to pledge, borrow or otherwise obtain the benefits of the cash held in the escrow account before the end of the exchange period. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(2)(ii). It is not enough that the limitations exist in an ancillary document, or that they derive from local law. In Hillyer v. Com’r, TC Memo 1996-214, the Tax Court denied exchange treatment and held a taxable sale occurred where the exchange agreement failed to contain restrictions on the taxpayer’s right to constructive receipt of the proceeds pursuant to Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6).  Florida Industries Investment Corp. v. Com’r., 252 F.3d 440 (11th Cir. 2001) held that where the qualified intermediary was under the control of the taxpayer, the taxpayer had “effective control” of all escrow funds.

Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6) provides several rules which permit the exchange agreement to modify the time when the taxpayer has access to exchange proceeds. If the taxpayer fails to identify any replacement property by the end of the identification period, the exchange agreement may provide that the taxpayer has access to exchange funds after the 45-day identification period. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6)(ii).

If the taxpayer receives all identified property prior to the end of the exchange period, the exchange agreement may provide that the taxpayer has access to exchange funds at that time. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6)(iii)(A).  Therefore, if the taxpayer intends to close on one property, but identifies multiple properties as potential “backup” properties, the taxpayer may have to wait until end of the 180-day exchange period to demand the balance of exchange proceeds held by the QI.

The exchange agreement may provide that if an unexpected contingency identified in the exchange agreement causes the exchange go to awry, the taxpayer may have access to exchange funds prior to the end of the exchange period. Thus, the taxpayer may retain the right to receive money held by the QI following the occurrence, after the identification period, of a material and substantial contingency that (i) relates to the deferred exchange; (ii) is provided for in writing; and (iii) is beyond the control of the taxpayer and any disqualified person. Regs.  § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6)(iii)(B).

PLR 200027028 held that exchange agreements could be modified to allow for early distribution of cash where taxpayer was unable to reach a contract with the seller of replacement property.

If the taxpayer has closed on all identified replacement property prior to the 46th day, then excess exchange proceeds may be distributed after that time, provided the exchange agreement so permits. If the taxpayer has identified no replacement property before the expiration of the 45-day identification period, then the exchange proceeds may be distributed on the 46th day, provided the exchange agreement so permits. The taxpayer may receive excess proceeds at the end of the exchange period, whether or not the taxpayer has closed on all properties identified in the identification period.

If the taxpayer has identified property during the identification period and that property has not been acquired by the end of the identification period, the exchange funds will frozen with the QI until the 180-day exchange period has expired, or until the taxpayer acquires replacement property. This is true even if the taxpayer decides not to acquire identified replacement property on the 46th day. Therefore, if the taxpayer has identified more than one property, and closes on only one property (either before or after the identification period), the remaining exchange proceeds will be frozen with the QI until after the exchange period has ended.

If the taxpayer has funds remaining in the exchange account following the identification period (if no identification is made) or at the end of the exchange period (if no or replacement property of lower value is acquired), the remaining exchange funds paid to the taxpayer over time may qualify for installment sale treatment.  Special installment sale rules apply during the pendency of a like kind exchange pursuant to Treas. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(j)(2). Those rules protect the taxpayer from constructive receipt of the exchange funds during the exchange period. That “protection” terminates at the end of the exchange period.

As insurance against a failed exchange, at the time of the “(g)(6)” event, the QI may give an installment note to the taxpayer and assign the obligation under the note to an unrelated assignment company. The assignment company could use those funds to purchase an annuity from an insurance company to provide a funding source for the installment note. It is unclear whether this transaction would qualify for installment sale treatment. Structures like this are being marketed as a fallback to a failed exchange.

VII. Installment Sale Reporting

   of Deferred Exchanges

To benefit from installment reporting, the taxpayer must avoid the receipt of “payment” in the taxable year of the disposition. Under the installment sale rules, a seller is deemed to receive payment when cash or cash equivalents are placed in escrow to secure payment of the sales price. Temp. Regs. § 15A.453-1(b)(3)(i). The regulations further provide that receipt of an evidence of indebtedness that is secured directly or indirectly by cash or a cash equivalent is treated as the receipt of payment. Accordingly, the IRS has suggested that the exchange funds described in the deferred exchange safe harbor Regulations could be considered as “payment” under Temp. Regs. § 15A.453-1(b)(3)(i).

Fortunately, the safe harbor deferred regulations, rather than Temp. Regs. § 15A.453-1(b)(3)(i), apply in determining whether the taxpayer is in receipt of “payment” at the beginning of the exchange period. Thus, Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(j)(2) provides that a transferor is not deemed to have received an installment payment under a qualified escrow account or qualified trust arrangement, nor is the receipt of cash held in an escrow account by a qualified intermediary treated as a payment to the transferor under the rules, provided the following two conditions are met: (i) the taxpayer must have a “bona fide intent” to enter into a deferred exchange at the beginning of the exchange period and (ii) the relinquished property must not constitute “disqualified” property. See Temp. Reg. § 15A.453-1(b)(3)(i). Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(k)(2)(iv) states that a taxpayer possesses a bona fide intent to engage in an exchange only if it is reasonable to believe at the beginning of the exchange period that like kind replacement property will be acquired before the end of the exchange period.

If the intent requirement is met, gain recognized from a deferred exchange structured under one or more of the safe harbors will qualify for installment method reporting (provided the other requirements of Sections 453 and 453A are met). However, the relief from the otherwise operative installment sale regulations ceases upon the earlier of (i) the end of the exchange period or (ii) the time when the taxpayer has an immediate right to receive, pledge, borrow, or otherwise obtain the benefits of the cash or the cash equivalent.  Treas. Reg. § 1.453-1(f)(1)(iii). At that time, the taxpayer will be considered to be in receipt of “payment.” However, if all gain is deferred because the taxpayer has completed a like kind exchange, no gain will be recognized.

To illustrate, assume that on December 1st, 2010, QI, pursuant to an exchange agreement with New York taxpayer (who has a bona fide intent to enter into a like kind exchange) transfers the Golden Gate Bridge to cash buyer for $100 billion. The QI holds the $100 billion in escrow, pending identification and ultimate closing on the replacement property by the taxpayer. The taxpayer’s adjusted basis in the bridge is $75 billion. The exchange agreement provides that taxpayer has no right to receive, pledge, borrow or otherwise obtain the benefits of the cash being held by QI until the earlier of the date the replacement property is delivered to the taxpayer or the end of the exchange period.

On January 1st, 2011, QI transfers replacement property, the Throgs Neck Bridge, worth $50 billion, and $50 billion in cash to the taxpayer.  The taxpayer recognizes gain to the extent of $25 billion. The taxpayer is treated as having received payment on January 1st, 2011, rather than on December 1st, 2010. If the other requirements of Sections 453 and 453A are satisfied, the taxpayer may report the gain under the installment method.

If the QI failed to identify replacement property by January 15th, 2011 (the end of the identification period) and distributed $50 billion in cash to taxpayer, under Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(j)(2)(iv) the taxpayer could still report gain using the installment method, since the taxpayer had a bona fide intent at the beginning of the exchange period to effectuate a like kind exchange. (The same logic would apply if the taxpayer had identified replacement property but had failed to close on the replacement property by May 30th, 2011, the end of the exchange period.)

Under its “clawback” rule, California will continue to track the deferred gain on the exchange involving the Golden Gate Bridge. If the taxpayer later disposes of Throgs Neck Bridge in a taxable sale, California will impose tax on the initial deferred exchange.  This will result in the taxpayer paying both New York (8.97 percent) and California (9.3 percent) income tax, in addition to New York City (4.45 percent) and federal income tax (15 – 25 percent) on the later sale.

In PLR 200813019, the IRS permitted the taxpayer to correct an inadvertent opt-out of the installment method. The taxpayer had intended to engage in a like kind exchange, but failed to acquire replacement property within 180 days. The taxpayer’s accountant reported had all of the income in year one, even though the failed exchange qualified as an installment sale because the taxpayer had not been in actual or constructive receipt of some of the exchange proceeds until the year following that in which the relinquished property was sold. Treas. Reg. § 15.453-1(d)(4) provides that an election to opt-out of installment sale treatment is generally irrevocable, and that an election may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. The IRS allowed the taxpayer to revoke the inadvertent opt-out, noting that the opt-out was the result of the accountant’s oversight, rather than hindsight by the taxpayer.

VIII.   Installment Method of

           Reporting Boot Gain

Section 453 provides that an “installment sale” is a disposition of property where at least one payment is to be received in the taxable year following the year of disposition. Income from an installment sale is taken into account under the “installment method.” The installment method is defined as a method in which income recognized in any taxable year following a disposition equals that percentage of the payments received which the gross profit bears to the total contract price. Consequently, if a taxpayer sells real estate with a basis of $500,000 for $1 million, 50 percent of payments (i.e., gross profit/total contract price) received would be taxable as gross income. Gain recognized in a like kind exchange may be eligible for installment treatment if the taxpayer otherwise qualifies to use the installment method to report gain.

Section 453(f)(6)(C) provides that for purposes of the installment method, the receipt of qualifying like kind property will not be considered “payment.” However, the Temporary Regulations provide that the term “payment” includes amounts actually or constructively received under an installment obligation. Therefore, the receipt of an installment obligation in a like kind exchange would constitute boot. Prop. Reg. § 1.453-1(f)(1)(iii) provides for the timing of gain upon receipt of an installment obligation received in a like kind exchange. Installment notes (which qualify for installment reporting) received in a like kind exchange would not be taxed as the time of the exchange. Rather, as payments are received on the installment obligation, a portion of each payment would taxed as gain, and a portion would constitute a recovery of basis.

The Regulations generally allocate basis in the transferred property entirely to like kind property received in the exchange where an installment obligation is received. The result is that less basis is allocated to the installment obligation. This is disadvantageous from a tax standpoint, since a greater portion of each payment received under the installment obligation will be subject to current tax.

To illustrate, assume taxpayer exchanges property with a basis of $500,000 and a fair market value of $1 million for like kind exchange property worth $750,000 and an installment obligation of $250,000. The installment note would constitute boot, but would be eligible for reporting under the installment method. Under the Proposed Regulations, the entire $500,000 basis would be allocated to the like kind replacement property received in the exchange. No basis would be allocated to the installment obligation. Consequently, 100 percent of all principal payments made under the note would be taxed as gain to the taxpayer. Had the $500,000 basis instead been permitted to be allocated to the installment obligation and the replacement property in proportion to their fair market values, the note would have attracted a basis of $125,000 (i.e., 1/4 x $500,000). In that case, 50 percent ($125,000/$250,000) of each payment would have been a return of basis, and only 50 percent would have been subject to tax. The remainder of the realized gain would have been deferred until the replacement property was later sold.

IX.     Treatment of Earnest

           Money Deposits

Any deposit held by the taxpayer’s attorney should be assigned (along with all of the taxpayer’s rights in the relinquished property contract) to the QI.  The taxpayer’s attorney could also (i) refund the deposit to the purchaser prior to closing, and request that the purchaser cut a check directly to the QI; (ii) refund the deposit to the purchaser at closing, and increase the purchase price to reflect the refund; or since the attorney is an escrow agent; (iii) or release the deposit to the QI at closing.

If the taxpayer contemplates pursuing a like kind exchange, no deposit should be paid to the taxpayer directly. However, if this is a fait accompli, the taxpayer should remit the funds as soon as possible to the QI or, if no QI has been engaged, to the taxpayer’s attorney. If no deposit has been made before the purchase contract has been assigned to the QI, the deposit should be paid directly to the QI.

If the taxpayer is in contract for the purchase of the replacement property before the QI is engaged, the taxpayer will have made the deposit with his own funds. It would clearly violate the deferred exchange “G-6” limitations if the QI reimburses the taxpayer for the deposit prior to closing from exchange funds. However, the QI could reimburse the taxpayer from the exchange funds at closing. The seller could also refund the deposit to the taxpayer at closing, with the QI providing a replacement check.

The QI may make a deposit for replacement property only after the purchase agreement for the replacement property has been assigned the QI. The escrow instructions should provide that if the taxpayer does not close on the property, or if the contract is terminated for any reason, the deposit will be returned to the QI and not the taxpayer.

X.   Failed Exchanges

Consolidation of qualified intermediaries has raised concerns regarding transfers of QI accounts during exchanges. There continues to be concern with respect to QI insolvencies in the wake of several well-publicized failures. In Nation-Wide Exchange Services, 291 B.R. 131, 91 A.F.T.R.2d (March 31, 2003), the qualified intermediary commingled exchange funds in a brokerage account and sustained significant losses. The Bankruptcy Court found that the failure of Nation-Wide to use segregated accounts effectively converted customer deposits to property of Nation-Wide for purposes of bankruptcy law. All disbursements made by Nation-Wide in the 90 days preceding its bankruptcy were returned to the bankruptcy trustee.

More recently, LandAmerica 1031 Exchange Services Company, Inc., a qualified intermediary, invested exchange funds in auction rate securities that became illiquid in 2008. LandAmerica was unable to sell or borrow against those securities, and was forced to seek bankruptcy protection. Since the exchange proceeds were frozen, clients in the midst of an exchange were unable to complete their exchanges within the exchange period. Consequently, those taxpayers’ contemplated exchanges turned into taxable sales. Since the exchange proceeds were frozen in bankruptcy proceedings, the taxpayers were deprived of the sale proceeds with which to satisfy those tax liabilities. Fortunately, the IRS provided relief in Rev. Proc. 2010-14.

Rev. Proc. 2010-14 provides guidance concerning a failed exchange caused by the collapse or bankruptcy of a QI. In this situation, the taxpayer will be unable to access the funds received by the QI from the relinquished property sale during the pendency of bankruptcy or receivership proceedings. While Rev. Proc. 2010-14 does not rehabilitate the failed exchange, it recognizes that the taxpayer “should not be required to recognize gain from the failed exchange until the taxable year in which the taxpayer receives a payment attributable to the relinquished property.” Accordingly, the taxpayer is put on the installment method of reporting gain, and “need recognize gain on the disposition of the relinquished property only as required under the safe harbor gross profit ratio method.”

The Federation of Exchange Accommodators (FEA) have requested the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and the IRS to regulate qualified intermediaries. Both have declined. A few states, including Nevada and California, do regulate qualified intermediaries. Under California law, the QI is required to use a qualified escrow or trust, or maintain a fidelity bond or post securities, cash, or a letter of credit in the amount of $1 million.  The QI must also have an errors and omissions insurance policy. Exchange facilitators must meet the prudent investor standard, and cannot commingle exchange funds. A violation of the California law creates a civil cause of action.

Posted in Deferred Exchanges, Like Kind Exchanges | Tagged , , , , , , | Leave a comment

From The Courts — Recent Developments, August 2011

VIEW IN PDF:  Tax News & Comment — August 2011

The Supreme Court, in an unanimous opinion, held that a medical resident whose normal work schedule requires him to perform services 40 or more hours per week, is not a “student” for purposes of IRC § 3121(b), and therefore not within the statutory exception for FICA withholding.  Mayo Foundation For Medical Education v. United States, No. 09-837 (2011).

[The Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) requires employees and employers to pay taxes on all “wages.” FICA defines “employment” as “any service performed . . . by an employee for the person employing him,” but excludes from taxation any “service performed in the employ of . . . A school, college or university . . . If such service is performed by a student who is enrolled and regularly attending classes [at the school]. IRC § 3121(b)(1).

Since 1951, the Treasury Department had construed the student exception to exempt from taxation students who work for their schools “as an incident to and for the purpose of pursuing a course of study.” 16 Fed.
Reg. 12474. In 2004, the Treasury Department issued regulations providing that the services of a full time employee normally scheduled to work 40 or more hours per week “are not incident to and for the purpose of pursuing a course of study.” Treas. Regs § 31.3121(b)(10)-2(d)(3)(iii). The regulations stated that the analysis was not affected by “the fact that the services . . . may have an educational, instructional, or training aspect. Id.

Mayo paid the FICA tax, and filed suit for refund in District Court claiming that the rule was invalid. The District Court granted summary judgment for Mayo, finding that the regulation was inconsistent with the unambiguous words of the statute. However, the Eighth Circuit reversed, finding that the regulation was a permissible interpretation of an ambiguous statute. The Supreme Court granted Certiorari and, in an opinion by Chief Justice Roberts, affirmed the decision of the Eighth Circuit.]

The Court began its analysis by noting that the regulation in question provides that an employee’s service is “incident” to his studies only when “[t]he educational aspect of the relationship between the employer and the employee, as compared to the service aspect of the relationship, [is] predominant.” Treas. Reg. § 31.3121(b)(10)-2(d)(3)(i).

The Court cited to Chevron U.S.A. v. National Resources Defense Counsel, Inc., 467 U.S. 837 (1984), in finding relevant the inquiry as to whether Congress had “directly addressed the precise question at issue.” The Court found that Congress had not, since the statute does not define the term “student,” and does not address the question of whether medical students are subject to FICA.

The Court found unpersuasive Mayo’s argument that the dictionary definition of “student” as one “who engages in ‘study’ by applying the mind ‘to the acquisition of learning, whether by means of books, observations, or experiment’ plainly encompasses residents, since a “full-time professor taking evening classes” could fall within the exemption.

Moreover, the Court was unimpressed with the view of the District Court that an employee be deemed a ‘student’ as long as the educational aspect of his service “predominates over the service aspect of the relationship with his employer,” dryly observing that “[w]e do not think it possible to glean so much from the little that § 3121 provides.” The Court concluded that neither the plain terms of the statute, nor the District Court’s interpretation of the exemption “speak[s] with the precision necessary to say definitively whether [the statute] applies to medical students.”

The Court then to cited Chevron with approval:

Chevron recognized that the power of an administrative agency to administer a congressionally created . . . program necessarily requires the formulation of policy and the making of rules to fill any gap left, implicitly or explicitly, by Congress.

The regulations at issue were promulgated pursuant to the “explicit” authorization granted to the Treasury by Congress to “prescribe all needful rules and regulations for the enforcement of” the Internal Revenue Code. IRC § 7805(a). Finding that Treasury had issued the full time employee rule only after notice-and-comment procedures, the rule “merits Chevron deference.” Long Island Care at Home, Ltd., v. Coke, 551 U.S. 158, 173-174 (2007).

The Court then addressed Mayo’s argument that the Treasury Department’s conclusion that residents who work more than 40 hours per week “categorically cannot satisfy” the student exemption.

The Court first found “perfectly sensible” the Treasury Department’s method of distinguishing between workers who study and students who work was by “[f]ocusing on hours an individual works and the hours he spends in studies.” The approach, the Court noted, avoids “wasteful litigation and needless uncertainty” and, as Treasury observed, “improves administrability.”

The Court then observed that taxing residents under FICA would “further the purpose of the Social Security Act . . . and import a breadth of coverage.” Although Mayo contended that medical residents have not yet “begun their working lives because they are not fully trained,” Treasury had not acted “irrationally” in concluding that “these doctors — ‘who work long hours, serve as highly skilled professionals, and typically share some or all of the terms of employment of career employees’ — are the kind of workers that Congress intended to both contribute to and benefit from the Social Security system. 69 Fed. Reg. 8608.” As a coup de grace, the Court, citing Bingler v. Johnson, 394 U.S. 741, 752 (1969) for the proposition that “exemptions from taxation are to be narrowly construed.”

Recognizing the value medical residents impart to society, Chief Justice Roberts concluded the opinion by observing:

We do not doubt that Mayo’s residents are engaged in a valuable educational pursuit or that they are students of their craft. The question whether they are “students” for purposes of §3121, however, is a different matter. Because it is one to which Congress has not directly spoken, and because the Treasury Department’s rule is a reasonable construction of what Congress has said, the judgment of the Court of Appeals must be affirmed.

                     *     *     *

The IRS has advanced many theories to challenge the gift and estate tax savings occasioned by the use of family entities and grantor trusts in estate planning. Most arguments have been unsuccessful. However, the IRS discovered a potent weapon in IRC § 2036(a), which provides that the value of the gross estate includes the value of all property to the extent the decedent has made a transfer but has retained (i) the possession or enjoyment of, or the right to income from, the property, or (ii) the right, either alone or in conjunction with any person, to designate the persons who shall possess or enjoy the property or the income therefrom.

The IRS has been successful in arguing that IRC § 2036(a) requires the inclusion in the decedent’s estate of (i) partnership assets if the decedent continued to derive benefits from the partnership, or of (ii) trust assets, if the decedent continued to receive distributions. The IRS has been most successful where the transactions with not imbued with a sufficient quantum of non-tax objectives, or the economics of the transaction were questionable, most often because the transferor had not retained sufficient assets to live according to his accustomed standard without receiving partnership (or trust) distributions.

The Ninth Circuit recently affirmed a decision of the Tax Court which found that the decedent’s retention of benefits in property transferred to a partnership resulted in the failure of the transfer to constitute a bona fide sale for full and adequate consideration. Estate of Jorgensen v. Com’r, No. 09-73250 (5/11/11). On appeal, the Estate did not contest that the decedent had retained some of the benefits of the transferred property, but argued that the benefits retained were de minimis.  The Ninth Circuit disagreed, remarking:

We do not find it de minimis that decedent personally wrote over $90,000 in checks on the accounts post-transfer, and the partnerships paid over $200,000 of her personal estate taxes from partnership funds.  See Strangi v. Com’r, 417 F.3d 468, 477 (5th Cir. 2005) (post-death payment of funeral expenses and debts from partnership funds indicative of implicit agreement that transferor would retain enjoyment of property); see also Bigelow, 503 F.3d at 966 (noting payment of funeral expenses by partnership as supporting reasonable inference decedent had implied agreement she could access funds as needed.

            *     *     *

By Rebecca K. Richards

The Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in Intermountain Insurance Service of Vail, LLC v. Com’r, reversed the Tax Court and upheld an IRS regulation that considered an overstatement of basis as an “omission of gross income” for the purpose of triggering the extended six-year statute of limitations provided for in Internal Revenue Code sections 6501(e)(1)(A) and 6229(c)(2). 2011 WL 2451011 (D.C. Cir. June 21, 2011),

[In general, under IRC § 6501(a), the IRS has three years to make an adjustment to the amount of gross income reported by a taxpayer. However, IRC § 6501(e)(1)(A) extends the statute of limitations to six years when the taxpayer “omits from gross income an amount properly includible therein which is in excess of 25 percent of gross income stated in the return.” IRC § 6229(c)(2) provides for an extended six-year statute of limitations under a similar statutory scheme for partnerships.

On its 1999 income tax return, Intermountain reported a loss on the sale of assets. On September 14, 2006, nearly six years later, the IRS issued a deficiency alleging that Intermountain had realized a gain of approximately $2 million on its 1999 sale of assets. The IRS alleged that Intermountain had overstated its basis and, therefore, understated its gross income.

In response, Intermountain filed a motion for summary judgment in the Tax Court, arguing that the adjustment was not timely since it was not within the  three-year statute of limitations. In opposition, the Commissioner argued that the adjustment was timely because the 1999 return contained an “omission from gross income,” thus triggering the extended six-year statute of limitations provided for in §§ 6501(e)(1)(A) and 6229(c)(2).]

In reliance on the Supreme Court decision in Colony, Inc. v. Com’r, 357 U.S. 29 (1958), the Tax Court granted summary judgment to Intermountain and held that an overstatement of basis did not constitute an “omission from gross income” for the purpose of IRC §§ 6501(e)(1)(A) or 6229(c)(2). The Supreme Court held in Colony that basis overstatements did not constitute “omissions from gross income” for the purpose of the predecessor to IRC § 6501(e)(1)(A). The Tax Court found Colony to be controlling authority and ruled that the extended statute of limitations did not apply.

Shortly thereafter, the IRS issued regulations contradicting the Tax Court’s ruling. The regulation stated that the phrase, “omits from gross income,” in IRC §§ 6501(e)(1)(A) and 6229(c)(2) generally included overstatements of basis. The Commissioner then moved the Tax Court for reconsideration. The Tax Court denied the motion, finding the regulation inapplicable because it had not become effective until after the three-year statute of limitations had expired. The Commissioner then appealed to the Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit.

The issue posed to the Court of Appeals was whether to afford deference to the IRS regulation interpreting IRC §§ 6501(e)(1)(A) and 6229(c)(2)  as including basis overstatements in the definition of “omission from gross income.” The Court found that IRC § 6501(e)(1)(A) was indeed ambiguous because “neither the section’s structure nor its legislative history nor the context in which it was passed” clearly resolved the question of whether an overstatement of basis constituted an omission from gross income. Intermountain, 2011 WL 2451011 at *12.

In performing the Chevron analysis, i.e., whether the regulation is a reasonable interpretation of the statute, the Court found “nothing unreasonable” in the IRS regulation interpreting “omits from gross income” as including overstatements of basis. Accordingly, the Court found that the regulation was entitled to deference.

Legislative regulations interpret statutes that expressly delegate the authority to promulgate regulations. Interpretative regulations are less authoritative and are used primarily to interpret the Code. The regulations at issue in Intermountain were interpretative regulations. Intermountain illustrates the high level of judicial deference that is afforded to agency regulations under Chevron.

Deferring to agency regulations is in seeming opposition to the long-standing concept of staré decisis (judicial obligation to respect precedents established by prior cases). However, with administrative agencies such as the IRS, the Supreme Court has stated that some flexibility may be desirable: “To engage in informed rulemaking, [the agency] must consider varying interpretations and the wisdom of its policy on a continuing basis.” Chevron, 467 U.S. at 863-64.

 [Rebecca is entering her third year at Hofstra Law School, where she is at the top of her class. Rebecca is Senior Articles Editor for the Journal of International Business and Law. She expects to graduate in May, 2012. Rebecca is completing a productive seven-month internship at the office.]

           *     *     *

The Tax Appeals Tribunal has affirmed a Determination of the Division of Tax Appeals which found that a Connecticut domiciliary who commuted to Manhattan as an investment manager was subject to New York State personal income tax on income from all sources, and not merely their New York source income,  under Tax Law § 601 as a “resident individual” solely by reason of ownership of a summer house near Amagansett which was sporadically used. In the Matter of John and Laura Barker, DTA No. 822324.

Tax Law § 605(b)(1) includes in the definition of a “resident individual” a person “who is not domiciled in this state but maintains a permanent place of abode in this state and spends in the aggregate more than one hundred and eighty-three days of the taxable year in this state. . .”  The taxpayer conceded that he spent more than the required 183 days in New York.  At issue was whether the summer house constituted a “permanent place of abode” for the purpose of Section 605(b)(1).  Administrative Law Judge Joseph Pinto, after a hearing at the Division of Tax Appeals found that it did, and upheld a $1.056 million deficiency (consisting of tax, interest and penalties) resulting from a three-year audit beginning in 2002.

On appeal, the taxpayer argued that the ALJ has misconstrued the “permanent place of abode” analysis and had incorrectly found the summer house not to be a “camp or cottage”.  The Tax Appeals Tribunal began its analysis by noting that only the regulations (and not the statute) defines the term “permanent place of abode.”  Under 20 NYCRR 105.20(e), the term was defined as “a dwelling place permanently maintained by the taxpayer. . . [but not] a mere camp or cottege.”

The taxpayer argued that the vacation home was not a permanent place of abode, citing an earlier case which it interpreted as establishing a “subjective standard” providing that the permanence “must encompass the physical aspects of the dwelling place as well as the individual’s relationship to the place.”  The Tribunal dismissed this argument, stating that the holding stood only for the proposition that a permanent place of abode may be found even where the taxpayer bears no legal right to the property.

The Tribunal rejected the taxpayer’s argument that the subjective use of the summer house was determinative, stating that “[it] is well settled that a dwelling is a permanent place of abode where, as it is here, the residence is objectively suitable for year round living and the taxpayer maintains dominion and control over the building.” The only positive note for the taxpayer in the case is that the Tribunal remanded the matter to the ALJ for a supplemental determination as to whether the petitioners had established reasonable cause for abatement of the $221,086 in penalties.

The upshot of this case is that working in New York will be enough to subject all of a person’s income to New York income tax if the person owns a vacation home in New York, without regard to whether the home is used.  The ruling may well discourage nonresidents from owning a summer home in New York.

The interpretation of the regulations by the Division of Tax Appeals and the Tax Appeals Tribunal is not without legitimate disagreement. The phrase in the regulations which excludes a “mere camp or cottage, which is suitable and used only for vacations” taken literally certainly justifies those  Tribunals’ view that the exception is inapplicable. However, one is left with the distinct impression when reading the first sentence of the regulation, that the phrase “a dwelling place permanently maintained by the taxpayer” is not satisfied where the taxpayer owns summer home in which the taxpayer does not spend much time since, at least with respect to the taxpayer, it is not the taxpayer’s “dwelling place.”

Furthermore, where the words of the statute are clear, there is need to consult the regulations. Admittedly, in the case, the statute failed to define the term “permanent place of abode.” However, the interpretation of the regulation by the Tribunals seems to contract the statute, since the statutory phrase “permanent place of abode” cannot seemingly be satisfied by a taxpayer who does not reside in that abode.

For example, assume that the statute taxes “dogs”. The regulations define the term “dogs” as “including  cats.” Clearly a cat is not a dog, yet under the regulations cats are taxed. The regulations contradict the statute. Should a deficiency attempting to impose tax on a cat be upheld? This analogy is not intended to suggest that the case in issue presented such a stark situation. However, the analogy is fair.

Although it will be too late for this taxpayer, should the legislature feels that the result is not what it intended, it could revise the statute or regulations. Whether or not this is the result the legislature intended, one suspects that Albany may not act. Therefore, commuters who own vacation residences in New York should be aware that they must report all of their income, from whatever source, on their New York State income tax return.

            *     *     *

The Tax Appeals Tribunal, affirming a determination of the Administrative Law Judge, has found that Madigascar has no right to claim a refund for transfer tax paid in connection with the sale of its New York City mission.  In the Matter of The Republic of Madigascar, DTS Nos. 822357 and 822358.

There was no dispute that the condominium housed the “premises of the mission” under the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations of 1961. Accordingly, Madigascar was exempt from liability for transfer tax. However, as part of the negotiations for the sale of the mission, Madigascar agreed to pay half of the transfer tax. Normally, the transfer tax is the responsibility of the seller. The problem with the arrangement was that Madigascar paid the tax on behalf of the purchaser. Tax Law § 1404[b] provides that while the grantor is generally responsible for the payment of transfer tax, where the grantor is exempt, the liability for payment of the tax shifts to the grantee.

In finding “no remedy” under the Tax Law for Madigascar, the Tribunal observed:

[T]he State of New York did not impose any tax liability upon petitioner in this case. . . Petitioner’s obligation to pay resulted from volunteering to do so as part of its contractual agreements. . .The Vienna Convention does not affect petitioner’s liability under the Tax Law since it was the terms of the parties’ contracts that resulted in petitioner paying the transfer tax at issue.

*      *     *

In general, expenses paid during the taxable year for medical care of the taxpayer or a dependent not compensated for by insurance or otherwise may be deducted to the extent those expenses exceed 7.5 percent of AGI under IRC § 213. The term “medical care” includes “amounts paid for the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, and amounts paid for qualified long-term care services.” Long term care expenses are deductible if a physician has determined that the taxpayer is “chronically ill.”

The Tax Court, in Estate of Baral v. Com’r, No. 3618; 7/5/2011, found that payments made to caregivers were deductible as itemized medical expenses (subject to the 7.5 percent AGI limitation) since a physician had determined that the taxpayer, who suffered from dementia, was chronically ill. Although the payments were not made to medical personnel, they were nevertheless deductible as “medical expenses” since a physician had found the services necessary due to the taxpayer’s dementia, and had recommended 24-hour care.

A contrary result was reached by the Tax Court in Estate of Olivio v. Com’r, (No. 15428-07; 7/11/2011).  In Olivio, a child provided long-term care for nine years, and claimed as a debt of his mother’s estate $1.24 million, representing the value of the services allegedly provided by him pursuant to an oral agreement with his mother. he Tax Court found that services provided by family members are presumed to be without remuneration in the absence of a written agreement.

Posted in From the Courts, Tax Decisions, Tax News & Comment | Tagged , , , , , , | Leave a comment

From The IRS — Recent Developments, August, 2011

VIEW IN PDF:  Tax News & Comment — August 2011

Approximately one million U.S. taxpayers have at least one financial account located in a foreign country. Many have not reported their offshore accounts to the IRS, a violation with possible civil and criminal penalties. UBS, Switzerland’s largest bank and the manager of private wealth for many Americans, is currently under investigation by the Department of Justice for not reporting interest and dividends earned by U.S. taxpayers.

The implementation of foreign account (FBAR) reporting requirements are provided for under the Bank Secrecy Act, enacted in 1970. The legislation was intended to assist U.S. investigators in preventing offshore tax evasion and in tracing funds used for illicit purposes, such as the laundering of drug money. Actual reporting of foreign accounts and the filing of FBARs has been required since 1972, but the rule was largely ignored by taxpayers and rarely enforced by the IRS until recently.

FBAR regulations were recently amended and became effective March 28, 2011. The amended regulations applies to all foreign financial accounts maintained in the year 2010.  31 C.F.R. § 1010.350 now provides that “each United States person having a financial interest in, or signature or other authority over, a bank, securities, or other financial account in a foreign country” must file a  Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts Report (FBAR).

A “United States person” includes U.S. citizens and residents, and domestic corporations, partnerships, estates, and trusts. Having “signature authority” over a foreign financial account means that the person can control the disposition of money in the account by sending a signed document to, or orally communicating with, the institution maintaining the account.

31 C.F.R. § 1010.306(c) provides that an FBAR must be filed if the aggregate value of all foreign financial accounts is more than $10,000 at any time during the calendar year. To illustrate, if a U.S. person owns several small financial accounts in various countries, that person will be required to file an FBAR if the value of all the accounts exceeds $10,000 at any time during the calendar year. There are some exceptions to the FBAR filing requirement, such as if the offshore financial account is owned by a government entity or if the  person is a trust beneficiary.

31 C.F.R. § 1010.306(c) provides that the FBAR must be filed by June 30 for foreign financial accounts exceeding $10,000 during the previous calendar year on Treasury Form TD F90-22.1.  The FBAR is not filed with income tax returns, but must be reported on income tax returns by checking the appropriate box on Schedule B of Form 1040, which requires the taxpayer to disclose the existence of a foreign bank account. Notice 2011-54 provides that persons having signatory authority over, but no financial interest in, a foreign financial account in 2009 or earlier calendar years are required to file FBARS by November 1, 2011.

Extensions given by the IRS for income tax returns are not applicable to the FBAR filing deadline. FBAR reporting is an effective tool for the IRS, because the Treasury need show only that the taxpayer maintained an unreported overseas account, not whether the taxpayer actually earned any income from the account.

Due to increased efforts by the IRS to penalize U.S. taxpayers with undisclosed offshore accounts, and in an attempt to persuade those taxpayers into reporting those accounts, the IRS initiated the 2011 Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Initiative (“OVDI”) on February 8, 2011. The OVDI is the second program of its kind. The first voluntary disclosure program, the 2009 Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Program (“OVDP”), terminated on October 15, 2009 with approximately 15,000 voluntary disclosures.

Procedure for OVDI Participation

The OVDI allows taxpayers with undisclosed foreign accounts to report their accounts and to come into compliance with the U.S. tax system without risking later detection by the IRS. Taxpayers with undisclosed offshore accounts could face the imposition of high penalties and the possibility of criminal prosecution if the accounts are later discovered by the IRS. Taxpayers who willfully fail to file FBARs face criminal penalties of up to $500,000 or fifty percent (50%) of the account balance and imprisonment of up to ten years, and civil penalties of up to$100,000 or fifty percent (50%) of the account balance.

The lifespan of the OVDI program is short. The OVDI program is available to taxpayers only through August 31, 2011. The program requires that participants pay a penalty of twenty-five percent (25%) of the highest account balance between 2003 and 2010, but provides exceptions that could reduce the penalty to five percent (5%) or twelve-and-a-half percent (12.5%).

Participants must also file all original and amended tax returns and pay back taxes and interest, as well as accuracy-related and/or delinquency penalties. Initially, the IRS required that all forms and payments be submitted by August 31, 2011. However, on June 2, 2011, the IRS revised the program to allow a 90-day extension if the requesting taxpayer demonstrates a “good faith attempt” to meet the August 31 deadline. If making such a request, the taxpayer must include a list of those items which are missing, an explanation for why they are still outstanding, and a description of the efforts made to secure them.

To participate in the program, a taxpayer has the option of submitting a “pre-clearance request” to the IRS Criminal Investigation Lead Development Center. The submission must be made by fax to (215) 861-3050, and must include the taxpayer’s name, date of birth, social security number and address and, if the taxpayer is represented by an attorney or accountant, an executed power of attorney.

The IRS Criminal Investigation office will notify the taxpayer or the taxpayer’s representative via fax whether the taxpayer has been cleared to make a voluntary disclosure using the Voluntary Offshore Disclosure Letter. Taxpayers or representatives with questions may contact either their local IRS Criminal Investigations office or the Washington office at (215) 861-3759. If cleared by IRS Criminal Investigations, the taxpayer will have 30 days in which to submit an “Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Letter.”

The taxpayer opt to bypass the pre-clearance request phase, and submit an Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Letter without obtaining pre-clearance from the IRS. A taxpayer opting out of  pre-clearance would be required to mail the Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Letter to the IRS at the following address:

Internal Revenue Service

Criminal Investigation

ATTN:  Offshore Voluntary

              Disclosure     Coordinator

Philadelphia Lead Development

Center

600 Arch Street, Room 6406

Philadelphia, PA  19106

The Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Letter requires the taxpayer to list the aggregate value of all offshore accounts for the period from 2003 through 2010 and the total unreported income from offshore accounts for the same period.  Once the letter has been reviewed by the IRS, the taxpayer will receive notice as to whether the disclosure has been preliminarily accepted or declined. If the disclosure is preliminarily accepted, the taxpayer must submit all required forms and payment by the August 31 deadline to the following address:

Internal Revenue Service

3651 S. I H 35 Stop 4301 AUSC

Austin, TX 78741

ATTN: 2011 Offshore Voluntary                                    Disclosure Initiative

As noted, a taxpayer may request a 90-day extension of the August 31st deadline to complete a submission under OVDI. To qualify for the extension, the taxpayer must demonstrate a good faith attempt to comply fully before August 31st. The good faith attempt to comply must include the properly completed and signed agreements to extend the period of time to assess tax (including tax penalties) and to assess FBAR penalties.

Opting Out of OVDI Program

Taxpayers who have chosen to participate in the OVDI are also given the option to “opt-out” of the program, an irrevocable decision which could lead to the taxpayer owing more than he or she would owe under the OVDI. By choosing to opt out, the taxpayer is electing to instead undergo a standard audit by the IRS. Such a decision is advantageous in a limited number of cases. A taxpayer might choose to opt out if, given the facts of the case, the penalties imposed under the OVDI appear too severe.

A taxpayer who violated the FBAR reporting requirements may fare better by opting out of the program if the violation was not willful or if the violation was based on the written advice of an independent legal advisor. The maximum penalty if the violation was not willful is $10,000 for each non-willful violation and no penalty is imposed if the violation was based on the written advice of an independent legal advisor. In either case, the maximum penalties imposed would likely be less than the twenty-five percent (25%) mandatory penalty imposed under the OVDI.

Opting out of OVDI is not be without risk, because an argument that the violation lacked intent is one which if lost, could result in the taxpayer facing criminal penalties. The IRS takes the position that the willfulness requirement is satisfied if the taxpayer makes a “conscious effort” to avoid awareness of FBAR reporting. Form 1040, Schedule B refers to instructions which mention FBARs. Although the IRS is of the view that a person with foreign accounts should read the instructions, the fact that a taxpayer checked the wrong box, or no box, on Schedule B could be insufficient by itself to establish that the FBAR violation was attributable to willfulness. However, this is not an area in which risks should be taken.

To opt out of OVDI, the taxpayer must provide a written statement of intent. The written statement is reviewed by a centralized review committee which decides whether to grant the withdrawal or assign the case for other treatment. In making its decision, the committee considers whether the OVDI penalties will be too severe given the facts of the case.

[Rebecca K. Richards contributed in the research and drafting of this article.]

           *     *     *

The IRS has issued final regulations that provide a five-month extension to file partnership, estate and fiduciary tax returns. TD 9531. The final regulations for the most part adopt temporary regulations promulgated in 2008. The rationale for a shorter extension period for these entities as opposed to the six-month extension available for individuals is that many taxpayers require Schedule K-1 forms from these entities in preparing their returns.

            *     *     *

Following several years of increases, the IRS Spring 2011 Statistics of Income Bulletin notes a 3.5 percent drop in the number of returns filed by individual with $200,000 or more of AGI for tax year 2008.  In 2008, 4.3 million individual returns reported income of $200,000 or more. The two largest deductions taken by those taxpayers were for taxes paid and mortgage interest. Returns of 3.9 million higher income taxpayers reported charitable deductions; and 1.5 million claimed the foreign tax credit.

Among individuals with $200,000 or more of AGI in 2008, (i) 3.8 million taxpayers reported salary and wage income of $1.2 trillion; (ii) 1.3 million taxpayers reported income from partnerships and S corporations of $446 billion; (iii) 1.3 million taxpayers reported capital gains of $417 billion; and (iv) 3.2 million taxpayers reported dividend income of $125 billion.

The Report noted that donors filed 234,714 Form 709 gift tax returns for tax year 2008. Children accounted for 48.9 percent of all gifts, grandchildren accounted for 24.7 percent, and gifts to other relatives accounted for 10.4 percent. Gifts to charities accounted for less than one percent of all gifts made in 2008.

              *     *     *

The IRS has announced final regulations that provide automatic five-month extensions to file most partnership, estate and trust returns. The purpose of the regulations is to better coordinate the filing requirements of those returns with individual taxpayers on extended six-month deadlines who require Schedule K-1s in order to file T.D. 9531.

IRC Code Section 6045(g), enacted in 2008, requires brokers to report the adjusted basis and character of gain from sales of a “covered” security, which includes stocks, debt and other financial instruments. The requirements apply to stock acquired in 2011, but do not apply to dividend reinvestment plans and regulated investment companies until 2012. Notice 2011-56 allows taxpayers to revoke the broker’s default method for basis reporting retroactively.

           *     *     *

On June 29, 2011, The 2011 mid-year report of National Taxpayer Advocate Nina E. Olson released on June 29, 2011, praised a recently announced IRS policy change making lien withdrawals more available to taxpayers in certain cases. However, the report expressed concern about the IRS practice of automatically filing tax liens based on a dollar amount rather than considering the taxpayer’s financial situation. The Advocate believes that before filing a tax lien, the IRS should

balance the need to protect the government’s interests in the taxpayer’s assets with a corresponding concern for the financial harm the lien will create for that taxpayer.

The report states that if the IRS has determined a taxpayer is suffering an economic hardship or possesses no significant assets, the filing of a lien is unlikely to further tax collection but will further damage a taxpayer’s credit rating.

             *     *     *

Posted in IRS Matters, IRS Rulings & Regulations, Tax Decisions, Tax News & Comment | Tagged , , , , , | Leave a comment

Tax News & Comment — August 2011

VIEW IN PDF:  Tax News & Comment — August 2011

Tax News & Comment -- August 2011

Tax News & Comment -- August 2011

Approximately one million U.S. taxpayers have at least one financial account located in a foreign country. Many have not reported their offshore accounts to the IRS, a violation with possible civil and criminal penalties. UBS, Switzerland’s largest bank and the manager of private wealth for many Americans, is currently under investigation by the Department of Justice for not reporting interest and dividends earned by U.S. taxpayers.
The implementation of foreign account (FBAR) reporting requirements are provided for under the Bank Secrecy Act, enacted in 1970. The legislation was intended to assist U.S. investigators in preventing offshore tax evasion and in tracing funds used for illicit purposes, such as the laundering of drug money. Actual reporting of foreign accounts and the filing of FBARs has been required since 1972, but the rule was largely ignored by taxpayers and rarely enforced by the IRS until recently.
FBAR regulations were recently amended and became effective March 28, 2011. The amended regulations applies to all foreign financial accounts maintained in the year 2010. 31 C.F.R. § 1010.350 now provides that “each United States person having a financial interest in, or signature or other authority over, a bank, securities, or other financial account in a foreign country” must file a Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts Report (FBAR).
A “United States person” includes U.S. citizens and residents, and domestic corporations, partnerships, estates, and trusts. Having “signature authority” over a foreign financial account means that the person can control the disposition of money in the account by sending a signed document to, or orally communicating with, the institution maintaining the account.
31 C.F.R. § 1010.306(c) provides that an FBAR must be filed if the aggregate value of all foreign financial accounts is more than $10,000 at any time during the calendar year. To illustrate, if a U.S. person owns several small financial accounts in various countries, that person will be required to file an FBAR if the value of all the accounts exceeds $10,000 at any time during the calendar year. There are some exceptions to the FBAR filing requirement, such as if the offshore financial account is owned by a government entity or if the person is a trust beneficiary.
31 C.F.R. § 1010.306(c) provides that the FBAR must be filed by June 30 for foreign financial accounts exceeding $10,000 during the previous calendar year on Treasury Form TD F90-22.1. The FBAR is not filed with income tax returns, but must be reported on income tax returns by checking the appropriate box on Schedule B of Form 1040, which requires the taxpayer to disclose the existence of a foreign bank account. Notice 2011-54 provides that persons having signatory authority over, but no financial interest in, a foreign financial account in 2009 or earlier calendar years are required to file FBARS by November 1, 2011.
Extensions given by the IRS for income tax returns are not applicable to the FBAR filing deadline. FBAR reporting is an effective tool for the IRS, because the Treasury need show only that the taxpayer maintained an unreported overseas account, not whether the taxpayer actually earned any income from the account.
Due to increased efforts by the IRS to penalize U.S. taxpayers with undisclosed offshore accounts, and in an attempt to persuade those taxpayers into reporting those accounts, the IRS initiated the 2011 Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Initiative (“OVDI”) on February 8, 2011. The OVDI is the second program of its kind. The first voluntary disclosure program, the 2009 Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Program (“OVDP”), terminated on October 15, 2009 with approximately 15,000 voluntary disclosures.

Procedure for OVDI Participation

The OVDI allows taxpayers with undisclosed foreign accounts to report their accounts and to come into compliance with the U.S. tax system without risking later detection by the IRS. Taxpayers with undisclosed offshore accounts could face the imposition of high penalties and the possibility of criminal prosecution if the accounts are later discovered by the IRS. Taxpayers who willfully fail to file FBARs face criminal penalties of up to $500,000 or fifty percent (50%) of the account balance and imprisonment of up to ten years, and civil penalties of up to$100,000 or fifty percent (50%) of the account balance.
The lifespan of the OVDI program is short. The OVDI program is available to taxpayers only through August 31, 2011. The program requires that participants pay a penalty of twenty-five percent (25%) of the highest account balance between 2003 and 2010, but provides exceptions that could reduce the penalty to five percent (5%) or twelve-and-a-half percent (12.5%).
Participants must also file all original and amended tax returns and pay back taxes and interest, as well as accuracy-related and/or delinquency penalties. Initially, the IRS required that all forms and payments be submitted by August 31, 2011. However, on June 2, 2011, the IRS revised the program to allow a 90-day extension if the requesting taxpayer demonstrates a “good faith attempt” to meet the August 31 deadline. If making such a request, the taxpayer must include a list of those items which are missing, an explanation for why they are still outstanding, and a description of the efforts made to secure them.
To participate in the program, a taxpayer has the option of submitting a “pre-clearance request” to the IRS Criminal Investigation Lead Development Center. The submission must be made by fax to (215) 861-3050, and must include the taxpayer’s name, date of birth, social security number and address and, if the taxpayer is represented by an attorney or accountant, an executed power of attorney.
The IRS Criminal Investigation office will notify the taxpayer or the taxpayer’’s representative via fax whether the taxpayer has been cleared to make a voluntary disclosure using the Voluntary Offshore Disclosure Letter. Taxpayers or representatives with questions may contact either their local IRS Criminal Investigations office or the Washington office at (215) 861-3759. If cleared by IRS Criminal Investigations, the taxpayer will have 30 days in which to submit an “Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Letter.”
The taxpayer opt to bypass the pre-clearance request phase, and submit an Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Letter without obtaining pre-clearance from the IRS. A taxpayer opting out of pre-clearance would be required to mail the Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Letter to the IRS at the following address:

Internal Revenue Service
Criminal Investigation
ATTN: Offshore Voluntary
Disclosure Coordinator
Philadelphia Lead Development
Center
600 Arch Street, Room 6406
Philadelphia, PA 19106

The Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Letter requires the taxpayer to list the aggregate value of all offshore accounts for the period from 2003 through 2010 and the total unreported income from offshore accounts for the same period. Once the letter has been reviewed by the IRS, the taxpayer will receive notice as to whether the disclosure has been preliminarily accepted or declined. If the disclosure is preliminarily accepted, the taxpayer must submit all required forms and payment by the August 31 deadline to the following address:

Internal Revenue Service
3651 S. I H 35 Stop 4301 AUSC
Austin, TX 78741
ATTN: 2011 Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Initiative

As noted, a taxpayer may request a 90-day extension of the August 31st deadline to complete a submission under OVDI. To qualify for the extension, the taxpayer must demonstrate a good faith attempt to comply fully before August 31st. The good faith attempt to comply must include the properly completed and signed agreements to extend the period of time to assess tax (including tax penalties) and to assess FBAR penalties.

Opting Out of OVDI Program

Taxpayers who have chosen to participate in the OVDI are also given the option to “opt-out” of the program, an irrevocable decision which could lead to the taxpayer owing more than he or she would owe under the OVDI. By choosing to opt out, the taxpayer is electing to instead undergo a standard audit by the IRS. Such a decision is advantageous in a limited number of cases. A taxpayer might choose to opt out if, given the facts of the case, the penalties imposed under the OVDI appear too severe.
A taxpayer who violated the FBAR reporting requirements may fare better by opting out of the program if the violation was not willful or if the violation was based on the written advice of an independent legal advisor. The maximum penalty if the violation was not willful is $10,000 for each non-willful violation and no penalty is imposed if the violation was based on the written advice of an independent legal advisor. In either case, the maximum penalties imposed would likely be less than the twenty-five percent (25%) mandatory penalty imposed under the OVDI.
Opting out of OVDI is not be without risk, because an argument that the violation lacked intent is one which if lost, could result in the taxpayer facing criminal penalties. The IRS takes the position that the willfulness requirement is satisfied if the taxpayer makes a “conscious effort” to avoid awareness of FBAR reporting. Form 1040, Schedule B refers to instructions which mention FBARs. Although the IRS is of the view that a person with foreign accounts should read the instructions, the fact that a taxpayer checked the wrong box, or no box, on Schedule B could be insufficient by itself to establish that the FBAR violation was attributable to willfulness. However, this is not an area in which risks should be taken.
To opt out of OVDI, the taxpayer must provide a written statement of intent. The written statement is reviewed by a centralized review committee which decides whether to grant the withdrawal or assign the case for other treatment. In making its decision, the committee considers whether the OVDI penalties will be too severe given the facts of the case.
[Rebecca K. Richards contributed in the research and drafting of this article.]

* * *

The IRS has issued final regulations that provide a five-month extension to file partnership, estate and fiduciary tax returns. TD 9531. The final regulations for the most part adopt temporary regulations promulgated in 2008. The rationale for a shorter extension period for these entities as opposed to the six-month extension available for individuals is that many taxpayers require Schedule K-1 forms from these entities in preparing their returns.

* * *

Following several years of increases, the IRS Spring 2011 Statistics of Income Bulletin notes a 3.5 percent drop in the number of returns filed by individual with $200,000 or more of AGI for tax year 2008. In 2008, 4.3 million individual returns reported income of $200,000 or more. The two largest deductions taken by those taxpayers were for taxes paid and mortgage interest. Returns of 3.9 million higher income taxpayers reported charitable deductions; and 1.5 million claimed the foreign tax credit.
Among individuals with $200,000 or more of AGI in 2008, (i) 3.8 million taxpayers reported salary and wage income of $1.2 trillion; (ii) 1.3 million taxpayers reported income from partnerships and S corporations of $446 billion; (iii) 1.3 million taxpayers reported capital gains of $417 billion; and (iv) 3.2 million taxpayers reported dividend income of $125 billion.
The Report noted that donors filed 234,714 Form 709 gift tax returns for tax year 2008. Children accounted for 48.9 percent of all gifts, grandchildren accounted for 24.7 percent, and gifts to other relatives accounted for 10.4 percent. Gifts to charities accounted for less than one percent of all gifts made in 2008.

* * *

The IRS has announced final regulations that provide automatic five-month extensions to file most partnership, estate and trust returns. The purpose of the regulations is to better coordinate the filing requirements of those returns with individual taxpayers on extended six-month deadlines who require Schedule K-1s in order to file T.D. 9531.
IRC Code Section 6045(g), enacted in 2008, requires brokers to report the adjusted basis and character of gain from sales of a “covered” security, which includes stocks, debt and other financial instruments. The requirements apply to stock acquired in 2011, but do not apply to dividend reinvestment plans and regulated investment companies until 2012. Notice 2011-56 allows taxpayers to revoke the broker’s default method for basis reporting retroactively.

* * *

On June 29, 2011, The 2011 mid-year report of National Taxpayer Advocate Nina E. Olson released on June 29, 2011, praised a recently announced IRS policy change making lien withdrawals more available to taxpayers in certain cases. However, the report expressed concern about the IRS practice of automatically filing tax liens based on a dollar amount rather than considering the taxpayer’s financial situation. The Advocate believes that before filing a tax lien, the IRS should

balance the need to protect the government’s interests in the taxpayer’s assets with a corresponding concern for the financial harm the lien will create for that taxpayer.

The report states that if the IRS has determined a taxpayer is suffering an economic hardship or possesses no significant assets, the filing of a lien is unlikely to further tax collection but will further damage a taxpayer’s credit rating.

The Supreme Court, in an unanimous opinion, held that a medical resident whose normal work schedule requires him to perform services 40 or more hours per week, is not a “student” for purposes of IRC § 3121(b), and therefore not within the statutory exception for FICA withholding. Mayo Foundation For Medical Education v. United States, No. 09-837 (2011).

[The Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) requires employees and employers to pay taxes on all “wages.” FICA defines “employment” as “any service performed . . . by an employee for the person employing him,” but excludes from taxation any “service performed in the employ of . . . A school, college or university . . . If such service is performed by a student who is enrolled and regularly attending classes [at the school]. IRC § 3121(b)(1).

Since 1951, the Treasury Department had construed the student exception to exempt from taxation students who work for their schools “as an incident to and for the purpose of pursuing a course of study.” 16 Fed.
Reg. 12474. In 2004, the Treasury Department issued regulations providing that the services of a full time employee normally scheduled to work 40 or more hours per week “are not incident to and for the purpose of pursuing a course of study.” Treas. Regs § 31.3121(b)(10)-2(d)(3)(iii). The regulations stated that the analysis was not affected by “the fact that the services . . . may have an educational, instructional, or training aspect. Id.

Mayo paid the FICA tax, and filed suit for refund in District Court claiming that the rule was invalid. The District Court granted summary judgment for Mayo, finding that the regulation was inconsistent with the unambiguous words of the statute. However, the Eighth Circuit reversed, finding that the regulation was a permissible interpretation of an ambiguous statute. The Supreme Court granted Certiorari and, in an opinion by Chief Justice Roberts, affirmed the decision of the Eighth Circuit.]

The Court began its analysis by noting that the regulation in question provides that an employee’s service is “incident” to his studies only when “[t]he educational aspect of the relationship between the employer and the employee, as compared to the service aspect of the relationship, [is] predominant.” Treas. Reg. § 31.3121(b)(10)-2(d)(3)(i).

The Court cited to Chevron U.S.A. v. National Resources Defense Counsel, Inc., 467 U.S. 837 (1984), in finding relevant the inquiry as to whether Congress had “directly addressed the precise question at issue.” The Court found that Congress had not, since the statute does not define the term “student,” and does not address the question of whether medical students are subject to FICA.

The Court found unpersuasive Mayo’s argument that the dictionary definition of “student” as one “who engages in ‘study’ by applying the mind ‘to the acquisition of learning, whether by means of books, observations, or experiment’ plainly encompasses residents, since a “full-time professor taking evening classes” could fall within the exemption.

Moreover, the Court was unimpressed with the view of the District Court that an employee be deemed a ‘student’ as long as the educational aspect of his service “predominates over the service aspect of the relationship with his employer,” dryly observing that “[w]e do not think it possible to glean so much from the little that § 3121 provides.” The Court concluded that neither the plain terms of the statute, nor the District Court’s interpretation of the exemption “speak[s] with the precision necessary to say definitively whether [the statute] applies to medical students.”

The Court then to cited Chevron with approval:

Chevron recognized that the power of an administrative agency to administer a congressionally created . . . program necessarily requires the formulation of policy and the making of rules to fill any gap left, implicitly or explicitly, by Congress.

The regulations at issue were promulgated pursuant to the “explicit” authorization granted to the Treasury by Congress to “prescribe all needful rules and regulations for the enforcement of” the Internal Revenue Code. IRC § 7805(a). Finding that Treasury had issued the full time employee rule only after notice-and-comment procedures, the rule “merits Chevron deference.” Long Island Care at Home, Ltd., v. Coke, 551 U.S. 158, 173-174 (2007).

The Court then addressed Mayo’s argument that the Treasury Department’s conclusion that residents who work more than 40 hours per week “categorically cannot satisfy” the student exemption.

The Court first found “perfectly sensible” the Treasury Department’s method of distinguishing between workers who study and students who work was by “[f]ocusing on hours an individual works and the hours he spends in studies.” The approach, the Court noted, avoids “wasteful litigation and needless uncertainty” and, as Treasury observed, “improves administrability.”

The Court then observed that taxing residents under FICA would “further the purpose of the Social Security Act . . . and import a breadth of coverage.” Although Mayo contended that medical residents have not yet “begun their working lives because they are not fully trained,” Treasury had not acted “irrationally” in concluding that “these doctors — ‘who work long hours, serve as highly skilled professionals, and typically share some or all of the terms of employment of career employees’ — are the kind of workers that Congress intended to both contribute to and benefit from the Social Security system. 69 Fed. Reg. 8608.” As a coup de grace, the Court, citing Bingler v. Johnson, 394 U.S. 741, 752 (1969) for the proposition that “exemptions from taxation are to be narrowly construed.”

Recognizing the value medical residents impart to society, Chief Justice Roberts concluded the opinion by observing:

We do not doubt that Mayo’s residents are engaged in a valuable educational pursuit or that they are students of their craft. The question whether they are “students” for purposes of §3121, however, is a different matter. Because it is one to which Congress has not directly spoken, and because the Treasury Department’s rule is a reasonable construction of what Congress has said, the judgment of the Court of Appeals must be affirmed.

* * *

The IRS has advanced many theories to challenge the gift and estate tax savings occasioned by the use of family entities and grantor trusts in estate planning. Most arguments have been unsuccessful. However, the IRS discovered a potent weapon in IRC § 2036(a), which provides that the value of the gross estate includes the value of all property to the extent the decedent has made a transfer but has retained (i) the possession or enjoyment of, or the right to income from, the property, or (ii) the right, either alone or in conjunction with any person, to designate the persons who shall possess or enjoy the property or the income therefrom.

The IRS has been successful in arguing that IRC § 2036(a) requires the inclusion in the decedent’s estate of (i) partnership assets if the decedent continued to derive benefits from the partnership, or of (ii) trust assets, if the decedent continued to receive distributions. The IRS has been most successful where the transactions with not imbued with a sufficient quantum of non-tax objectives, or the economics of the transaction were questionable, most often because the transferor had not retained sufficient assets to live according to his accustomed standard without receiving partnership (or trust) distributions.

The Ninth Circuit recently affirmed a decision of the Tax Court which found that the decedent’s retention of benefits in property transferred to a partnership resulted in the failure of the transfer to constitute a bona fide sale for full and adequate consideration. Estate of Jorgensen v. Com’r, No. 09-73250 (5/11/11). On appeal, the Estate did not contest that the decedent had retained some of the benefits of the transferred property, but argued that the benefits retained were de minimis. The Ninth Circuit disagreed, remarking:

We do not find it de minimis that decedent personally wrote over $90,000 in checks on the accounts post-transfer, and the partnerships paid over $200,000 of her personal estate taxes from partnership funds. See Strangi v. Com’r, 417 F.3d 468, 477 (5th Cir. 2005) (post-death payment of funeral expenses and debts from partnership funds indicative of implicit agreement that transferor would retain enjoyment of property); see also Bigelow, 503 F.3d at 966 (noting payment of funeral expenses by partnership as supporting reasonable inference decedent had implied agreement she could access funds as needed.

* * *

By Rebecca K. Richards

The Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in Intermountain Insurance Service of Vail, LLC v. Com’r, reversed the Tax Court and upheld an IRS regulation that considered an overstatement of basis as an “omission of gross income” for the purpose of triggering the extended six-year statute of limitations provided for in Internal Revenue Code sections 6501(e)(1)(A) and 6229(c)(2). 2011 WL 2451011 (D.C. Cir. June 21, 2011),

[In general, under IRC § 6501(a), the IRS has three years to make an adjustment to the amount of gross income reported by a taxpayer. However, IRC § 6501(e)(1)(A) extends the statute of limitations to six years when the taxpayer “omits from gross income an amount properly includible therein which is in excess of 25 percent of gross income stated in the return.” IRC § 6229(c)(2) provides for an extended six-year statute of limitations under a similar statutory scheme for partnerships.

On its 1999 income tax return, Intermountain reported a loss on the sale of assets. On September 14, 2006, nearly six years later, the IRS issued a deficiency alleging that Intermountain had realized a gain of approximately $2 million on its 1999 sale of assets. The IRS alleged that Intermountain had overstated its basis and, therefore, understated its gross income.

In response, Intermountain filed a motion for summary judgment in the Tax Court, arguing that the adjustment was not timely since it was not within the three-year statute of limitations. In opposition, the Commissioner argued that the adjustment was timely because the 1999 return contained an “omission from gross income,” thus triggering the extended six-year statute of limitations provided for in §§ 6501(e)(1)(A) and 6229(c)(2).]

In reliance on the Supreme Court decision in Colony, Inc. v. Com’r, 357 U.S. 29 (1958), the Tax Court granted summary judgment to Intermountain and held that an overstatement of basis did not constitute an “omission from gross income” for the purpose of IRC §§ 6501(e)(1)(A) or 6229(c)(2). The Supreme Court held in Colony that basis overstatements did not constitute “omissions from gross income” for the purpose of the predecessor to IRC § 6501(e)(1)(A). The Tax Court found Colony to be controlling authority and ruled that the extended statute of limitations did not apply.

Shortly thereafter, the IRS issued regulations contradicting the Tax Court’s ruling. The regulation stated that the phrase, “omits from gross income,” in IRC §§ 6501(e)(1)(A) and 6229(c)(2) generally included overstatements of basis. The Commissioner then moved the Tax Court for reconsideration. The Tax Court denied the motion, finding the regulation inapplicable because it had not become effective until after the three-year statute of limitations had expired. The Commissioner then appealed to the Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit.

The issue posed to the Court of Appeals was whether to afford deference to the IRS regulation interpreting IRC §§ 6501(e)(1)(A) and 6229(c)(2) as including basis overstatements in the definition of “omission from gross income.” The Court found that IRC § 6501(e)(1)(A) was indeed ambiguous because “neither the section’s structure nor its legislative history nor the context in which it was passed” clearly resolved the question of whether an overstatement of basis constituted an omission from gross income. Intermountain, 2011 WL 2451011 at *12.

In performing the Chevron analysis, i.e., whether the regulation is a reasonable interpretation of the statute, the Court found “nothing unreasonable” in the IRS regulation interpreting “omits from gross income” as including overstatements of basis. Accordingly, the Court found that the regulation was entitled to deference.

Legislative regulations interpret statutes that expressly delegate the authority to promulgate regulations. Interpretative regulations are less authoritative and are used primarily to interpret the Code. The regulations at issue in Intermountain were interpretative regulations. Intermountain illustrates the high level of judicial deference that is afforded to agency regulations under Chevron.

Deferring to agency regulations is in seeming opposition to the long-standing concept of staré decisis (judicial obligation to respect precedents established by prior cases). However, with administrative agencies such as the IRS, the Supreme Court has stated that some flexibility may be desirable: “To engage in informed rulemaking, [the agency] must consider varying interpretations and the wisdom of its policy on a continuing basis.” Chevron, 467 U.S. at 863-64.

[Rebecca is entering her third year at Hofstra Law School, where she is at the top of her class. Rebecca is Senior Articles Editor for the Journal of International Business and Law. She expects to graduate in May, 2012. Rebecca is completing a productive seven-month internship at the office.]

* * *

The Tax Appeals Tribunal has affirmed a Determination of the Division of Tax Appeals which found that a Connecticut domiciliary who commuted to Manhattan as an investment manager was subject to New York State personal income tax on income from all sources, and not merely their New York source income, under Tax Law § 601 as a “resident individual” solely by reason of ownership of a summer house near Amagansett which was sporadically used. In the Matter of John and Laura Barker, DTA No. 822324.

Tax Law § 605(b)(1) includes in the definition of a “resident individual” a person “who is not domiciled in this state but maintains a permanent place of abode in this state and spends in the aggregate more than one hundred and eighty-three days of the taxable year in this state. . .” The taxpayer conceded that he spent more than the required 183 days in New York. At issue was whether the summer house constituted a “permanent place of abode” for the purpose of Section 605(b)(1). Administrative Law Judge Joseph Pinto, after a hearing at the Division of Tax Appeals found that it did, and upheld a $1.056 million deficiency (consisting of tax, interest and penalties) resulting from a three-year audit beginning in 2002.

On appeal, the taxpayer argued that the ALJ has misconstrued the “permanent place of abode” analysis and had incorrectly found the summer house not to be a “camp or cottage”. The Tax Appeals Tribunal began its analysis by noting that only the regulations (and not the statute) defines the term “permanent place of abode.” Under 20 NYCRR 105.20(e), the term was defined as “a dwelling place permanently maintained by the taxpayer. . . [but not] a mere camp or cottege.”

The taxpayer argued that the vacation home was not a permanent place of abode, citing an earlier case which it interpreted as establishing a “subjective standard” providing that the permanence “must encompass the physical aspects of the dwelling place as well as the individual’s relationship to the place.” The Tribunal dismissed this argument, stating that the holding stood only for the proposition that a permanent place of abode may be found even where the taxpayer bears no legal right to the property.

The Tribunal rejected the taxpayer’s argument that the subjective use of the summer house was determinative, stating that “[it] is well settled that a dwelling is a permanent place of abode where, as it is here, the residence is objectively suitable for year round living and the taxpayer maintains dominion and control over the building.” The only positive note for the taxpayer in the case is that the Tribunal remanded the matter to the ALJ for a supplemental determination as to whether the petitioners had established reasonable cause for abatement of the $221,086 in penalties.

The upshot of this case is that working in New York will be enough to subject all of a person’s income to New York income tax if the person owns a vacation home in New York, without regard to whether the home is used. The ruling may well discourage nonresidents from owning a summer home in New York.

The interpretation of the regulations by the Division of Tax Appeals and the Tax Appeals Tribunal is not without legitimate disagreement. The phrase in the regulations which excludes a “mere camp or cottage, which is suitable and used only for vacations” taken literally certainly justifies those Tribunals’ view that the exception is inapplicable. However, one is left with the distinct impression when reading the first sentence of the regulation, that the phrase “a dwelling place permanently maintained by the taxpayer” is not satisfied where the taxpayer owns summer home in which the taxpayer does not spend much time since, at least with respect to the taxpayer, it is not the taxpayer’s “dwelling place.”

Furthermore, where the words of the statute are clear, there is need to consult the regulations. Admittedly, in the case, the statute failed to define the term “permanent place of abode.” However, the interpretation of the regulation by the Tribunals seems to contract the statute, since the statutory phrase “permanent place of abode” cannot seemingly be satisfied by a taxpayer who does not reside in that abode.

For example, assume that the statute taxes “dogs”. The regulations define the term “dogs” as “including cats.” Clearly a cat is not a dog, yet under the regulations cats are taxed. The regulations contradict the statute. Should a deficiency attempting to impose tax on a cat be upheld? This analogy is not intended to suggest that the case in issue presented such a stark situation. However, the analogy is fair.

Although it will be too late for this taxpayer, should the legislature feels that the result is not what it intended, it could revise the statute or regulations. Whether or not this is the result the legislature intended, one suspects that Albany may not act. Therefore, commuters who own vacation residences in New York should be aware that they must report all of their income, from whatever source, on their New York State income tax return.

* * *

The Tax Appeals Tribunal, affirming a determination of the Administrative Law Judge, has found that Madigascar has no right to claim a refund for transfer tax paid in connection with the sale of its New York City mission. In the Matter of The Republic of Madigascar, DTS Nos. 822357 and 822358.

There was no dispute that the condominium housed the “premises of the mission” under the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations of 1961. Accordingly, Madigascar was exempt from liability for transfer tax. However, as part of the negotiations for the sale of the mission, Madigascar agreed to pay half of the transfer tax. Normally, the transfer tax is the responsibility of the seller. The problem with the arrangement was that Madigascar paid the tax on behalf of the purchaser. Tax Law § 1404[b] provides that while the grantor is generally responsible for the payment of transfer tax, where the grantor is exempt, the liability for payment of the tax shifts to the grantee.

In finding “no remedy” under the Tax Law for Madigascar, the Tribunal observed:

[T]he State of New York did not impose any tax liability upon petitioner in this case. . . Petitioner’s obligation to pay resulted from volunteering to do so as part of its contractual agreements. . .The Vienna Convention does not affect petitioner’s liability under the Tax Law since it was the terms of the parties’ contracts that resulted in petitioner paying the transfer tax at issue.

* * *

In general, expenses paid during the taxable year for medical care of the taxpayer or a dependent not compensated for by insurance or otherwise may be deducted to the extent those expenses exceed 7.5 percent of AGI under IRC § 213. The term “medical care” includes “amounts paid for the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, and amounts paid for qualified long-term care services.” Long term care expenses are deductible if a physician has determined that the taxpayer is “chronically ill.”

The Tax Court, in Estate of Baral v. Com’r, No. 3618; 7/5/2011, found that payments made to caregivers were deductible as itemized medical expenses (subject to the 7.5 percent AGI limitation) since a physician had determined that the taxpayer, who suffered from dementia, was chronically ill. Although the payments were not made to medical personnel, they were nevertheless deductible as “medical expenses” since a physician had found the services necessary due to the taxpayer’s dementia, and had recommended 24-hour care.

A contrary result was reached by the Tax Court in Estate of Olivio v. Com’r, (No. 15428-07; 7/11/2011). In Olivio, a child provided long-term care for nine years, and claimed as a debt of his mother’s estate $1.24 million, representing the value of the services allegedly provided by him pursuant to an oral agreement with his mother. he Tax Court found that services provided by family members are presumed to be without remuneration in the absence of a written agreement.

A bipartisan deficit-reduction panel is considering ending the preferential tax treatment of capital gains. Although not explicitly mentioned in the plan which is now being considered in the Senate, the proposal would end the tax preference for long term capital gains which has existed since 1986. However, individual and corporate income tax rates would also fall under the proposal.

In a five-page document recently obtained by Bloomberg News, the proposal would create three income tax brackets of between 23 percent and 29 percent, and would end the current preference for long term capital gains, now taxed at 15 percent.

The deduction for home mortgage interest could also be affected.T he mortgage interest deduction costs the Treasury about $100 billion a year. Proposals have been made to either reduce the cap to $500,000 or to eliminate the deduction on second homes.

If Congress fails to pass any new tax legislation in the next 18 months, the Bush tax cuts will expire on December 31, 2012. The Congressional Budget Office has warned that unless the Bush tax cuts are allowed to expire, a sharp increase in spending to fund President Obama’s health care law will result in massive new debt. Grover Norquist, proponent of the “Americans for Tax Reform anti-tax pledge, recently stated that allowing the Bush tax cuts to expire as a means of closing the budget deficit would not constitute a tax increase or violate an anti-tax pledge signed by many Republicans.

* * *

The Joint Committee on Taxation estimates that preferential long term capital gains tax rates cost the Treasury $84.2 billion annually. More than 90 percent of the tax expenditure is enjoyed 20 percent of taxpayers; and half of the tax expenditure is enjoyed by the wealthiest 0.1 percent of taxpayers. For those taxpayers, increasing the long term gains tax rate to 29 percent, (the highest ordinary income tax rate under the proposal) would equate to a 93 percent increase in the current long term gains tax.

An increase in the capital gains tax could adversely affect the performance of the stock market, which has seen a steady climb since the trough in early 2008. In the year to date, despite a lingering recession, a nuclear disaster, high energy prices, and a new European strain of persistently high unemployment, the Dow continues its steady ascent, now up 9.8 percent for the year.

* * *

Former Governor Mitt Romney, a possible rival in 2012 to President Obama for the White House, has in the past advocated eliminating the capital gains tax on all individuals or families with less than $200,000 of annual income. Mr. Romney also expressed support for elimination of the estate tax.

* * *

Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke stated the central bank is examining several “untested means” to stimulate growth if conditions deteriorate, even though the central bank believes the recent economic downturn is temporary. The Fed recently completed a $600 billion purchase of Treasury bonds completing “QE2.” Addressing the Congress recently, Mr. Bernanke did not rule out further quantitative easing, noting “the possibility remains that the recent weakness may prove more persistent than expected and that deflationary risks might reemerge, implying additional policy support.”

* * *

While many expect the federal estate tax to become extinct in the next five to ten years, in many states not only is the estate tax not an endangered species, but in some states the estate tax has been enacted for the first time, and in other states, the tax has been increased. In New York, the estate tax exemption is firmly entrenched at $1 million, an amount that has not changed since 2003. Illinois recently adopted an estate tax. Connecticut lowered its exemption amount from $3.5 million to $2 million. Fortunately, the rate of estate tax in New York is about 10 percent for estates less than $6 million, and the maximum rate for much larger estates does not exceed 16 percent. It appears unlikely that Albany would increase the rate as that could risk the exodus of its wealthy retired residents.

Although the estate tax is imposed in 22 states, the tax pervades the Northeast and Midwest. Estate tax is imposed in every state in New England and the Mid-Atlantic, with the exception of New Hampshire, and in every state bordering a Great Lake, with the exception of Michigan and Ohio. Other states east of the Mississippi imposing the tax are Tennessee and Kentucky.

No southern state, with the exception of North Carolina, imposes an estate tax. West of the Mississippi, only Minnesota, Iowa, Nebraska, Washington and Oregon have an estate tax. Hawaii and Alaska have none.

The irony of the estate tax being most prevalent in states where few would choose to retire aside, many New Yorkers who divide their time between New York and the south or west are faced with the problem of limiting the time spent in New York to avoid income and estate tax. The Department of Taxation audits the time its subjects spend out of the state to ensure that Albany receives its tribute.

After a recent decision of the Tax Appeal Tribunal, few out of state commuters will now likely purchase a vacation home in New York. (See infra, “From the Courts,” (Matter of Barker.) There does appear to be a real cost associated with the privilege of living — and after Barker not even living — but merely working and owning a vacation home, in the Empire State.

* * *

While the federal estate tax exemption has risen substantially in the past few years, the federal gift tax exemption had remained constant for nearly a decade until a spike last year. In its haste to pass a tax bill in December of 2010, Congress unexpectedly increased the gift tax exemption to $5 million from $1 million. That increase is scheduled to “sunset” at the end of 2012. Many believe that there is good chance the gift tax exemption may decrease after sunset. For those who believe that Congress will decrease the $5 million gift tax exemption and are otherwise inclined to make large gifts, now would appear to be a propitious time for doing so.

Not only would a donor be able to “lock in” the higher gift tax exemption amount, but the gift made by a New York resident would also reduce the size of the taxable estate at no tax cost, since New York has no gift tax. Although some have speculated that Congress could retroactively impose gift tax on large gifts if the federal exemption is lowered, this possibility appears remote.

Many had feared that Congress would retroactively install an estate tax for those dying in 2011, at a time when there was no estate tax in place. That fear proved unfounded. So too, it is unlikely that Congress would attempt to remove a benefit imposed on taxpayers merely taking advantage of substantial — even if temporary — gift tax exemption.

* * *

President Obama in his 2012 budget proposal, has called for the repeal of LIFO, a method of computing net profit from sales of inventory. IRC § 472 permits taxpayers, with the approval of the IRS, to consider goods sold during the year to be those most recently acquired. When prices are rising, use of LIFO reduces taxable income. The proposal (which as supported by Senator McCain in 2008) would force taxpayers to convert to FIFO. Under FIFO, inventory is considered to be comprised of those goods which are earliest acquired. Those favoring repeal argue that LIFO allows unwarranted tax deferral and causes controversy between the taxpayer and the IRS. Opponents of LIFO repeal argue that taxing LIFO reserves is unfair since it taxes unrealized inflation-based profit.

* * *

Two Senate democrats have urged the federal government to raise revenue by eliminating offshore “tax havens.” Senator Carl Levin of Michigan and Senator Kent Conrad of North Dakota have introduced a bill that would end current rules allowing hedge funds and corporations to avoid federal tax by opening overseas companies. According to Senator Levin, closing the loopholes could generate $100 billion annually.

* * *

On June 24, Governor Cuomo announced New York’s first property tax cap, which limits property tax levy increases to the lesser of 2 percent or the rate of inflation. The cap will take effect in the 2012 fiscal year for local governments and in 2012-13 for the school budget year. In a press release, Mr. Cuomo remarked: “We are beginning a new era in which New York will no longer be the tax capital of the nation . . . For too long, New Yorkers across the state have been forced to deal with back-breaking property taxes, and this cap will finally bring some relief and help keep families and businesses in New York. This tax cap is a critical step toward New York’s economic recovery, and will set our state on a path to prosperity.”

* * *

I. Introduction

A will is a written declaration providing for the transfer of property at death. Although having legal significance during life, the will is without legal force until it “speaks” at death. Upon the death of the decedent, rights of named beneficiaries vest, and some obligations of named fiduciaries arise. However, the will cannot operate to dispose of estate assets until it has been formally admitted to probate. Historically a “will” referred to the disposition of real property, while a “testament” to referred to a disposition of personal property. Today, that distinction has vanished.

The will operates on the estate of the decedent, determining the disposition of all probate assets. However, its sphere of influence does not end there: Under NY Estates, Powers and Trusts law (EPTL), the will can dictate how estate tax is imposed on persons receiving both probate and nonprobate assets.

Probate assets are those assets capable of being disposed of by will. Not all assets are capable of being disposed of by will. For example, a devise of the Adirondack Northway to one’s heirs — although a nice gesture — would be ineffective. Similarly, one cannot dispose by will of assets held in joint tenancy, such as a jointly held bank account or real property held in joint tenancy, since those assets pass by operation of law, regardless of what a contrary (or even identical) will provision might direct.

So too, a life insurance policy which designates beneficiaries other than the estate on the face of the policy would trump a conflicting will designation. However, litigation could ensue, especially if the conflicting will provision appeared in a will executed after the beneficiary designation was made in the insurance policy.

The reason for the insurance policy prevailing over the will designation is not altogether different from the situation involving the Northway: The insurance company will have been under a contractual obligation to pay the beneficiaries. That obligation arguably cannot be affected by a conflicting will provision since this would cause the insurance company to breach its obligations to the named beneficiaries under the life insurance contract, just as the transfer by Albany to the decedent’s beneficiaries of title to the Northway would breach the obligation of New York to retain title over the public thoroughfare.

Note that the decedent could properly dispose of the insurance policy by will if the life insurance policy instead named the estate of the decedent as the sole beneficiary. In fact, in that case, only the will could dispose of the insurance contract. If there were no will, the contract proceeds would pass by intestacy to the decedent’s heirs at law.

If the testator has a good idea to whom he wishes the proceeds of the policy to pass following his death, it is generally a poor idea to own the policy outright, regardless of whether the proceeds of the policy are paid to the estate of the decedent or to beneficiaries named in the policy. This is so because if the decedent owns the policy, the asset will be included in his gross estate, and therefore will be subject to federal and New York estate tax. This result also illustrates the concept that the gross estate for federal and NYS estate tax purposes includes both probate and nonprobate property.

By virtue of transferring the policy into an irrevocable life insurance trust, the testator could avoid this potential estate tax problem. If the testator is planning to purchase a new policy, the trustee of a new or existing trust should purchase the policy. If the testator wishes to transfer an existing policy to a trust, the Internal Revenue Code (which New York Tax Law follows) provides that he must live for three years following the transfer for the policy to be excluded from his gross estate.

If the decedent is not sure to whom he wishes to leave the insurance policy, creating an irrevocable life insurance trust to own the policy may not be a good idea, since the beneficiary designation will be irrevocable. However, if the testator knows to whom he wishes the policy benefits to pass, an irrevocable trust may reduce estate tax. The insurance policy will also have greater asset protection value if placed in trust. Finally, the proceeds of the life insurance policy held in trust could be used by beneficiaries to pay estate taxes. This can be helpful if the estate is illiquid.

II. Formalities of Execution

A will may be executed by any person over the age of majority and of sound mind. The Statute of Frauds (1677) first addressed the formalities of will execution. Until then, the writing of another person, even in simple notes, constituted a valid will if published (orally acknowledged) by the testator. The statute required all devises (bequests of real property) to be in writing, to be signed by the testator or by some person for him in his presence and by his direction, and to be subscribed to by at least three credible witnesses.

The rules governing the execution of wills in New York and most other states (except Louisiana, which has adopted the civil law) have remained fairly uniform over the centuries. The common law rules of England have since been codified in the States. In New York, these statutory rules are found in the EPTL (“Estates, Powers and Trust Law”).

For a will to be valid, the EPTL provides that the testator must (i) “publish” the will by declaring it to be so and at the same time be aware of the significance of the event; (ii) demonstrate that he is of sound mind, knows the nature of his estate and the natural objects of his bounty; (iii) dispose of his property to named beneficiaries freely and willingly; and (iv) sign and date the will at the end in the presence of two disinterested witnesses.

While the execution of a will need not be presided over by an attorney, the EPTL provides that where an attorney does preside over execution, there is a presumption that will formalities have been observed. The execution of a “self proving” affidavit by the attesting witnesses dispenses with the need of contacting those witnesses when the will is later sought to be admitted to probate.

A will should be witnessed by two disinterested persons. A will witnessed by two persons, one of whom is interested, will be admissible into probate. However, the interested witness will receive the lesser of the amount provided in the will or the intestate amount. A corollary of this rule is that anyone who receives less under the will than under intestacy would suffer a detriment by being the only other witness. In general, it is not a good idea for an interested person to witness a will, although there are of course times when this admonition cannot be heeded.

The rule is less harsh if the execution of the will is witnessed by two disinterested witnesses in addition to the interested witness. In this case, the interested witness is permitted to take whatever is bequeathed to him under the will, even if this amount is more than he would have received by intestacy.

III. Rights of Heirs

Following the testator’s death, the original will may be “propounded” to the Surrogate’s Court for probate. For a propounded will to be admitted, the Surrogate must determine whether the will was executed in accordance with the formalities prescribed in the EPTL. If the decedent dies intestate (without a will) the estate will still need to be administered in order to dispose of the estate to “distributees.” The term distributee is a term of art which defines those persons who take under the laws of descent in New York. A beneficiary under the will may or may not be a distributee, and vice versa.

All distributees, whether or not provided for in the will, have the right to appear before the Surrogate and challenge the admission of the will into probate. Thus, even distant heirs may have a voice in whether the will should be admitted to probate. Distributees may waive their right to appear before the Surrogate by executing a waiver of citation. A distributee waiving citation is in effect consenting to probate of the will. Distributees, either when asked to sign the waiver, or when being served with a Citation, will be provided with a true copy of the will.

If a distributee does not execute a waiver, he must be served with a citation to appear before the Surrogate where he may challenge the admission of the will into probate. Since a distributee having a close relation to the decedent would be the natural objects of the decedent’s bounty, the disinheritance of a closely related distributee would have a higher probability of being challenged than would the disinheritance of a distant heir.

Persons taking under the will who are not distributees are also required to be made aware that admission of the will into probate is being sought. Those persons would receive a Notice of Probate, but would have no statutory right to receive a citation. A Notice of Probate is not required to be sent to a distributee.

Any person in physical possession of the will may propound it for probate. Not propounding the will with respect to which one is in physical possession works to defeat the decedent’s testamentary intent. Accordingly, legal proceedings could be brought by distributees (those who would take under the laws of intestacy) or other interested persons to force one in possession of the will to produce a copy of the will and to propound the will for probate.

It appears that an attorney in possession of the original will is under an ethical, if not a legal, duty to propound the will into probate. The NYS Bar Ethics Committee observed that an attorney who retains an original will and learns of the client’s death

has an ethical obligation to carry out his client’s wishes, and quite possibly a legal obligation…to notify the executor or the beneficiaries under the will or any other person that may propound the will…that the lawyer has it in his possession. N.Y. State 521 (1980).

IV. Importance of Domicile

A will of a decedent living in New York may only be probated in the county in which the decedent was “domiciled” at the date of death. The traditional test of domicile is well established. “Domicile is the place where one has a permanent establishment and true home.” J. Story, Commentaries on the Conflict of Laws § 41 (8th ed. 1883). Therefore, the will of a decedent who was a patient at NYU Medical Center for a few weeks before death but was living in Queens before his last illness would be probated in Queens County Surrogate’s Court.

The issue of domicile has other important ramifications. For example, while New York imposes an estate tax, Florida does not. In addition, “ancillary” probate may be required to dispose of real property held by a New York domiciliary in another state. For this reason, it is sometimes preferable to create a revocable inter vivos trust to hold real property that would otherwise require probate in another jurisdiction. Converting real property to personal property by deeding it into a limited liability company might also provide a solution, since personal property (in contrast to real property) may be disposed of by will in the jurisdiction in which the will is probated.

V. Admission to Probate

If no objections are filed, and unless the instrument is legally defective, the original instrument will be “admitted” to probate. In practice, clerks in the probate department make important decisions affecting the admission of the will into probate. For this reason, among a legion of others, probating of wills of decedents by persons other than attorneys is ill-advised.

Following the admission of the will into probate, the Surrogate will issue “Letters Testamentary” to the named Executor to marshal and dispose of assets passing under the will. If the will contains a testamentary trust, “Letters of Trusteeship” will be issued to named Trustees under the will. Letters Testamentary and Letters of Trusteeship are letters bearing the seal of the Surrogate which grant the fiduciary the power to engage in transactions involving estate assets.

VI. Executors and Trustees

The Executor and Trustee are fiduciaries named in the will whose duty it is to faithfully administer the will or testamentary trust. The fiduciary is held to a high degree of trust and confidence. In fact, a fiduciary may be surcharged by the Surrogate if the fiduciary fails to properly fulfill his duties. In most cases, there will be only one Executor, but occasionally a co-Executor may be named. The will may also contain a designation of a successor Executor and the procedure by which a successor Executor may be chosen if none is named. A mechanism by which an acting Executor may be replaced if unable to continue serving, or may depart, if he so wishes, would also likely be addressed in the appropriate will clause.

Even in cases of intestacy, a bank, for example, will require proof of authority to engage in transactions involving the decedent’s accounts. The Surrogate will issue “Letters of Administration” to the Administrator of the estate of a decedent who dies intestate. An Administrator is a fiduciary of the estate, as is the Executor or Trustee.

A trustee designation will be made for trusts created in the will. In some cases, the Executor may also be named a Trustee of a testamentary trust, but the roles these fiduciaries play are quite different, and there may be compelling reasons for not naming the Executor as Trustee. For example, the Executor may be older, and the beneficiaries may be quite young. Here, it may be desirable to name a younger Trustee. The decedent might even wish that the Trustee be the parent. Multiple trustees may also be named. A corporate or professional Trustee may be named to assist in managing Trust assets. One should be aware that trusts and trustees often form symbiotic relationships, and the costs of naming a corporate or professional Trustee should be carefully evaluated. Like the executor, a trustee is also a fiduciary.

One important rule to remember when naming a trustee is that under the EPTL, a trustee may not participate in discretionary decisions regarding distributions to himself. Thus, if a sole trustee were also the beneficiary of a testamentary trust, another trustee would have to be appointed to decide the extent of discretionary distributions to be made to him.

The rule is actually a constructive one, in that it prevents deleterious estate tax consequences. The rule is also helpful from an asset protection standpoint, since a beneficiary who is also trustee could be required to make distributions to satisfy the claims of creditors. If the trust is a discretionary trust in which the beneficiary has no power to compel distributions, the trustee could withhold discretionary distributions under the creditor threat disappeared.

VII. Avoidance of Intestacy

Unless all or most assets of the decedent have been designed to pass by operation of law, intestacy is generally to be avoided, for several reasons: First, the decedent’s wishes as to who will receive his estate is unlikely to coincide with the disposition provided for in the laws of descent. Second, the will often dispenses with the necessity of the Executor providing bond. The bond required by the Surrogate may constitute an economic hardship to the estate if the estate is illiquid. If there is no will, there will be no mechanism by which the decedent may dispense with the requirement of furnishing bond.

Third, a surviving spouse has a right to inherit one-third of the decedent’s estate. If the will leaves her less, she may “elect” against it and take one-third of the “net estate.” However, if the decedent dies intestate, the surviving spouse has greater rights: Under the laws of descent in New York, a spouse has a right to one-half of the estate, plus $50,000, assuming children survive. If there are no children, the surviving spouse is entitled to the entire estate.

In the event no administrator emerges from among the decedent’s heirs at law, a public administrator will have to be appointed. Disputes among heirs at law may arise as to who should serve as Administrator. If there are six heirs at law with equal rights to serve as Administrator, it is possible that the Surrogate would be required to issue Letters of Administration to six different people.

What a will may provide is limited only by the imagination of the testator and the skill of the attorney. This is also why it is imperative to have a will in place even where the rules of descent (intestacy) are generally consistent with the decedent’s testamentary scheme.

VIII. Lost, Destroyed

& Revoked Wills

When executing a will, the testator is asked to initial each page. Paragraphs naturally ending on one page are sometimes intentionally carried over to another page to thwart tampering by improper insertion of a substitute page.

If the original will has been lost, a procedure exists for the admission of a photocopy, but the procedure is difficult and its outcome uncertain. Removing staples from the will to copy or scan it is a poor idea. To a degree not required of most other legal instruments, the bona fides of a will is dependent upon a finding that its physical integrity is unimpeachable, meaning that the will is intact and undamaged.

A will that has been damaged (e.g., staples removed for photocopying) may be admissible, though not without considerable difficulty. While the Nassau County Surrogate has accepted wills whose staples have been removed without undue difficulty, some New York Surrogates take a dim view of wills that are not intact.

If the original will cannot be located and was last in the possession of the decedent, there is a presumption that the will was revoked. The reasoning here is that in such cases it is likely that the decedent intentionally destroyed the will, thereby revoking it.

Revocation will also occur if the will has been mutilated. In some jurisdictions, if provisions of the will have been crossed out, the will be deemed to have been revoked. In other jurisdictions, crossing out provisions will not invalidate the will, but will result in the instrument being construed without the deleted provisions.

A will may be revised in two ways: First, a codicil may be executed. A codicil is a supplement to a will that adds to, restricts, enlarges or changes a previous will. The Execution of a codicil requires adherence to will formalities. The second and more effective means of revising a will is to execute a new one. The first paragraph of a will typically provides that all previous wills are revoked.

IX. Whether to Destroy

or Retain The Old Will

Whether to retain an old will is the subject of some disagreement. This disagreement likely arose because there are situations where the will should be destroyed, and situations where it should not be destroyed.

Since a new will expressly revokes the previous will, the natural inclination might be to “tear up” an old will after executing a new one. However, this is not always the preferred course of action. The new will may be lost, secreted, successfully challenged, or for whatever reason not admitted to probate. In this circumstance, the existence of the old will may be of great moment.

If the new will is not admitted to probate, an old will may be propounded for probate. If there had been a previous will, but it was destroyed, the decedent will have died intestate. In that case, the laws of descent will govern the disposition of the decedent’s estate. The retention of the old will is insurance against the decedent dying intestate. In intestacy, the laws of descent govern the disposition of the estate.

There are situations where the decedent would prefer the laws of descent to govern. In that case, it would make perfect sense for the decedent to destroy the old will. However, in many if not most situations, the decedent would prefer the terms of the old will to the laws of descent. In these cases, the old will should not be destroyed.

To illustrate a situation where the old will should not be destroyed: If a will contestant demonstrates that the decedent was unduly influenced when executing the new will, an older will with similar terms could be propounded for probate. If the decedent had disinherited or restricted the inheritance of the will contestant in the previous will as well, the existence of the old will is invaluable, since a disgruntled heir, friend, or lover would be less likely to mount a will contest. Even if a will contest were to occur, and the will contestant were successful, the victory would be pyrrhic, since the contestant would fare no better under the previous will. Knowledge of the existence and terms of the previous will would also reduce the settlement value.

In some situations the old will should be destroyed: If the new will dramatically changes the earlier will, the testator might prefer the rules of intestacy to the provisions in the old will. Here, destroying the old would obviously preclude its admission to probate; the laws of intestacy would govern.

To illustrate, assume wife’s previous will left her entire estate to her second husband from whom she recently separated. Under pressure from her children from a previous marriage, wife changes her will and leaves her entire estate to those children. If wife dies, a will contest would be possible. Admission of the old will (leaving everything to her husband) into probate would be the last thing that wife would want. Since intestacy (where her husband takes half the estate) would be preferable to the old will, it would be prudent for wife to destroy the old will (and any copies).

Equitable doctrines may come into play where the revocation of a previous will would work injustice. Under the doctrine of “dependent relative revocation,” the Surrogate may revive an earlier will, even if that will was destroyed, if the revised will is found to be inadmissible based upon a mistake of law. When invoked, the doctrine operates to contravene the statutory rules with respect to the execution and revocation of wills. If the doctrine is applicable, there is a rebuttable presumption that the testator would have preferred the former will to no will at all.

X. Objections to Probate

Objections to probate, if filed, may delay or prevent the will from being admitted to probate. If successful, a will contest could radically change the testamentary scheme of the decedent. To deter will contests, most wills contain an in terrorem clause, which operates to render void the bequest to anyone who contests the bequest. The effect of the in terrorem clause is that the failed bequest is disposed of as if the person making the challenge had predeceased the decedent.

Were in terrorem clauses effective, will contests would not exist. Yet they do. Therefore, the bark of such clauses appears to be worse than their bite. Still, there is no more reason not to include an in terrorem clause in a will than there would be for omitting other boilerplate language. The existence of the clause is not likely to upset most beneficiaries’ expectations, and it could cause a disgruntled heir to pause before commencing a will contest.

Although some believe that leaving a small amount to persons whom the testator wishes to disinherit accomplishes some valid purpose, doing this actually accomplishes very little. A small bequest to a distributee will neither confer upon nor detract from rights available to the distributee, and consequently would have little bearing on the ultimate success of a will contest. Some testators prefer to use language such as “I intentionally leave no bequest to John Doe, not out of lack or love or affection, but because John Doe is otherwise provided for” or perhaps language stating that the lack of a bequest is “for reasons that are well understood by John Doe.”

XI. Liability and Apportionment

of Estate Tax

Who will bear the responsibility, if any, for estate tax is an important — but frequently overlooked — issue when drafting a will. The default rule in the EPTL is that all beneficiaries of the estate pay a proportionate share of estate tax. One exception to the default allocation scheme is that estate tax would rarely be apportioned to property passing to the surviving spouse and which qualifies for the full marital deduction.

The technical reason for not apportioning estate tax to a bequest that qualifies for the marital deduction is that it leads to a reduced marital deduction, and a circular calculation, with an attendant increase in estate tax. To qualify for the marital deduction, a bequest to the surviving spouse must pass outright or in a qualified trust. If estate tax is paid from the bequest, then the amount passing outright (or in trust) is diminished. This results in a circular calculation.

The same rationale applies to other bequests that qualify for an estate tax deduction, such as a charitable bequest to an IRC Section 501(c)(3) organization. If a large residuary bequest were made to a charity, the testator might want the charity to bear the entire liability for estate tax, even though such a direction in the will would result in a net increase in estate tax liability.

Note that property not included in the decedent’s gross estate is never charged with estate tax, even if the disposition occurs by reason of the decedent’s death (e.g., proceeds of an irrevocable life insurance trust paid to a beneficiary of the trust). This is because under IRC Section 2033, estate tax is imposed on “the value of all property to the extent of the interest therein of the decedent at the time of his death.” Assets not owned by the decedent at the time of his death are not “interests” within Section 2033, and therefore are not part of his gross estate for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code.

The allocation of estate tax liability is therefore within the exclusive jurisdiction of the decedent’s will. The default rule found in the EPTL can be easily overridden by a provision in the tax clause of the will. This gives the drafter flexibility in apportioning estate tax. In a sense, the ability of the will to control the tax consequences of assets passing outside of the probate estate is an exception to the rule that the will governs the disposition only of probate assets. If the decedent dies intestate, the default EPTL provision will control.

In many cases, the testator will choose the default rule under the EPTL, which is to apportion estate tax among the beneficiaries according to the amounts they receive. As noted, no estate tax is apportioned to assets not part of the gross estate even if those assets pass by reason of the testator’s death. For example, the proceeds of an irrevocable life insurance trust are not included in the decedent’s gross estate, and any attempt to impose estate tax liability on the named beneficiary of the policy would fail. However, if the insurance policy were owned by the decedent at his death and passed to either a named beneficiary or was made payable to his estate, the beneficiary (or the estate) could and would be called upon to pay its proportionate share of estate tax, unless expressly absolved of that responsibility in the will.

Since the testator is free to change the default rule, the tax clause could direct that estate tax be paid entirely from the residuary estate, “as a cost of administering the estate.” Alternatively, the tax clause could direct that estate tax be paid out of the probate estate, meaning that the estate tax would be apportioned to all persons taking under the will. Alternatively, the will might also be silent with respect to the estate tax, in which case the EPTL default rule would govern.

To illustrate the importance of the tax clause provision, assume the decedent’s will contained both specific bequests and residuary bequests. Assume further that the decedent owned a $1 million life insurance policy naming his daughter as beneficiary.

If the will is silent concerning estate tax, the default rule of the EPTL would control, and every beneficiary, whether taking under the will by specific or residuary bequests, or outside of the will (i.e., insurance policy payable by its terms to a named beneficiary), would pay a proportionate share of estate tax.

If the tax clause instead provided that all taxes were to be paid from the residuary estate as a cost of administration, no tax would be imposed on the daughter who receives the insurance, or on persons receiving preresiduary specific bequests under the will.

XII. Revocable Inter Vivos Trusts

as Testamentary Substitutes

Relatively speaking, probate in New York is neither expensive nor time-consuming. Nevertheless, a revocable inter vivos trust is sometimes utilized in place of a will. Avoiding probate may be desirable if most assets are held jointly or would pass by operation of law. In that case, the necessity of a will would be diminished. Other reasons for avoiding probate may stem from considerations of cost or concerns about privacy. While trusts are generally private, wills are generally public.

Letters of trusteeship are not required for an inter vivos trust, since the trust will have became effective prior to the decedent’s death, and the trustee will already have been acting. Revocable inter vivos trusts have been said to reduce or estate taxes. While technically true, the assertion is somewhat misleading. While a properly drafted revocable inter vivos trust may well operate to reduce estate taxes, a properly drafted will can also accomplish that objective. Revocable inter vivos trusts do accomplish one task very well: They eliminate the need for ancillary probate involving real property situated in another state.

A revocable inter vivos trust is funded during the life of the grantor (or trustor) with intangible personal property such as brokerage accounts, tangible personal property such as artwork, real property, or anything else that would have passed under a will. Assets titled in the name of a revocable inter vivos trust may reduce costs somewhat in certain situations.

Unlike a will, a revocable inter vivos trust operates with legal force during the grantor’s life. When evaluating the potential probate costs that could be avoided using a trust, one should also consider the cost of transferring title of assets to a revocable inter vivos trust. If probate is not expected for many years, the present value of that cost may not exceed the immediate cost of transferring the testator’s entire estate into trust.

Most estate planning tax objectives for persons who are unmarried can be accomplished in a fairly straightforward manner using a revocable inter vivos trust. However, unless the bulk of assets are held in joint tenancy, or titled in some other form that avoids probate, avoidance of probate would not likely justify foregoing a will in favor of an inter vivos trust as the primary testamentary device.

Between spouses, “joint” revocable inter vivos trusts have been used to avoid probate. In some community property jurisdictions, of which New York is not one, certain federal income tax advantages among spouses may be achieved by using a joint revocable inter vivos trust. This advantage arises because the IRS may permit a step-up in basis at date of death for all assets held by a joint inter vivos revocable trust in community property states.

However, joint revocable inter vivos trusts between spouses have engendered a flurry of private letter revenue rulings from the IRS addressing basis issues. Some of the rulings are adverse. Consequently, use of joint revocable trusts in non-community property states should be avoided.

XIII. Grantor & Nongrantor Trusts

Income tax consequences of a revocable inter vivos trust actually depend on whether the trust is a “grantor” trust or a “nongrantor” trust for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code. If the revocable inter vivos trust is drafted as a grantor trust — and most revocable inter vivos trusts are — no income tax consequences will result. Two common ways of accomplishing grantor trust status are for the grantor to retain the power to substitute trust assets of equal value, or to retain the right to borrow from the trust in a nonfiduciary capacity without the consent of an adverse party. If either of these powers and rights are contained in the trust, grantor trust status should ensue.

A grantor trust is “transparent” for federal income tax purposes, and the grantor will continue to report income on his income tax return as if the trust did not exist. This is a slight overstatement, as some tax advisors do recommend that the trust obtain a taxpayer identification number even for a grantor trust, and recommend filing an income tax return for the trust, but noting on the first page of the return that “the trust is a grantor trust, and all income is being reported by the grantor.”

On the other hand, if the revocable inter vivos trust is drafted as a “nongrantor” trust, then the trust becomes a new taxpaying entity, and must report income on its own fiduciary income tax return. A reason for choosing nongrantor trust status might be a desire to shift income to lower income tax bracket beneficiaries.

A nongrantor trust, for income tax purposes, is a trust in which the grantor has given up sufficient control of the assets funding the trust such that a complete transfer for income tax purposes has occurred. A grantor trust, for income tax purposes, is a trust in which the grantor has not given up sufficient control over the assets funding the trust such that a complete transfer for income tax purposes has not occurred.

Both revocable inter vivos trusts “defective” grantor trusts used in estate planning are typically grantor trusts. In both cases the grantor has retained sufficient rights and powers such that the transfer is incomplete for federal income tax purposes. The difference between the two lies in differing transfer tax consequences when the trust is formed. Where a “defective” grantor trust is employed, the grantor also relinquishes the right to revoke the trust. This makes the trust irrevocable and the transfer complete for transfer (i.e., gift and estate) tax purposes. However, the transfer is still incomplete for income tax purposes.

Defective grantor trusts are useful when the grantor wishes to make use of the gift tax exemption to shift appreciation out of his estate, but at the same time wishes to remain liable for the annual income tax generated by trust assets. By remaining liable for income tax, the trust assets will grow more quickly, with no annual income tax burden being imposed on the trust.

XIV. Transferring Assets Into

Revocable Inter Vivos Trust

Transferring intangible assets into an inter vivos trust is fairly straightforward: A brokerage or bank account need only be retitled into the name of the trust. So too, ownership of real property would simply require transferring the property by quitclaim deed into the trust.

Transferring tangible personal property is more problematic. Care must be taken to execute formal legal documents evidencing the transfer. Only then will the Trustee be comfortable making the distributions called for in the trust to beneficiaries. For example, if valuable artwork is transferred into a revocable inter vivos trust with a flimsy one page undated document, it may be difficult to justify the transfer to the decedent’s heirs at law who may in effect be disinherited by virtue of the trust. In contradistinction, it would be difficult for a disgruntled heir to challenge a specific bequest of artwork in a will.

XV. Irrevocability of Inter Vivos

Trust At Death of Grantor

A revocable inter vivos trust may be made irrevocable prior to the death of the grantor. If the trust is a grantor trust, the trust will resemble a “defective” grantor trust discussed above. If the trust is a nongrantor trust, then the transfer will be complete for income, gift and estate tax purposes.

A revocable inter vivos trust becomes irrevocable at the death of the grantor, since the grantor, having died, can no longer revoke it. Since Letters of Trusteeship are not required, the Surrogate will not even be aware of the trust. In contrast, the Trustee of a testamentary trust will be required to request Letters of Trusteeship from the Surrogate.

In general, unless a transfer is complete for transfer tax purposes, creditor protection will not arise. Therefore, revocable inter vivos trusts have virtually no asset protection value. Since the transfer may be revoked, no transfer for federal transfer tax purposes will have occurred when assets are retitled into the name of a revocable inter vivos trust. A creditor will be able to force the grantor of a revocable inter vivos trust to revoke the trust, thereby rescinding the transfer and laying bare the assets for the disposal of the creditor. It is conceivable that a revocable inter vivos trust drafted as a nongrantor trust would have slight creditor protection, but this would probably be a theoretical point with little practical significance.

XVI. The “Pour Over” Will

What would bring to the attention of Surrogate’s Court the existence of the trust would be the decedent’s “pour over” will, if it were probated. The purpose of a pour over will is to collect and dispose of assets not passing by operation of law at the decedent’s death, and which were not transferred into the trust earlier. If no probate assets exist at the decedent’s death, there would be no reason to probate the pour over will. Where probate of the pour over will is required, the expense of probate, although not entirely avoided, would be reduced.

XVII. Testamentary Trusts

The coverage of wills in the EPTL is extensive, while that of revocable inter vivos trusts is relatively sparse. Although trust law is well developed, it is less developed for revocable inter vivos trusts. Probate lends an aura of authoritativeness and finality to the administration of an estate that is simply not possible where a revocable inter vivos trust is used. In many cases, tax planning is actually more straightforward where a will is utilized rather than an inter vivos trust. For these reasons, most attorneys reserve the use of revocable inter vivos trusts to unique situations where they are peculiarly advantageous as testamentary vehicles.

Both credit shelter and marital trusts may be funded at the death of the grantor of a revocable inter vivos trust which becomes irrevocable at death. As noted, revocable inter vivos trusts to a limited extent operate as will substitutes. However, another type of trust may present itself in the will. Many wills contain testamentary trusts. Testamentary trusts are often the foundation of the decedent’s will. Skillful drafting further important estate tax objectives. Testamentary trusts also serve to insulate the assets from potential creditors of the beneficiaries, or may protect the beneficiaries from their own immaturity or profligacy.

Testamentary trusts funded by the will may take the form of a marital trust for the benefit of a spouse, or a credit shelter trust for the benefit of children, grandchildren. The surviving spouse may also be a beneficiary (but not the sole beneficiary) of the credit shelter trust. Testamentary trusts often combine the benefit of holding property in trust with attractive tax features.

Note that a revocable inter vivos trust becomes revocable at the death of the grantor. However, the trust is not a testamentary trust because it does not arise at the death of the decedent. It has already been in existence. Nevertheless, testamentary trusts and revocable trusts that become irrevocable at the date of the decedent’s death may operate in tandem, and may, if the terms of the trusts permit, become unified after the decedent’s death.

XVIII. Estate Taxes

Neither property funding a marital trust nor property funding a credit shelter trust will result in estate tax in the first spouse to die. The mechanism for arriving at the incidence of no tax differs: In the case of a marital bequest, the amount is includable in the decedent’s gross estate, but a complete marital deduction will cancel the estate tax. In the case of a bequest utilizing the applicable exclusion amount, no estate tax will arise because Congress or Albany issues a credit nullifying the estate tax liability. As in most areas of the tax law, a credit is preferable to a deduction. In the case of the marital deduction, the property will eventually be included in the estate of the surviving spouse, unless it is consumed by the surviving spouse during that spouses lifetime, or gifted. If consumed, no tax will arise. If gifted, the gift will be subject to federal gift tax.

The largesse of Washington is greater than that of Albany with respect to the applicable exclusion amount: While Washington currently allows $5 million to pass tax-free to beneficiaries other than the spouse, Albany allows only $1 million to pass tax-free at death. Note that there would be no reason to waste the credit for bequests in which only the spouse benefits, since marital bequests can be drafted to qualify for the marital deduction. Both Washington and Albany allow a full marital deduction for lifetime and testamentary gifts to a spouse.

There is one catch to the generosity of Washington: The Internal Revenue Code includes in the $5 million applicable exclusion amount lifetime gifts. So a lifetime gift of $1 million would reduce to $4 million the amount that can pass at death without the imposition of estate tax. Furthermore, the gift tax exemption amount may be reduced after 2012. In a rush to complete the tax bill in late 2010, Congress unexpectedly increased the lifetime gift tax exemption from $1 million to $5 million. If President Obama is reelected, there is no assurance that his administration will not seek to reduce the lifetime gift tax exclusion amount.

There is another fundamental difference between the philosophy of New York and Washington concerning transfer taxes: While the IRS taxes lifetime gifts, New York does not. Therefore, making lifetime gifts before 2012 to avoid the inclusion of assets in the estate for New York estate tax purposes makes sense for testators with large estates. Making such gifts now will be neutral for federal purposes (since the applicable exclusion amount applies equally to lifetime and testamentary transfers) but will reduce New York State estate tax by 16 percent of the amount of the gift. (Sixteen percent is the maximum rate of estate tax now imposed by New York.)

XIX. QTIP Trusts &

Credit Shelter Trusts

In general, to qualify for a complete marital deduction, property must pass outright or in a qualifying trust to the surviving spouse. A “QTIP” marital trust is such a qualifying trust. The QTIP grants the surviving spouse a lifetime income interest, and perhaps a discretionary right to trust principal. The decedent retains the right to designate ultimate trust beneficiaries, but no beneficiary other than the surviving spouse can have any interest in QTIP trust assets during the life of the surviving spouse. QTIP trusts are sometimes used in second-marriage situations, or in situations where the testator is concerned that the surviving spouse might deplete trust assets leaving few assets for his children. The surviving spouse with an interest in a QTIP trust has the right to demand that the trustee make nonproductive assets productive.

For estate tax purposes, the IRS requires that the estate of the surviving spouse include the fair market value of the assets in the QTIP trust at her death. For income tax purposes, two basis step ups occur: The first at the death of the decedent, and the next basis step up at the death of the surviving spouse.

Even though the property in a QTIP trust does not “pass” to the surviving spouse outright, Congress justified marital deduction on the basis of the surviving spouse having a lifetime income interest in the trust, and no other beneficiary having an interest during the life of the surviving spouse. The deduction provided by the Internal Revenue Code for assets funding a QTIP trust is actually an exception to the “terminable interest” rule. That rule provides that no marital deduction can be allowed for a bequest to a surviving spouse of an interest that “terminates.”

The surviving spouse can be given the right to receive discretionary distributions of principal from a QTIP trust for her “health, comfort and maintenance” without triggering adverse estate tax consequences. The surviving spouse may also be given a “five and five” power, which gives the surviving spouse the noncumulative right to demand on an annual basis from the trust an amount which is the greater of (i) five percent of the value of the trust or (ii) five thousand dollars.

Giving the spouse more rights than these in a QTIP trust could result in the IRS arguing that the trust no longer qualifies as a QTIP trust. Since the decedent would have retained the right to name ultimate trust beneficiaries, the trust would also not qualify for the unlimited marital deduction as a general power of appointment trust. (If the trust were a general power of appointment trust, the surviving spouse would have the right to appoint trust assets, which she does not in a QTIP trust). Thus, the marital deduction could be imperiled.

A credit shelter trust takes the asset out of both the estates of the testator and the spouse permanently. A surviving spouse may or may not be given an interest in a credit shelter trust. Again, the surviving spouse should not be given too great an interest in the credit shelter trust; otherwise, the IRS could argue that the assets are includible in her estate. Still, it appears entirely reasonable to give the spouse a right to income and a discretionary right to principal for her health, comfort and maintenance. Health, comfort and maintenance are ascertainable quantities generally considered to be within the discretion of the trustee. Accordingly, most courts would not challenge the trustee’s discretion. However, the IRS would be less reluctant to question the scope of the trustee’s discretion if the IRS believed that the trustee had exceeded the scope of his discretion.

The credit shelter trust would provide for other beneficiaries. If the intended beneficiaries of a credit shelter trust were older, then the testator would likely have creditor protection objectives in mind when deciding to leave assets to his mature children in trust rather than outright.

Funding the credit shelter trust within the will involves determining how many assets the surviving spouse may need. Until a few years ago, when the applicable exclusion amount was less than $5 million, it was sometimes desirable to fund the credit shelter trust with the maximum amount, thereby removing the assets from the estate of both spouses.

With the federal applicable exclusion amount at $5 million, maximizing the amount funding the credit shelter trust may operate to reduce or eliminate an alternate bequest to the surviving spouse. On the other hand, if the credit shelter trust is underfunded and the marital trust overfunded, the estate of the surviving spouse might needlessly become subject to New York estate tax.

In the majority of cases tax considerations are secondary — as they should be — to the desire of the decedent to provide for his or her spouse. Use of a disclaimer provides post-mortem flexibility, in that it allows the surviving spouse to renunciate assets not required, with extremely favorable transfer tax consequences.

XX. Disclaimers

In general, if a person executes a written disclaimer within nine months of the decedent’s death, and has not accepted any of the benefits of the disclaimed assets, then the property will pass as if the disclaimant had predeceased. A significant transfer tax benefit may result from a properly executed a disclaimer. If a person accepts a bequest, and then decides to transfer the bequest, a taxable gift will have been made. In contrast, if the person disclaims the bequest, no taxable gift has occurred, since the person never received the property.

Although a disclaimant may not direct property to a specific person, the will may be drafted to contain specific language providing that a disclaimer made by a surviving spouse could fund a credit shelter or other trust in which she is a beneficiary. The language might provide that the surviving spouse’s disclaimer would add to or fund a credit shelter trust in which she is a lifetime beneficiary. If the surviving spouse is given an income interest in a trust into which she disclaims, this may increase the likelihood that she will disclaim. This may reduce or eliminate estate tax at her death, yet still provide her with lifetime enjoyment of trust assets. If the surviving spouse cannot be relied upon to disclaim what she will not need, the trustee’s discretion with respect to distributions of principal from a credit shelter (or other) trust may serve to adequately protect the interest of other beneficiaries, such as the children.

The reasons for a disclaimer are legion, and they are by no means limited to situations involving taxes. A disclaimer may also be made to protect assets from claims of creditors. In some jurisdictions, such as New Jersey, a disclaimer that works to defeat the rights of creditors is fraudulent. However, in New York a disclaimer made to defeat the rights of a creditor is valid. However, a disclaimer cannot work to defeat the rights of the IRS if the named beneficiary under the will exercises the disclaimer to defeat the those rights. Drye v. U.S., 428 U.S. 49 (1999).

XXI. The Right of Election &

Testamentary Substitutes

A will may be used to disinherit children, but not a spouse. Divorce will not invalidate a will, but will have the effect of treating the former spouse as if she had predeceased. On the other hand, a disposition made to a former spouse following a divorce — or even a bequest made prior to a divorce but expressly stating that the bequest survives divorce — would be valid.

In New York, the surviving spouse must be left with at least one-third of the testator’s estate. Otherwise, the surviving spouse may “elect” against the will, and take one-third of the “net estate.” If the elective share of the surviving spouse exceeds what the surviving spouse received under the will or by operation of law, the estate of the decedent will be required to pay the electing spouse that difference. If the property was already transferred to another person, the statute would appear to require that the transfer be rescinded.

If a spouse wished to circumvent the rule that he or she bequeath at least one-third of his or her estate to the surviving spouse, this could theoretically be accomplished by making gifts before death of large portions of the estate. To foreclose this opportunity to avoid the elective share rule, the legislature created the concept of “testamentary substitutes.”

The net estate, which is the basis upon which the elective share operates, includes “testamentary substitutes” in addition to other assets comprising the decedent’s estate. If the decedent dies intestate, testamentary substitutes are generally those assets which the decedent transferred before death, which are no longer part of his probate or nonprobate estate.

The intent of the legislature in creating the concept of testamentary substitutes was to protect the surviving spouse from the intentional depletion of the decedent’s estate by means of lifetime transfers occurring before the spouse’s death. Although the definition of testamentary substitutes operates primarily on transfers made in the year before the decedent’s death, some transfers qualifying as testamentary substitutes may have been made years earlier.

Life insurance is not a testamentary substitute. Thus, the purchase of a life insurance policy within a year of death will not be part of the net estate for calculating the elective share, even if the beneficiary is other than the surviving spouse. It is believed that the reason life insurance is not within the statutory class of testamentary substitutes is not based upon any legally distinguishable characteristic of life insurance, but rather on the reality that were it so classified, the life insurance industry would be adversely affected.

The concept of testamentary substitutes, although primarily operating to prevent depletion of the net estate for elective share purposes, is not limited to protecting rights of the surviving spouse: The statute provides that testamentary substitutes include transfers “whether benefiting the surviving spouse or any other person.”

Thus, if an elective claim were made by a surviving spouse, a child could argue that a transfer made years earlier by the decedent to the surviving spouse was actually a testamentary substitute. The child’s argument, if successful, would augment the net estate with respect to which the surviving spouse would be entitled to one-third.

However, since the surviving spouse would already hold title to the property constituting a testamentary substitute, this would “count” toward her elective share. Thus, for elective share purposes, the surviving spouse would be entitled only to one third of an asset already owned by her. This could result in the elective share being less than what the spouse otherwise received under the will or by operation of law. In that case, the spouse would simply forego the elective share.

In general, the categorization of a transfer as a testamentary substitute works to the disadvantage of the electing spouse if she already owns a significant number of assets that may be susceptible to being classified as a testamentary substitute. This is because the entire value of the asset will “count” toward meeting her one-third elective share.

To illustrate, if a spouse transfers title to the marital residence but retains the right to enjoy or possess the property during his life, the transfer may be deemed to constitute a testamentary substitute. The inclusion of the residence would increase the size of the net estate with respect to which the surviving spouse would be entitled to a third. Being in title to the residence, its entire value would count toward satisfying the requirement that the surviving spouse receive one-third of the net estate.

A spouse may waive the statutory right under EPTL 5-1.1A to elect against the will of the other spouse or, may under EPTL 4-1.1, may waive the right to one-half of the spouse’s estate in the event of intestacy.

XXII. Residuary &

Preresiduary Bequests

There are two classes of bequests: preresiduary bequests and residuary bequests. Preresiduary bequests, which generally consist of specific bequests, are sometimes easier to administer than residuary bequests. Specific bequests of tangible personal property are almost always pre-residuary bequests. Specific bequests might also be made of intangible personal property, such as money or bank accounts. However, to the extent money, bank or brokerage accounts are not disposed of by specific bequest, they will be disposed of in the residuary estate.

A “bequest” then is gift of under the decedent’s will. A “legacy” is a bequest of personal property, while a “devise” is a bequest of real property. An “inheritance” as it is typically thought of is somewhat of a misnomer, since it refers to real or personal property received by heirs pursuant to the laws of descent (intestacy). However, a nontechnical meaning of “inheritance” refers to bequests under the will. The failure to use the correct term (e.g., referring to a bequest of land as a legacy) in a will would of course not defeat the bequest.

When administering the estate, the Executor will first determine specific bequests to be made from probate assets. Every probate asset in the decedent’s estate not disposed of by specific bequest will fall into the residuary estate, and be disposed of pursuant to the terms therein. A residuary bequest might resemble the following:

I give, bequeath and devise all the rest, residue and remainder of my estate, both real and personal, of every nature and wherever situated . . . which shall remain after the payment therefrom of my debts, funeral expenses, expenses of administering my estate and the legacies and devises as hereinafter provided, to the following persons in the following proportions:

The will should also contain a provision dealing with simultaneous deaths. The will would typically provide that if any disposition under the depends on one person surviving another, if there is insufficient evidence concerning who died first, the other person will be deemed to have predeceased. An example would be where the decedent and his spouse die simultaneously, such as in an airplane or car accident. Here, the effect of the provision would be to assume for purposes of the decedent’s will the spouse predeceased.

The will may also impose a general requirement of survivorship. Thus, the instrument may require as a condition to taking under the Will that the person survive for a period of period of time (e.g., 90 days) following the death of the decedent. The reason for inserting the requirement if the beneficiary died soon after the decedent the decedent would rather that the bequest be made to other beneficiaries under his will rather to the beneficiary under his will who died before the estate was administered.

The residuary estate is often, though not always, disposed of by making gifts of fractional, rather than pecuniary amounts, to various persons either outright or in trust. If the bequest is made in trust, the “rule against perpetuities” prevents the creation of perpetual or “cascading” trusts. Black’s Law Dictionary defines the rule against perpetuities as

[t]he common-law rule prohibiting a grant of an estate unless the interest must vest, if at all, no later than 21 years (plus a period of gestation to cover a posthumous birth) after the death of some person alive when the interest was created.

[The rule has its origin in the Duke of Norfolk’s case decided by the House of Lords in 1682. The Lords believed that tying up property for many generations was wrong. A few states, among them New Jersey, have abolished the common law rule by statute. Other states, among them New York, have codified the common law rule. Still others have taken different approaches. Delaware has eliminated the rule by statute for real property, and has extended the vesting period for personal property from 21 years to 110 years. Forward-looking Utah has not abolished the common law rule, but has extended the vesting period to 1000 years. Finally, some states have adopted the “Uniform Statutory Rule Against Perpetuities,” which limits the vesting period to 90 years.]

XXIII. Formula Bequests

A formula bequest is a bequest utilizing a formula specified in the will to determine the amount of the bequest. The formula might provide that the credit shelter trust be funded with the maximum amount that can pass free of federal estate tax, or the maximum amount that can pass free of federal or state estate tax. Formula bequests to a credit shelter or marital trust could be structure as either preresiduary or a residuary bequests.

Today, funding a credit shelter trust with the maximum amount that can pass free of federal estate tax would result in $5 million being allocated to the trust; funding the trust with the maximum amount that would result in no federal or New York estate tax would result in funding the trust with only $1 million. This is because the maximum amount that can pass free of New York State estate tax is only $1 million.

Depending on the size of the decedent’s estate, foregoing $4 million in a federal credit to save $640,000 (.16 x $4,000,000) may or may not make sense. If the decedent and his spouse are elderly and their estate is very large, wasting $4 million of the federal credit at the death of the first spouse may actually result in more federal estate tax in the future. In general, if the couple wishes to reduce estate tax to zero at the first to die, the credit shelter trust will not be funded with more than $1 million. However, one loophole the width of the lower Hudson does exist: Gifting the $4 million during life and leaving the other $1 million at death will result in no federal tax, because the applicable exclusion amount equals the total of both lifetime and testamentary transfers. The $4 million gift will not be subject to New York gift tax, since New York has no gift tax. At the death of the first spouse to die, the credit shelter trust can be funded with $1 million. Essentially, the $640,000 in New York estate tax will have been avoided at no cost.

However, the testator must actually make a gift of this money during his lifetime. The reality is also that most people with estates of $5 million are generally not willing to make gifts of $5 million.

As is readily seen, small variations in language can have important funding consequences. It is for this reason that older wills should be periodically reviewed to ensure that they fund the appropriate trust with the proper amount. If the language of the will were clear, neither the Executor nor the Surrogate would have the power to redraft the will.

For example, if the will of a decedent who died in 2009 provided in a preresiduary bequest that the credit shelter trust was to be funded with the maximum amount that can pass free of federal estate tax, the Executor would clearly be required to fund the trust with $3.5 million, if the estate had sufficient assets.

However, if the decedent with the same will died in 2010, this language would be problematic, since the estates of persons dying in 2010 could elect out of the estate tax. If an election out of the estate tax were made, would the Executor be required to fund the trust denominated in the will as a credit shelter trust, since nothing would be needed to reduce federal estate tax to zero? Even if it were assumed that the Executor were required to fund the trust, what amount would he be required to transfer to the trustee? Would the amount be the amount which the Executor would have been required to fund the trust with had the estate not elected out of the estate tax?

Another equally troubling question exists: If the election out of the estate tax results in no estate tax, but increases the future income tax liability of certain beneficiaries, how is the estate required to allocate future built-in income tax gain? These questions might require the Executor to make difficult decisions and surmise what the intent of the decedent was. While it would be appropriate for a fiduciary to make these determinations, it would be preferable if the will were clear.

The problem of basis arises because as a condition to electing out of the estate tax, the Executor must “carry over” the basis of estate assets, rather than receive a step-up. This problem is mitigated somewhat by a provision allowing the Executor to step up the basis of $1.3 million for assets passing to anyone. The Executor may also step up the basis of assets worth $3 million passing to the surviving spouse.

XXIV. Pecuniary and

Specific Bequests

A pecuniary or specific bequest is said to “lapse” if the named beneficiary predeceases. A specific bequest is said to “adeem” if the subject matter of the bequest no longer exists at the decedent’s death. Another instance in which a bequest might fail is where there has been an “advancement.” An advancement occurs where the decedent makes a testamentary bequest, but “advances” the bequest to the beneficiary before death. For a gift to constitute an advance, it must be clearly demonstrated that the decedent intended it to be so, and the presumption is against advancements.

Specific bequests of personal property or cash must be worded carefully. Assume that the testator wishes to leave $50,000 to his aunt Matilda. The bequest might be drafted in the following way:

I leave to my aunt Matilda the sum of $50,000.

If Matilda is alive at the decedent’s death, she will receive $50,000. If Matilda has predeceased, most agree that the bequest should be paid to the estate of Matilda.

Suppose instead that the bequest was phrased in the following way:

I leave to my aunt Matilta the sum of $50,000, if she survives me.

Here Matilda would receive $50,000 if, and only if, Matilda survived the decedent. If Matilda predeceased, the bequest would lapse, and Matilda’s estate would take nothing.

If the decedent had intended for Matilda’s issue to benefit in the event Matilda predeceased, then the following language might have been employed:

I leave the sum of $50,000 to Matilda, if she survives me, or if not, to her issue, per stirpes.

The term per stirpes is latin for “by the root.” Assume Matilda bore three children, one of whom predeceased her, leaving two children. In that case, Matilda’s bequest would be divided into thirds. Her two surviving children would each take a third, and her two grandchildren (from the predeceasing child) would each take one-sixth (half of her predeceasing child’s one-third share).

The will might also have provided that the bequest be made

to Matilda if she survives me, or if not, to her issue, per capita.

The term per capita is latin for “by the head.” Assume again that Matilda bore three children, one of whom predeceased her leaving two children. Here, the bequest would be divided into four, with Matilda’s two children each taking one-fourth, and Matilda’s two grandchildren each taking one-fourth. Few testators choose per capita dispositions.

The will could also generally provide for the issue of Matilda in the event Matilda predeceased, without specifying whether the bequest was per stirpes, or per capita. Such a bequest could be made in the following way:

I leave the sum of $50,000 to Matilda if she survives me, or if not, to her issue.

In this case, the issue would take by “representation.” Assume Matilda had three children, two of whom predeceased. One predeceasing child bore one child, and the other predeceasing child had nine children. Matilda’s surviving child would take one-third, the same amount the child would take if the bequest had been per stirpes.

However, something else happens at the generational level of the grandchildren: Each grandchild would take a one-tenth share of the two-thirds not passing to Matilda’s surviving child. Thus, the bequest could be thought of as per stirpes at the children’s level, and per capita at the second generation level, that of the grandchildren. Notice that Matilda’s surviving child will receive the same as she would have received had her siblings not predeceased Matilda. Yet, also notice that the grandchildren are not taking “by the root,” but rather “by the head.”

Of course, it would also be perfectly appropriate if the will provided that the grandchildren would take by representation if Matilda and at least one of her children predeceased. In that case, the will would state

I leave $50,000 to Matilda, if she survives me, or if not, by right of representation.

If the $50,000 bequest were made to Matilda out of a specified Citibank account, Matilda would receive the $50,000 if and only if (i) the Citibank account existed at Matilda’s death and (ii) the account had sufficient assets to satisfy the bequest. If the account no longer existed, the bequest would “adeem”. If the account existed but had insufficient funds, the bequest would “lapse” to the extent of the deficiency.

A bequest may also be made of intangible personal property, such as a bank or brokerage account. The same rules apply to such bequests: If the bank account is no longer in existence, then the bequest will have adeemed, since it is no longer in existence at the time of the decedent’s death.

Bequests of items of tangible personal property would be made in the following way:

I leave my antique Chinese vase to my son Albert, if he survives me, or if not, to my daughter Ellen.

Here, if Albert predeceased, then the vase would go to Ellen, if she survived. If both predeceased, the vase would go to the estate of Ellen, pursuant to the terms of her will. If her will were silent concerning the vase, it would be disposed of pursuant to her residuary estate. If Ellen died intestate, the vase would go to Ellen’s heirs at law. If Ellen died leaving no heirs, the vase would “escheat” to New York. Escheat means that the property reverts to the state or sovereign.

Many are of the belief that if they die intestate, all of their property escheats to the state. Nothing could be more untrue. Dying without a will is disadvantageous for many reasons, however, dying intestate simply means that the estate will pass to the decedent’s heirs at law. For some testators without closely related heirs, this might be a fate worse than the property reverting to the state. Often, wealthy persons without close heirs make large charitable bequests, rather than have their estate claimed by distant heirs whom they may not even know of.

Naturally, if the testator owns two Chinese vases, the vase which is the subject of the bequest should be identified with particularity to avoid problems of identification for the Executor. Typically, the Executor will be given “unreviewable discretion” with respect to these determinations, as well as most other determinations requiring the Executor’s discretion when administering the decedent’s estate.

I. Introduction

English law addressing fraudulent conveyances dates back to the early Middle Ages. The first comprehensive attempt to prohibit such transfers appeared in the Fraudulent Conveyances Act of 1571, known as the “Statute of Elizabeth.” The Act was promulgated by Elizabeth I, daughter of Henry VIII from his second marriage to the ill-fated Anne Boleyn. The statute forbade

feigned, covinous and fraudulent transfers of land and personalty entered into with the intent to delay, hinder or defraud creditors and others of their just and lawful claims.

The Statute provided that such conveyances were “clearly and utterly void, frustrate and of no effect” as against “creditors and others” whose claims might be hindered by such conveyances.

Today, as in the Middle Ages, conveyances which defeat claims of existing creditors may be challenged as being fraudulent. Asset protection is the “good witch” of asset transfers, wherein one legitimately arranges one’s assets so as to render them impervious to creditor attack. Asset protection is best implemented before a creditor appears, since a transfer made with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud a creditor may be deemed a fraudulent conveyance subject to rescission. Asset protection in its most elementary form might consist of merely gifting or consuming the asset.

Gifts made outright or to an irrevocable trust provide asset protection, assuming the transfer is bona fide. In property law, a gift requires three elements: First, the donor must intend to make a gift. Second, the donor must deliver the gift to the donee. Third, the donee must accept the gift. Whether these requirements have been met is a question of local law. (Although the IRS has dispensed with the requirement of donative intent to impose gift tax, most courts have not.)

Gifts should be delivered and be evidenced by a writing. Although transfers to family members are presumed to have donative intent, creditors may argue that the donee family member is merely holding legal title in trust or as nominee for the donor. For this reason, intrafamily gifts should be evidenced by a formal writing in which the donee accepts the gift.

Delivery of personal property should be accompanied by a written instrument. Delivery of real property requires a deed, and delivery of intangible personal property should be accompanied by an assignment or other legal document. Ownership of some intangibles, such as securities, may be accomplished by registering the securities in the name of the donee.

The retention by the donor of possession of property may suggest the absence of a gift, since no gift occurs where trustee, agent or bailee retains possession of the property. Similarly, asking a family member or a friend to “hold” property to protect against the enforcement of a known judgment creditor’s claim until the threat disappears would be subject to being declared fraudulent, since the motive for the transfer will have lacked donative intent.

Operating a business in corporate form, entering into a prenuptial agreement, executing a disclaimer, or even giving effect to a spendthrift trust provision, are common examples of asset protection which present few legal or ethical issues, primarily because such transfers do not defeat rights of known creditors. However, transferring assets into a corporation solely to avoid a personal money judgment, or utilizing an offshore trust solely to avoid alimony or child support payments, would defeat the rights of legitimate creditors, and would thereby constitute fraudulent transfers.

Businesses have traditionally limited exposure to liability by forming corporations. The limited liability of corporate shareholders has existed since 1602 when the Dutch East India Company was chartered to engage in spice trade in Asia. Yet the liability protection offered by corporate form can be negated, and the corporate veil “pierced,” if the corporation is undercapitalized.

Other business entities, such as LLCs and partnerships, also offer asset protection. Claims made against these entities, like claims made against corporations, do not “migrate” to the member or partner. A judgment creditor of a partner cannot seize the debtor’s partnership interest, but is limited to obtaining a “charging order.”
A charging order is a lien against the partner’s partnership interest.

A judgment creditor holding a charging order “stands in the shoes” of the partner with respect to partnership distributions. Therefore, if the partnership makes no distributions, the judgment creditor who has seized the partner’s interest may be charged with “phantom” income. This may cause the value of the creditor’s claim to be greatly diminished.

Disclaimers may be effective in avoiding creditor claims and are generally not fraudulent transfers under New York law. In New York, one may validly disclaim property and may thereby place the asset beyond the reach of creditors. The IRS may reach disclaimed property to satisfy a federal tax lien.

Certain powers of appointment possess asset protection features. Limited powers of appointment are beyond creditors’ claims since the power holder has no beneficial interest in the power. Presently exercisable general powers of appointment, by contrast, in New York at least, are subject to creditors claims since the power holder has the right to appoint the property to himself. EPTL § 10-7.2.

II. Ethical Considerations

Ethical considerations reach their zenith when asset protection is being contemplated. The obligation of an attorney to zealously represent the interests of his client is unquestioned. The ABA Model Code of Professional Conduct, DR 7-101, “Representing a Client Zealously,” provides that

A lawyer shall not intentionally fail to seek lawful objectives of his client through reasonable available means permitted by law and the Disciplinary Rules.

The Second Circuit has held that “[a] lawyer is authorized to practice his profession, to advise his clients, and to interpose any defense or supposed defense without making himself liable for damages.” Newburger, Loeb & Co. v. Gross, 563 F.2d 1057, 1080 (2nd Cir. 1977), cert. denied, 434 U.S. 1035 (1978).

Nevertheless, the ABA Model Code of Professional Conduct, DR 7-102, “Representing a Client Within the Bounds of the Law,” provides that “[a] lawyer shall not . . . [c]ounsel or assist his client in conduct that the lawyer knows to be illegal or fraudulent.”

Although the Model Code does not define “fraud,” New York, a Model Code jurisdiction, has provided that the term

does not include conduct, although characterized as fraudulent by statute or administrative rule, which lacks an element of scienter, deceit, intent to mislead, or knowing failure to correct misrepresentations which can be reasonably expected to induce detrimental reliance by another.

Therefore, in New York, the prohibition against counseling a client in perpetrating a “fraud” would apparently not prohibit an attorney from assisting a client in transferring property because of the possibility that the transfer might, in hindsight, be determined to have constituted a fraudulent conveyance.

Model Rule 8.4 of the ABA Model Rules of Professional Conduct provides that it is professional misconduct for a lawyer to “engage in conduct involving dishonesty, fraud, deceit or misrepresentation.” Model Rule 4.4 provides that “a lawyer shall not use means that have no substantial purpose other than to embarrass, delay, or burden a third person.”

Conduct involving dishonesty or an attempt to deceive appears to be a readily determinable question of fact. However, conduct employing means having no substantial purpose other than to delay or burden third parties may be a more difficult factual determination.

Connecticut Informal Opinion 91-23 states that

[f]raudulent transfers delay and burden those creditors who would be inclined to try and satisfy their unpaid debts from property of the debtor. It forces them to choose either not to challenge the transfer and suffer the loss of an uncollected debt or to file an action to set aside the transfer…If there is no other substantial purpose, Rule 4.4 applies. Where there is another substantial purpose, Rule 4.4 does not apply. For example, where there is a demonstrable and lawful estate planning purpose to the transfer Rule 4.4 would not, in out view apply.

An attorney is therefore ethically and legally permitted to provide counsel in the protection of a client’s assets. Since most prohibitions on attorneys involve the attorney having acted “knowingly,” due diligence is important to avoid ethical or legal problems. The counselor should determine (i) the source of the client’s wealth; (ii) the client’s reason for seeking advice concerning asset protection; and (iii) whether the client has any current creditor issues or is merely insuring against as yet unknown future creditor risks.

The client is also under an obligation to be truthful. Accordingly, the client should affirm that (i) it has no pending or threatened claims; (ii) it is not under investigation by the government; (iii) it will remain solvent following any intended transfers; and (iv) it has not derived from unlawful activities any of the assets to be transferred.

III. Uniform Fraudulent

Transfer & Conveyance Acts

The definition of fraudulent transfer has remained fairly constant since the Statute of Elizabeth. While the common law doctrine of res judicata has influenced domestic courts in interpreting the common law of fraudulent conveyances, most states have chosen to codify the law. The Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act defines the term “transfer” as

every mode, direct or indirect, absolute or conditional, voluntary or involuntary, of disposing of or parting with an asset or an interest in an asset, and includes the payment of money, release, lease, and creation of a lien or other encumbrance.

The Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the successor to the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, defines a creditor as “a person having any claim, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, absolute, fixed or contingent.” The Act defines the term “claim” as “a right to payment, whether or not the right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured.” (New York is among six states that have enacted the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, but not the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act.)

IV. Decisional Law

Although ample statutory authority exists, courts are often called upon to apply the common law in decide whether a conveyance is fraudulent. The doctrine of staré decisis, which recognizes the significance of legal precedent, plays a paramount role in the evolving law governing asset transfers.

The Supreme Court, in Mexicano de Desarollo, S.A. v. Alliance Bond Fund, Inc., 527 U.S. 308, held that an owner of property has an almost absolute right to dispose of that property, provided that the disposition does not prejudice existing creditors. Federal courts are without power to grant pre-judgment attachments since (i) legal remedies must be exhausted prior to equitable remedies; and (ii) a general (pre-judgment) creditor has no “cognizable interest” that would permit the creditor to interfere with the debtor’s ownership rights.

In determining whether a transfer is fraudulent, New York courts have made a distinction between future and existing creditors. Klein v. Klein, 112 N.Y.S.2d 546 (1952) held that the act of transferring title to the spouse of a police officer to eliminate the threat of a future lawsuit against the officer arising by virtue of the nature of his office was appropriate, and “amounted to nothing more than insurance against a possible disaster.”

Similarly, in Pagano v. Pagano, 161 Misc.2d 369, 613 N.Y.S.2d 809 (N.Y. Sur. 1994), family members transferred property to another family member who was not engaged in business. The Surrogate found there was no fraudulent intent and that

transfers made prior to embarking on a business in order to keep property free of claims that may arise out of the business does not create a claim of substance by a future creditor.

The New York County Surrogates Court, in In re Joseph Heller Inter Vivos Trust, 613 N.Y.S.2d 809 (1994), approved a trustee’s application to sever an inter vivos trust for the purpose of

insulat[ing] the trust’s substantial cash and securities from potential creditor’s claims that could arise from the trust’s real property.

The Surrogate observed that

New York law recognizes the right of individuals to arrange their affairs so as to limited their liability to creditors, including the holding of assets in corporate form…making irrevocable transfers of their assets, outright or in trust, as long as such transfers are not in fraud of existing creditors.

V. Establishing Fraudulent Intent

Intent is subjective and proving it is difficult. Direct evidence of fraudulent intent, such as an email or a tape, is not likely to exist. Courts have therefore resorted to circumstantial evidence in the form of “badges of fraud.” Whether badges of fraud exist is determined by assessing (i) the solvency of the debtor immediately following the transfer; (ii) whether the debtor was sued or threatened with suit prior to the transfer; and (iii) whether the debtor transferred property to his or her spouse, while retaining the use or enjoyment of the property.

Under NY Debt. & Cred. Law § 273-a, a conveyance made by a debtor against whom a money judgment exists is presumed to be fraudulent if the defendant fails to satisfy the judgment. Transfers in trust at one time were, but are no longer, considered a badge of fraud. However, transfers in trust may implicate a badge of fraud if the transferor retains enjoyment of the transferred property.

Once the existence of a fraudulent transfer has been established, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act provides that the creditor may (i) void the transfer to the extent necessary to satisfy the claim; (ii) seek to attach the property; (iii) seek an injunction barring further transfer of the property; or, if a claim has already been reduced to judgment, (iv) levy on the property. Under the Act, “a debtor is insolvent if the sum of the debtor’s debts is greater than all of the debtor’s assets at a fair valuation.”

Warning signs that a transfer may be fraudulent include insolvency of the transferor, lack of consideration for the transfer, and secrecy of the transaction. Insolvency, for this purpose, means that the transfer is made when the debtor was insolvent or would be rendered insolvent, or is about to incur debts he will not be able to pay.

Debtor & Creditor Law, Sec. 275 provides that “[e]very conveyance and every obligation incurred without fair consideration [with an intent to] incur debts beyond ability to pay…is fraudulent.” However, once the determination has been made that the transfer is not fraudulent, later events which might have rendered the transaction fraudulent would be of no legal moment.

The transfer of assets by a person against whom a meritorious claim has been made — even if not reduced to judgment — could render the transfer voidable. If the claim is not meritorious, then the transfer would probably not be fraudulent, regardless of its eventual disposition. For example, transferring title in the marital residence to a spouse could be a valid asset protection strategy, but doing so immediately after the IRS has filed a tax lien would likely result in the IRS seeking to void the transfer. However, if the IRS tax lien was erroneously filed, then the IRS could not properly seek to vitiate the transfer.

Gratuitous transfers are susceptible to being characterized as fraudulent in cases where the transferor appears to remain the equitable owner of the property. Accordingly, transfers between or among family members, or transfers to a partnership for little or no consideration, may carry with them the suggestion of fraudulent intent. In this vein, even a legitimate sale, if evidenced only by a flimsy, hastily prepared document, suggests an element of immediacy or unenforceability, which could in turn support a finding of fraud.

VI. Asset Protection in Marriage

New York recognizes the existence of “separate” as well as “marital” property in the estate of marriage. Neither the property nor the income from separate property may be seized by a creditor of one spouse to satisfy the debts of the other spouse. Therefore, property may properly be titled or retitled in the name of the spouse with less creditor risk. Provided the transfer creating separate property is made before the assertion of a valid claim, creditors of the transferring spouse should be prevented from asserting claims against the property.

In contrast to protection afforded by separate property, marital property is subject to claims of creditors of either spouse. Whether property constitutes marital property or separate property may involve tracing the flow of money or property. Property received by gift or inheritance is separate property, and is generally protected from claims made against the other spouse (or from claims made by the other spouse). Combining separate property or funds of the spouses will transform separate property into marital property.

Common law recognizes the right of married persons to enjoy enhanced asset protection if title is held jointly between the spouses in a tenancy by the entirety, a unique form of title available only to married persons. U.S. v. Gurley, 415 F.2d 144, 149 (5th Cir. 1969) observed that “[a]n estate by the entireties is an almost metaphysical concept which developed at the common law from the Biblical declaration that a man and his wife are one.”

First codified in 1896, EPTL § 6-2.2 recognizes the tenancy by the entirety, where title is vested in the married couple jointly and each spouse possesses an undivided interest in the entire property. Provided the couple remains married, the survivorship right of either spouse cannot be terminated. Nor may spouse can unilaterally sever or sell his or her portion without the consent of the other. However, divorce will automatically convert a tenancy by the entirety to a joint tenancy.

The ability to prevent creditors of one spouse from reaching, attaching and possibly selling marital property held in a tenancy by the entirety is a unique and important attribute of the marital estate. Creditors cannot execute a judgment on property held by spouses in a tenancy by the entirety. New York cases have held that a receiver in bankruptcy cannot reach or sever ownership when title is by the entirety. Although coop ownership is technically the ownership of securities and not real estate, ownership by married couples of coops as tenants by the entirety is now the default method of holding title in a coop.

Not all property held in a tenancy by the entirety is protected from claims of creditors. The IRS, a creditor with enhanced rights, has succeeded in defeating the protection normally accorded by holding property in a tenancy by the entirety. In Craft v. U.S., 535 U.S. 274 (2002), the Supreme Court held that a federal tax lien could attach even to an interest held by one spouse as a tenant by the entirety.

Marriage may also present situations where the spouses themselves assume a creditor and debtor relationship. Prenuptial and postnuptial agreements define the rights and obligations of spouses between themselves, both during and after a divorce. Many statutory rights may be waived, changed or enhanced by agreement. Other rights not provided by statute may be conferred upon a party by a pre or post-nuptial agreement.

A prenuptial agreement may attempt to alter the rights of persons not a party to the agreement. Thus, parties could designate certain property as separate property in the event of a divorce. However, such an executory contract (i.e., not performed) would not necessarily be binding on a third party, and might be successfully avoided, for example, by a trustee in bankruptcy.

Some retirement benefits, such as IRA benefits, may be waived in a prenuptial agreement. However, retirement benefits subject to ERISA may not be waived prior to marriage. If a waiver of ERISA benefits is contemplated in a prenuptial agreement, the agreement should contain a provision requiring the waiving party to execute a waiver after marriage. If the waiver does not occur following marriage, the waiver of retirements benefits subject to ERISA will be ineffective.

VII. Joint Tenancies and

Tenancies in Common

Joint tenancies and tenancies in common offer little asset protection. The joint tenancy is similar to a tenancy by the entirety in that each joint tenant owns an undivided interest, and each possesses the right of survivorship. However, unlike property held by spouses as tenants by the entirety, each joint tenant may pledge or transfer his interest without the consent of the other, since there is no “unity of ownership.” Such a transfer would create a tenancy in common.

Another distinction between the tenancy by the entirety and the joint tenancy is that a joint tenant’s interest is subject to attachment by creditors and by the Bankruptcy Court. If attachment occurs, the joint tenancy can be terminated and the property can divided or, more likely, partitioned, with the proceeds being divided between the unencumbered joint tenant and the creditor or trustee in bankruptcy. Note that although a tenancy by the entirety is presumed to be the manner in which married persons hold title, married persons may also hold title as joint tenants, or as tenants in common.

For this reason, deeds should be clear as to the type of tenancy in which the property owned by spouses is being held. A deed stating that title is held by “husband and wife, as joint tenants,” would imply the existence of a joint tenancy but, because of the phrase “husband and wife,” could also be interpreted as creating a tenancy by the entirety.

The tenancy in common provides little asset protection. Each tenant in common is deemed to hold title to an undivided interest in the property that each may dispose of by sale, gift or bequest. No right of survivorship exists, nor is there a unity of ownership, as in a tenancy by the entirety. Tenants in common share a right of possession. Thus, one tenant in common could transfer an interest in real property to a third party who could demand concurrent possession. An unwilling tenant in common could prevent such an eventuality by forcing a partition sale.

The interest of a debtor tenant in common is subject to attachment by judgment creditors and the Bankruptcy Court. The only real asset protection accorded by the tenancy in common is the time and expense a creditor would be required to expend in commencing a partition sale to free up liquidity in the property seized.

VIII. Protecting The Residence

New York affords little protection to the homestead against claims made by creditors. CPLR 5206(a) provides that amount of equity in the debtor’s homestead shielded from judgment creditors and from the bankruptcy trustee is $50,000. Married couples in co-ownership may each claim a $50,000 exemption where a joint bankruptcy petition is filed, creating a $100,000 exemption.

Although little statutory protection is provided for by the legislature, the Department of Taxation and Finance has shown little inclination to foreclose on a personal residence of a New York resident to satisfy unpaid tax liabilities. The IRS, perhaps reflecting its federal charter, has shown slightly less disinclination to foreclose in this situation, although in fairness it should be noted that the IRS infrequently commences foreclosure proceedings on a residence to satisfy a tax lien. On the other hand, both the IRS and New York State could be expected to record a tax lien which would secure the government’s interest in the event the property were sold or refinanced.

Some states, such as Florida and Texas, provide for a liberal homestead exemption. The homestead exemption in Florida is unlimited, provided the property is no larger than one-half acre within a city, or 160 acres outside of a municipality. The Florida Supreme Court has held that the homestead exemption found in Florida’s Constitution even protects homes purchased with nonexempt funds for the purpose of defrauding creditors in violation of Florida statute. Havoco of America, Ltd., v. Hill, 790 So.2d 1018 (Fla. 2001).

Since a residence is often a significant family asset, in jurisdictions such as Florida, the debtor’s equity in the homestead may be increased to a large amount. This protection was availed of by Mr. Simpson after a large civil judgment was rendered against him in California.

In jurisdictions such as New York, which confer little protection to the residence, a qualified personal residence trust (QPRT) may serve as a proxy. A QPRT results when an interest in real property, which could be attached by a creditor, is converted into a mere right to reside in the residence for a term of years. A (QPRT) is often used to maximize the settlor’s unified credit for estate planning purposes.

The asset protection feature of a QPRT derives directly from the diminution of rights in the property retained by the putative debtor-to-be. The asset protection benefit of creating a QPRT is that the settlor’s interest in the property is changed from a fee interest subject to foreclosure and sale, to a right to continue to live in the residence, which is not. If the settlor’s spouse has a concurrent right to live in the residence, a creditor would probably have no recourse. Some litigation involving QPRT property has arisen in New York.

IX. Federal Bankruptcy Exemptions

Under Section 522 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, certain “exempt” items will be unavailable to creditors in the event of bankruptcy. Individual states are given the ability to “opt out” of the federal exemption scheme, or to permit the debtor to choose the federal exemption scheme or the state’s own exemption statute. New York has chosen to require its residents to opt out of the federal scheme, and has provided its own set of exemptions. Nevertheless, some exemptions provided for by federal law cannot be overridden by state law.

Exemptions found in federal law also occur outside of the Federal Bankruptcy Code may also be used by a debtor. These include (i) wage exemptions; (ii) social security benefits; (iii) civil service benefits; (iv) veterans benefits; and (v) qualified plans under ERISA. Thus, federal bankruptcy law automatically exempts virtually all tax-exempt pensions and retirement savings accounts from bankruptcy, even if state law exemptions are used.

Federal law protects any pension or retirement fund that qualifies for tax treatment under IRC Sections 401, 402, 403, 408, or 408A. IRAs qualify under IRC § 408. Qualified plans under ERISA enjoy special asset protection status. Under the federal law, funds so held are protected from creditors of the plan participant. Patterson v. Shumate, 504 U.S. 753 (1992). The protection offered by federal statute is paramount, and may not be diminished by state spendthrift trust law.

X. New York Exemptions

The objective in pre-bankruptcy planning is to make maximum use of available exemptions. At times, this involves converting non-exempt property into exempt property. While pre-bankruptcy planning could itself rise to the level of a fraud against existing creditors, since the raison d’etre of exemptions is to permit such planning, only in an extreme case would an allegation of fraud likely be upheld.

New York has in some cases legislated permissible exemption planning by providing windows of time in which pre-bankruptcy exemption planning is permissible. Under ERISA, most qualified plans are required to include a spendthrift provision. Accordingly, most qualified plans will be asset protected with respect to state law proceedings, and will be excluded from the debtor’s bankruptcy estate. See CPLR § 5205(c), Debt. & Cred. Law § 282(2)(e).

New York (as well as New Jersey and Connecticut) exempts 100 percent of undistributed IRA assets. Non-rollover IRAs are exempt from being applied to creditors’ claims pursuant to CPLR 5205, which denotes them as personal property.

EPTL §7-1.5(a)(2) provides that proceeds of a life insurance policy held in trust will not be “subject to encumbrance” provided the trust agreement so provides. Similarly, Ins. Law §3212(b) protects life insurance proceeds provided the trust contains language prohibiting the proceeds from being used to pay the beneficiary’s creditors. Ins. Law §3212(c) protects life insurance proceeds if the beneficiary is not the debtor, or if the debtor’s spouse purchases the policy.

Ins. Law §3212(d) at first blush is appealing, as it provides for an unlimited exemption for benefits under an annuity contract. However, upon closer examination paragraph (d)(2) further provides that “the court may order the annuitant to pay to a judgment creditor . . . a portion of such benefits that appears just and property . . . with due regard for the reasonable requirements of the judgment debtor.”

Debt. & Cred. Law §283(1) circumscribes the protection accorded to annuities, by limiting the exemption for annuity contracts purchased within six months of a bankruptcy filing to $5,000, without regard to the “reasonable income requirements of the debtor and his or her dependents.”

CPLR §5205(d) provides that the following personal property is exempt from application to satisfy a money judgment, except such part as a court determines to be unnecessary for the reasonable requirements of the judgment debtor and his dependents:

(i) ninety percent of the earnings of the judgment debtor for personal services rendered within sixty days before, and any time after, an income execution. (Since the exemption applies to employees, income derived from self-employment may not be excluded);

(ii) ninety percent of income or other payments from a trust the principal of which is not self-settled;

(iii) payments made pursuant to an award in a matrimonial action for support of the spouse or for child support, except to the extent such payments are “unnecessary”; and

(iv) property serving as collateral for a purchase-money loan (e.g., car loan or a home securing a first mortgage) in an action for repossession.

XI. Trusts

The concept of trusts dates back to the 11th Century, at the time of the Norman invasion of England. Trusts emerged under the common law as a device which minimized the impact of inheritance taxes arising from transfers at death. The purpose of the trust was to separate “legal” title, which was given to the “trustee,” from “equitable title,” which was retained by the trust beneficiaries. Since legal title remained in the trustee at the death of the grantor, transfer taxes were thus avoided.

The trust has since evolved in common law countries throughout the world. Trusts today serve myriad functions including, but not limited to, the function of reducing estate taxes. The basic structure of a trust is that (i) a settlor (either an individual or a corporation), establishes the trust agreement; (ii) the trustee takes legal title to and administers the assets transferred into the trust; and (iii) beneficiaries receive trust distributions.

Trusts are ubiquitous in estate planning, both for nontax as well as tax reasons. For example, trusts are employed as a means to protect immature or spendthrift beneficiaries. Inter vivos trusts also enable the grantor to retain considerable control over the trust property. Testamentary trusts contained in wills enable the testator to control the manner in which the estate will be distributed to heirs.

Trusts also possess significant asset protection attributes. Since trusts may be employed for diverse and legitimate reasons, they are not typically thought of as a device employed with an intent to hinder, delay or defraud creditors. However effective trusts are at protecting against creditor claims, once trust assets are distributed to beneficiaries, the beneficiary holds legal title to the property. At that point, creditor protection may be lost.

Asset protection features of an irrevocable trust may arise by virtue of a discretionary distribution provision, also known as a “sprinkling” trust. For example, the trust may provide that the trustees

in their sole and absolute discretion may pay or apply the whole, any portion, or none of the net income for the benefit of the beneficiaries.

Alternatively, the trustees’ discretion may be limited by a broadly defined standard, i.e.,

so much of the net income as the Trustees deem advisable to provide for the support, maintenance and health of the beneficiary.

The effects of a discretionary distribution provision on the rights of a creditor are profound. The rights of a creditor can be no greater than the rights of a beneficiary. Therefore, if the trust provides that the beneficiary cannot compel the trustee to make distributions, neither could the creditor force distribution. Therefore, properly limiting the beneficiary’s right to income in the trust instrument may determine the extent to which trusts assets are protected from the claims of creditors.

Failure to properly limit the beneficiary’s right to income from a trust can also have deleterious tax consequences if the creditor is the IRS. TAM 0017665 stated that where the taxpayer had a right to so much of the net income of the trust as the trustee determined necessary for the taxpayer’s “health, maintenance, support and education,” the taxpayer had an identifiable property interest subject to a federal tax lien. Since the discretion of the trustee was broadly defined and subject to an “ascertainable standard” rather than being absolute, the asset protection of the trust was diminished.

A trustee who is granted absolute discretion in the trust instrument to make decisions regarding trust distributions, and who withholds distributions to a beneficiary with a judgment creditor, is not acting fraudulently vis à vis the creditor. To the contrary, the trustee is properly fulfilling his fiduciary responsibilities. However, in some cases, a court may compel a trustee to make distributions. In such cases, the trustee could be faced with possible contempt if he refused to comply with the court’s order. To make the trustee’s office even more difficult, the trustee could be faced with competing directives from different courts.

Many settlors choose to incorporate mandatory distribution provisions which provide for outright transfers to children or their issue at pretermined ages. Yet, holding assets in trust for longer periods may be preferable, since creditor protection can then be continued indefinitely. Holding a child’s interest in trust for a longer period may be prudent in a marriage situation. Assets held in a trust funded either by the spouse or by the parent stand a greater chance of being protected in the event of divorce than assets distributed outright to the spouse, even if the beneficiary-spouse does not “commingle” these separate assets with marital assets.

If the trust provides for a distribution of principal upon the beneficiary’s reaching a certain age, e.g., 35 or 40, the inclusion of a “hold-back” provision allowing the Trustee to withhold distributions in the event a beneficiary is threatened by a creditor claims, may be advisable.

XII. Implied Trusts

Express trusts are those which are memorialized and formally executed. However, trusts may also be implied in law. An implied “resulting trust” arises where the person who transfers title also paid for the property, and it is clear from the circumstances that such person did not intend to transfer beneficial interest in the property. Parol evidence may be used to demonstrate the existence of a resulting trust.

Thus, a parent who makes car payments under a contract in the child’s name will not hold legal title, but would likely possess equitable title. Since creditors of the parent “stand in the shoes” of the parent, they might be capable of asserting rights against the child who holds “bare” legal title. Even if the child had no knowledge of the parent’s creditor, the creditor could be entitled to restitution of the asset. Rogers v. Rogers, 63 NY2d 582, 483 NYS2d 976 (1984).

A “constructive trust” arises where equity intervenes protect the rightful owner from the holder of legal title, where legal title was acquired through fraud, duress, undue influence, mistake, breach of fiduciary duty, or other wrongful act, and the wrongful owner is unjust enriched. In New York, a constructive trust requires the following four conditions: (i) a fiduciary or confidential relationship; (ii) a promise; (iii) a transfer in reliance on the promise; and (iv) unjust enrichment.

A transfer made to avoid an obligation owed to a creditor will constitute a fraudulent transfer. In many cases, no consideration will have been paid to a transferee who agrees to hold legal title for the transferor to avoid the claims of the transferor’s creditor. If the scheme is not uncovered, and the transferor attempts to regain title from the transferee, a constructive trust would in theory arise, since the four conditions for establishing a constructive trust would exist.

However, the constructive trust is an equitable remedy. Courts sitting in equity are generally loathe to allow one with “unclean hands” to profit. Therefore, most courts would refuse to imply a trust in favor of the transferor where the transfer was made for illegal purposes. However, the same court might well imply a constructive trust in favor of the legitimate creditors of the transferor in this case.

Occasionally, a person will establish a “mirror” trusts with another person, hoping to achieve asset protection by indirect means. However, such arrangements are likely to fail. Thus, “reciprocal” or “crossed” trust arrangements, in which the settlor of one trust is the beneficiary of another, would likely offer little or no asset protection. In fact, the “reciprocal trust doctrine” has been invoked by the IRS to defeat attempts by taxpayers to shift assets out of their estates.

XIII. Tax Issues Associated with

Asset Protection Trusts

It is inadvisable fot the settlor to name himself as trustee of an irrevocable trust, unless the settlor has retained virtually no rights under the trust. The settlor’s retained right to determine beneficial enjoyment could well cause estate tax inclusion under IRC §§ 2036 and 2038. However, a settlor will not be deemed to have retained control for estate tax purposes merely because the trustee is related to the settlor. Therefore, the settlor’s spouse or children may be named as trustees without risking estate tax inclusion.

To avoid estate tax problems for a beneficiary named as trustee, the powers granted to the beneficiary should be limited. A beneficiary’s right to make distributions to herself without an ascertainable standard limitation would constitute a general power of appointment under Code Sec. 2041, and would result in inclusion in the beneficiary’s estate. The beneficiary’s power to make discretionary distributions would also decimate creditor protection. To avoid this problem, an independent trustee should be appointed to exercise the power to make decisions regarding distributions to that beneficiary.

EPTL §10-10.1 prevents inadvertent estate tax fiascos by statutorily prohibiting a beneficiary from making decisions regarding discretionary distributions to himself. Therefore, even if the beneficiary were named sole trustee of a trust providing for discretionary distributions, the statute would require another trustee to be appointed to determine distributions to the beneficiary. Note that in this case the beneficiary could continue to act as trustee for other purposes of the trust, and could continue to make decisions regarding distributions to other beneficiaries.

If the beneficiary has unlimited right to the trust, regardless of who is the trustee, inclusion could result under IRC § 2036. It is the retained right — and not the actual distribution — that causes inclusion. PLR 200944002 stated that a trustee’s authority to make discretionary distributions to the grantor will not by itself result in inclusion under IRC §2036. Thus, a trust which grants the trustee the authority to make distributions to the settlor, but vests in the settlor no rights to such distributions, might result in IRC § 2036 problems being avoided.

XIV. Spendthrift Trusts

Trust assets can be placed beyond the reach of beneficiaries’ creditors by use of a “spendthrift” provision. The Supreme Court, in Nichols v. Eaton, 91 U.S. 716 (1875), recognized the validity of a spendthrift trust, holding that an individual should be able to transfer property subject to certain limiting conditions.

A spendthrift clause provides that the trust estate shall not be subject to any debt or judgment of the beneficiary, thus preventing the beneficiary from voluntarily or involuntarily alienating his interest in the trust. The rationale behind the effectiveness of a spendthrift provision is that the beneficiary possesses an equitable, but not a legal, interest in trust property. Therefore, creditors of a beneficiary should not be able to assert legal claims against the beneficiary’s equitable interest in trust assets.

Even if the trust instrument provides that the trustee’s discretion is absolute, the trust should contain a spendthrift clause. It is not enough for asset protection purposes that a creditor be unable to compel a distribution. The creditor must also be unable to attach the beneficiary’s interest in the trust.

A spendthrift trust may protect a beneficiary from (i) his own profligacy or immaturity; (ii) his bankruptcy; (iii) some of his torts; (iv) many of his creditors; and (v) possibly his spouse. No specific language is necessary to create a spendthrift trust. A spendthrift limitation may even be inferred from the intent of the settlor. Still, it is preferable as well as customary to include spendthrift language in a trust.

A spendthrift provision may also provide that required trust distributions become discretionary upon the occurrence of an event or contingency specified in the trust. Thus, a trust providing for regular distributions to beneficiaries might also provide that such distributions would be suspended in the event a creditor threat appears. Most wills containing trusts incorporate a spendthrift provision.

Some exceptions to spendthrift trust protection are in the nature of public policy exceptions. Thus, spendthrift trust assets may be reached to enforce a child support claim against the beneficiary. Courts could also invalidate a spendthrift provision to satisfy a judgment arising from an intentional tort. A spendthrift trust would likely be ineffective against a government claim relating to taxes, since public policy considerations in favor of the collection of tax may outweigh the public policy of enforcing spendthrift trusts.

XV. Self-Settled Spendthrift Trusts

At common law, a settlor could not establish a trust for his own benefit, thereby insulating trust assets from claims of own creditors. Such a “self-settled” spendthrift trust would arise where the person creating the trust also names himself a beneficiary of the trust. Under common law, the assets of such a trust would be available to satisfy creditor claims to the same extent the property interest would be available to the person creating the trust. Thus, one could not fund a trust with $1,000, name himself as sole beneficiary, and expect to achieve creditor protection. This is true whether or not the settler also named himself as trustee.

Prior to 1997, neither the common law nor the statutory law of any state permitted a self-settled trust to be endowed with spendthrift trust protection. However, since 1997, five states, including Delaware and Alaska, have enacted legislation which expressly authorizes self-settled spendthrift trusts. If established in one of these jurisdictions, a self-settled spendthrift trust could allow an individual to put assets beyond the reach of future, and in some cases even existing, creditors while retaining the right to benefit from trust assets.

These few states now compete with exotic locales such as the Cayman and Cook Islands, and with less exotic places, such as Bermuda and Lichtenstein, which for many years have been a haven for those seeking the protection that only a self-settled spendthrift trust can offer.

New York is not now, and has never been, a haven for those seeking to protect assets from claims of creditors. Most states, including New York, continue to abhor self-settled spendthrift trusts. This is true even if another person is named as trustee and even the trust is not created with an intent to defraud existing creditors. New York’s strong public policy against self-settled spendthrift trusts is evident in EPTL §7-3.1, which provides:

A disposition in trust for the use of the creator is void as against the existing or subsequent creditors of the creator.

Still, there appears to be no reason why a New York resident could not transfer assets to the trustee of a self-settled spendthrift trust formed in Delaware or in another state which now permits such trusts. Even though a New York Surrogate or Supreme Court judge might view with skepticism an asset protection trust created in Delaware invoked to protect against judgments rendered in New York, the Full Faith and Credit Clause of the Constitution could impart significant protection to the Delaware trust.

If a self-settled spendthrift trust is asset protected, the existence of creditor protection would also likely eliminate the possibility of estate inclusion under IRC §2036. This is so because assets placed beyond the reach of creditors are generally also considered to have been effectively transferred for federal transfer tax purposes.

XVI. Delaware Asset

Protection Trusts

In 1997, Delaware enacted the “Qualified Dispositions in Trust Act.” Under the Act, a person may create an irrevocable Delaware trust whose assets are beyond the reach of the settlor’s creditors. However, the settlor may retain the right to receive income distributions and principal distributions subject to an ascertainable standard. By transferring assets to a Delaware trust, the settlor may be able to retain enjoyment of the trust assets while at the same time rendering those assets impervious to those creditor claims which are not timely interposed within the applicable period of limitations for commencing an action.

Delaware is an attractive trust jurisdiction for many reasons: First, it has eliminated the Rule Against Perpetuities for real estate; second, it imposes no tax on income or capital gains generated by an irrevocable trust; third, it has adopted the “prudent investor” rule, which accords the trustee wide latitude in making trust investments; fourth, it permits the use of “investment advisors” who may inform the trustee in investment decisions; and fifth, Delaware trusts are confidential, since Delaware courts do not supervise trust administration.

To implement a Delaware trust, a settlor must make a “qualified disposition” in trust, which is a disposition by the settlor to a “qualified trustee” by means of a trust instrument. A qualified trustee must be an individual other than the settlor who resides in Delaware, or an entity authorized by Delaware law to act as trustee. The trust instrument may name individual co-trustees who need not reside in Delaware. Delaware’s statute, 12 Del. C. § 3570 et seq., notes that it “is intended to maintain Delaware’s role as the most favored jurisdiction for the establishment of trusts.”

Although the trust must be irrevocable, the Settlor may retain the right to (i) veto distributions; (ii) exercise special powers of appointment; (iii) receive current income distributions; and (iv) receive principal distributions if limited to an ascertainable standard (e.g., health, maintenance, etc.).

The trust may designate investment advisors and “protectors” from whom the trustee must seek approval before making distributions or investments. Thus, the settlor, even though not a trustee, may indirectly retain the power to make investment decisions and participate in distribution decisions, even to himself.

Delaware trusts may also be structured so that the assets transferred are outside the settlor’s gross estate for estate tax purposes. If, instead of gifting the assets to the trust, a sale is made to a Delaware irrevocable “defective” grantor trust, the assets may be removed from the settlor’s estate at a reduced estate tax cost.

Delaware law governing Delaware trusts is entitled to full faith and credit in other states, a crucial advantage not shared by trusts created in offshore jurisdictions. The Delaware Act bars actions to enforce judgments entered elsewhere, and requires that any actions involving a Delaware trust be brought in Delaware. A New York court might therefore find it difficult to declare a transfer fraudulent if, under Delaware law, it was not. In any event, a Delaware court would not likely recognize a judgment obtained in a New York court with respect to Delaware trust assets.

Although the Full Faith and Credit Clause of the Constitution requires every state to respect the statutes and judgments of sister states, the Supreme Court, in Franchise Board of California v. Hyatt, 538 U.S. 488 (2003) held that it “does not compel a state to substitute the statutes of other states for which its own statutes dealing with a subject matter concerning which it is competent to legislate.” In Hanson v. Denckla, 357 U.S. 235 (1958), a landmark case, the Supreme Court held that Delaware was not required to give full faith and credit to a judgment of a Florida court that lacked jurisdiction over the trustee and the trust property.

The Delaware Act does not contain as short a limitations period as do most offshore jurisdictions. Under 12 Del. C. §§ 1304(a)(1) and 3572(b), a creditor’s claim against a Delaware trust is extinguished unless (i) the claim arose before the qualified disposition was made and the creditor brings suit within four years after the transfer was made or within 1 year after the transfer was or could reasonably have been discovered by the claimant; or (ii) the creditor’s claim arose after the transfer and the creditor brings suit within four years after the transfer, irrespective of the creditor’s knowledge of the transfer.

Although the Delaware statute affords more protection for creditors than do offshore trusts, the four-year period for commencing legal action reduces the risk that a creditor whose claim is time-barred could successfully assert that (i) a transfer was fraudulent notwithstanding the Act or (ii) the Act’s statute of limitations is itself unconstitutional.

A Delaware trust may also continue in perpetuity, at least with respect to real property. By contrast, New York retains the common law Rule Against Perpetuities, which limits trust duration to 21 years after the death of any person living at the creation of the trust. EPTL § 9-1.1.

XVII. Foreign Asset

Protection Trusts

The basic structure of an offshore trusts are the same as those of the domestic trust. Foreign trust jurisdictions go beyond Delaware Asset Protection Trusts in terms of the asset protection they offer, since they often possess the feature of short or nonexistent statutes of limitations for recognizing foreign (i.e., U.S.) judgments.

Although the IRS recognizes the bona fides of foreign asset protection trusts, it also seeks to tax such trusts. Because of the secrecy often associated with foreign trusts, the IRS may be unaware of the assets placed in a foreign trust. Foreign trusts are subject to strict reporting requirements by the IRS, with harsh penalties for failure to comply. Foreign asset protection trusts are not endowed with special tax attributes which by their nature legitimately reduce the incidence of U.S. income taxes.

Foreign trusts do accord a measure of privacy to the grantor, and may convey the impression that the creator of the trust is judgment-proof, even if that is not the case. A creditor seeking to enforce a judgment in a foreign jurisdiction would likely be required to retain foreign counsel, and litigate in a jurisdiction which might be generally hostile to his claim.

On balance, since asset protection trusts may now be created in several states within the U.S., resort to a foreign jurisdiction to implement such a trust would now seem to be an inferior method of accomplishing that objective.

[Note: Excerpted from Like Kind Exchanges of Real Estate Under IRC. §1031 (David L. Silverman, 3rd Ed.,1/11).View treatise at nytaxattorney.com]

I. Overview of Statute

A deferred exchange may be a practical necessity if the cash buyer insists on closing before the taxpayer has identified replacement property. Recognizing the problem, Starker v. U.S., 602 F2d 1341 (9th Cir. 1979) articulated the proposition that simultaneity is not a requirement in a like kind exchange:

[W]e hold that it is still of like kind with ownership for tax purposes when the taxpayer prefers property to cash before and throughout the executory period, and only like kind property is ultimately received.

Responding to the IRS refusal to acquiesce to Starker, evolving case law which permitted nonsimultaneous exchanges was codified by the Tax Reform Act of 1984. As amended, Section 1031(a)(3)(A) provides that the taxpayer must

identif[y] . . . property to be received in the exchange [within] 45 days after . . . the taxpayer transfers the property relinquished in the exchange.

The Regulations refer to this as the “identification period.” Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(b)(1)(i). The identification of the replacement property must be evidenced by a written document signed by the taxpayer and hand delivered, mailed, telecopied or otherwise sent before the end of the identification period to (i) the person obligated to transfer the replacement property to the taxpayer (i.e., the qualified intermediary); or (ii) to all persons involved in the exchange (e.g., any parties to the exchange, including an intermediary, an escrow agent, and a title company). Regs § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(2).

The 45-day period is jurisdictional: Failure to identify replacement property within 45 days will preclude exchange treatment. Moreover, contrary to many other time limitation periods provided for in the Internal Revenue Code, the 45-day period is computed without regard to weekends and holidays.

The statute states that the 45-day identification period begins upon the “transfer” of the relinquished property. Does the identification period therefore begin to run on the closing date? Or when the exchange funds are transferred if that date is not coincident? Can an argument be made that the identification period does not commence until the deed is actually recorded?

Where multiple transfers of relinquished property occur, the 45-day identification period (as well as the 180-day exchange period) begin to run on the date of transfer of the first property. Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(b)(2). The normal identification rules are applicable for multiple property exchanges

Some taxpayers, unable to identify replacement property within 45 days, have attempted to backdate identification documents. This is a serious mistake. The taxpayer in Dobrich v. Com’r, 188 F.3d 512 (9th Cir. 1999) was found liable for civil fraud penalties for backdating identification documents. Dobrich also pled guilty in a companion criminal case to providing false documents to the IRS. If the 45-day identification period poses a problem, the taxpayer should consider delaying the sale of the relinquished property to the cash buyer. If the sale cannot be delayed, the possibility should be explored of leasing the property to the cash buyer until suitable replacement property can be identified.

Section 1031 provides for nonrecognition of losses as well as gains in deferred exchanges. This would appear to preclude the taxpayer from intentionally recognizing losses in some transactions in which loss property is disposed of. Although the IRS would likely be unhappy about the result, it would appear that a taxpayer could deliberately structure an exchange to recognize a loss by deliberately failing to identify replacement property within the 45-day identification period. This result appears correct since the failure to identify replacement property within 45 days appears to preclude the transaction from being within Section 1031.

II. Identification of

Replacement Property

Replacement property must be unambiguously described in a written document or agreement. Real property is generally unambiguously described by a street address or distinguishable name (e.g., the Empire State Building). Personal property must contain a particular description of the property. For example, a truck generally is unambiguously described by a specific make, model and year. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(b)(1).

Acquisition of replacement property before the end of the identification period will be deemed to satisfy all applicable identification requirements (the “actual purchase rule”). Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(4)(ii)(A). However, even if closing is almost certain to occur within the 45-day identification period, formally identifying backup replacement property insures against not closing within the 45-day identification period and failing to meet the statutory requirements for an exchange.

The identification of replacement property must satisfy one of the following four rules (which may not be combined in their application):

1. Up to three replacement properties may be identified without regard to fair market value. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(4)(i)(A).

2. Any number of properties may be identified provided their aggregate fair market value does not exceed 200 percent of the aggregate fair market value of all relinquished properties as of the date the relinquished properties were transferred. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(4)(i)(B).

3. If more than the permitted number of replacement properties have been identified before the end of the identification period, the taxpayer will be treated as having identified no replacement property. However, a proper identification will be deemed to have been made with respect to (i) any replacement property received before the end of the identification period (whether or not identified); and (ii) any replacement property identified before the end of the identification period and received before the end of the exchange period, provided, the taxpayer receives before the end of the exchange period identified property the fair market value of which is at least 95 percent of the aggregate fair market value of all identified properties. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(b)(3)(ii)(A)-(B).

[Comment: In situations where the taxpayer is “trading up” and wishes to acquire replacement property whose fair market value is far in excess of the relinquished property, this rule is useful. While under the 200 percent rule the taxpayer may acquire property whose fair market value is twice that of the relinquished property, under the 95 percent rule, there is no upper limit to the new investment. While there is also no upper limit to the value of the replacement property using the 3 property rule, substantial diversification may not be possible using that rule.

Although the 95 percent rule possesses distinct advantages, there is also a substantial risk: If the taxpayer does not satisfy the 95 percent rule, then the safe harbor is unavailable. This could result in the disastrous tax result of exchange treatment being lost with respect to all replacement properties. If the 95 percent rule is to be used, the taxpayer must be confident that he will ultimately be successful in closing on 95 percent of all identified properties. There is little room for error.]

4. In TAM 200602034, the taxpayer identified numerous properties whose fair market value exceeded 200 percent of the fair market value of the relinquished property. Thus, neither the “3-property rule” nor the “200 percent rule” could be satisfied. In addition, since the value of the replacement properties ultimately acquired was less than 95 percent of the value of all identified replacement properties, the taxpayer failed the “95 percent” rule. Nevertheless, those properties which the taxpayer acquired within the 45 day identification period satisfied the “actual purchase rule”. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(4)(ii)(A).

An identification may be revoked before the end of the identification period provided such revocation is contained in a written document signed by the taxpayer and delivered to the person to whom the identification was sent. An identification made in a written exchange agreement may be revoked only by an amendment to the agreement. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(6). Oral revocations are invalid. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(7), Example 7, (ii).

Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(c)(5)(i) provides that minor items of personal property need not be separately identified in a deferred exchange. However, this exception in no way affects the important statutory mandate of Section 1031(a)(1) that only like kind property be exchanged. Therefore, if even a small amount of personal property is transferred or received, the like kind and like class rules apply to determine whether boot is present and if so, to what extent. It may therefore be advantageous for the parties to agree in the contract of sale that any personal property transferred in connection with the real property has negligible value. There also appears to be no reason why that parties could not execute a separate contract for the sale of personal property.

If multiple parcels are relinquished in the exchange, the 45-day period begins to run on the closing of the first relinquished property. The last replacement property must close within 180 days of that date. If compliance with this rule is problematic, it may be possible to fragment the exchange into multiple deferred exchanges.

If exchange proceeds remain, the determination of whether the taxpayer has made “multiple” or “alternative” identifications may be important. If the identification was alternative, compliance with one of the three identification rules may be less difficult. Whether an identification is alternative depends on the taxpayer’s intent.

III. Acquisition of Replacement Property Within

“Exchange Period”

Section 1031(a)(3)(B) provides that replacement property must be acquired on the earlier of

180 days after the . . . taxpayer transfers the property relinquished in the exchange, or the due date [including extensions] for the transferor’s return for the taxable year in which the transfer of the relinquished property occurs.

Thus, if A relinquishes property on July 1st, 2011, he must identify replacement property by August 14th, 2011, and acquire all replacement property on or before January 1st, 2012, which date is the earlier of (i) January 1st, 2012 (180 days after transferring the relinquished property) and October 15th, 2012, (the due date of the taxpayer’s return, including extensions). This period is termed the “Exchange Period.” Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(b)(1)(ii).

The exchange period is also jurisdictional: The taxpayer’s failure to acquire all replacement property within the exchange period will result in a taxable sale rather than a like kind exchange. The upshot of this rule is that (i) if the exchange occurs fewer than 180 days before the due date of the taxpayer’s return without extensions, an extension will be required to extend the exchange period to the full 180-days; and (ii) the exchange period will never be more than 180 days. The exchange period, like the identification period, is calculated without regard to weekends and holidays.

The Ninth Circuit, in Christensen v. Com’r, T.C. Memo 1996-254, aff’d in unpub. opin., 142 F.3d 442 (9th Cir. 1998) held that the phrase “due date (determined with regard to extension)” in Section 1031(a)(3)(B)(i) contemplates an extension that is actually requested. Accordingly, if the taxpayer fails to request an extension (even if one were automatically available) the due date of the taxpayer’s return without regard to extension would be the operative date for purposes of Section 1031(a)(3)(B).

(However, if the due date for the taxpayer’s return without regard to extensions occurs after the 180-day period following the exchange (as in the example above), the point would be moot, since the exchange period can never exceed 180 days.

Replacement property eventually received must be substantially the same as the replacement property earlier identified. While the construction of a fence on previously identified property does not alter the “basic nature or character of real property,” and is considered as the receipt of property that is substantially the same as that identified, the acquisition of a barn and the land on which the barn rests, without the acquisition also of the previously identified two acres of land adjoining the barn, will result in the taxpayer being considered not to have received substantially the same property that was previously identified. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(d), Examples 2 and 3.

Replacement property that is not in existence or that is being produced at the time the property is identified will be considered as properly identified provided the description contains as much detail concerning the construction of the improvements as is possible at the time the identification is made. Moreover, the replacement property to be produced will be considered substantially the same as identified property if variations due to usual or typical production occur. However, if substantial changes are made in the property to be produced, it will not be considered substantially the same as the identified property. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(e).

IV. Actual or Constructive

Receipt Negates Exchange

If the taxpayer actually or constructively receives money or other property in the full amount of the consideration for the relinquished property before the taxpayer actually receives the like kind replacement property, the transaction will constitute a sale and not a deferred exchange. If the taxpayer actually or constructively receives money or other property as part of the consideration for the relinquished property prior to receiving the like kind replacement property, the taxpayer will recognize gain with respect to the nonqualifying property received (to the extent of realized gain). Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(f)(2).

For purposes of Section 1031, the determination of whether the taxpayer is in actual or constructive receipt of money or other property is made under general tax rules concerning actual and constructive receipt without regard to the taxpayer’s method of accounting. The taxpayer is in actual receipt when he actually receives money or other property or receives the economic benefit thereof.

Constructive receipt occurs when money or other property is credited to the taxpayer’s account, set apart for the taxpayer, or otherwise made available so that the taxpayer may draw upon it. Section 446; Regs. § 1.446-1(c). However, the taxpayer is not in constructive receipt of money or other property if the taxpayer’s control over its receipt is subject to substantial limitations. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(f)(1),(2). Thus, Nixon v. Com’r, T.C. Memo, 1987-318, held that the taxpayer was in constructive receipt of a check payable to taxpayer and not cashed, but later endorsed to a third party in exchange for (intended) replacement property.

V. Final Regulations

On April 25, 1991, final Regs for deferred exchanges were promulgated. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g). Presumably, the vast majority of deferred exchanges (and all involving qualified intermediaries) must now comply with one of the four safe harbors in the regulations. Sensibly, the regulations also permit simultaneous exchanges to be structured under the qualified intermediary safe harbor. While simultaneous exchanges can also be structured outside of the safe harbors articulated in the deferred exchange regulations, compliance with the qualified intermediary safe harbor avoids issues of constructive receipt and agency. Note that the qualified intermediary safe harbor is the only deferred exchange safe harbor made applicable to simultaneous exchanges. Regs. § 1.1031(b)-2.

V(a). Security or

Guarantee Arrangements

The first safe harbor insulates the taxpayer from being in actual or constructive receipt of exchange proceeds where the obligation of the cash buyer to provide funds for replacement property is secured by a mortgage or letter of credit. Specifically, the safe harbor provides that whether the taxpayer is in actual or constructive receipt of money or other property before receipt of replacement property will be made without regard to the fact that the obligation of the taxpayer’s transferee (i.e., the cash buyer) to transfer the replacement property to the taxpayer is or may be secured by (i) a mortgage; (ii) a standby letter of credit (provided the taxpayer may not draw on the letter of credit except upon default by the transferee); or (iii) a guarantee of a third party. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(2). Compliance with this safe harbor eliminates concerns that the taxpayer is in constructive receipt of the secured obligations. However, compliance with this safe harbor does not dispel concerns about agency.

V(b). Qualified Escrow

or Trust Accounts

The second safe harbor addresses situations in which exchange funds are segregated in an escrow or trust account. This safe harbor provides that the determination of whether the taxpayer is in actual or constructive receipt of money or other property before the receipt of replacement property will be made without regard to the fact that the obligation of the taxpayer’s transferee to transfer the replacement property is or may be secured by cash or a cash equivalent, provided the funds are held in a “qualified escrow account” or a “qualified trust account.” Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(3). Note that compliance with this safe harbor also dispels concerns about constructive receipt, but also does not dispel concerns about agency. Only the qualified intermediary safe harbor, discussed below, addresses both of these issues.

A qualified escrow (or trust) account is an escrow (or trust) account in which (i) the escrow holder (or trustee) is not the taxpayer or a “disqualified person,” and (ii) the escrow agreement limits the taxpayer’s right to receive, pledge, borrow, or otherwise obtain the benefits of the cash or cash equivalent held in the escrow account before the end of the exchange period, or until the occurrence, after the identification period, of certain contingencies beyond the control of the taxpayer. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(3)(iii).

The agent of the taxpayer is a disqualified person. For this purpose, a person who has acted as the taxpayer’s employee, attorney, accountant, investment banker or broker, or real estate agent or broker within the two year period ending on the date of the transfer of the first of the relinquished properties is treated as an agent of the taxpayer. However, services rendered in furtherance of the like kind exchange itself, or routine financial, title insurance, escrow or trust services are not taken into account.

A person who bears a relationship to the taxpayer described in Section 267(b) or Section 707(b), (determined by substituting in each section “10 percent” for “50 percent” each place it appears) is a disqualified person.

A person who bears a relationship to the taxpayer’s agent described in either Section 267(b) or Section 707(b), (determined by substituting in each section “10 percent” for “50 percent” each place it appears) is also a disqualified person.

The regulations provide that a person will not be disqualified by reason of its performance of services in connection with the exchange or by reason of its providing “routine financial, title insurance, escrow or trust services for the taxpayer.” Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(k). The regulation permits banks and affiliated subsidiaries to act as qualified intermediaries even if the bank or bank affiliate is related to an investment banking or brokerage firm that provided investment services to the taxpayer within two years of the date of the exchange.

V(c). Qualified Intermediaries

The qualified intermediary (QI) safe harbor is the most useful of the four safe harbors, as it addresses both agency and constructive receipt concerns. This safe harbor provides that (i) a “qualified intermediary” is not considered an agent of the taxpayer for tax purposes, and (ii) the taxpayer is not considered to be in constructive receipt of exchange funds held by the qualified intermediary. For the QI safe harbor to apply, the exchange agreement must expressly limit the taxpayer’s right to receive, pledge, borrow or otherwise obtain the benefits of money or other property held by the QI, until after the exchange period, or until the occurrence, after the identification period, of certain contingencies beyond the control of the taxpayer. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(4).

PLR 201030020 corroborated the prevailing view that if all of the safe harbor requirements are satisfied for two safe harbors, both may be utilized in a single exchange. To provide an additional measure of safety to its customer’s exchange funds, bank proposed to hold exchange funds in a qualified trust account pursuant to § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(3)(iii). Bank also proposed to serve as a qualified intermediary pursuant to Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(4). The ruling concluded that “[t]he fact that Applicant serves in both capacities in the same transaction is not a disqualification of either safe harbor and will not make Applicant a disqualified person.” The Ruling also stated that the bank will not be a “disqualified person” with respect to a customer merely because an entity in the same controlled group performs trustee services for the customer. Finally, the Ruling concluded that a bank merger during the pendency of the exchange would not disqualify it as qualified intermediary for the exchange.

The QI safe harbor bestows upon the transaction the important presumption that the taxpayer is not in constructive receipt of funds held by the QI – regardless of whether the taxpayer would otherwise be in constructive receipt under general principles of tax law. In addition, the QI is not considered the taxpayer’s agent for tax purposes. However, the QI may act as the taxpayer’s agent for other legal purposes, and the exchange agreement may so provide. For example, if the taxpayer is concerned about the possible bankruptcy of the QI, expressly stating that the QI is the taxpayer’s agent for legal purposes would reduce the taxpayer’s exposure. So too, the QI may be concerned with taking legal title to property burdened with possible claims or environmental liabilities. By stating that the QI is acting merely as the taxpayer’s agent, those concerns of the QI might be adequately addressed.

In a three-party exchange, the cash buyer accommodates the taxpayer by acquiring the replacement property and then exchanging it for the property held by the taxpayer. Since the QI safe harbor imposes the requirement that the QI both acquire and transfer the relinquished property and the replacement property, it appears that this safe harbor cannot be used in a three-party exchange since, in such an exchange, the cash buyer acquires the taxpayer’s property, but does not thereafter transfer it. Therefore, the qualified intermediary safe harbor would appear to always require four parties: i.e., the taxpayer, the QI, a cash buyer and a cash seller.

The final Regulations permit the safe harbor for qualified intermediaries (but only that safe harbor) in simultaneous, as well as deferred, exchanges. Regs. § 1.1031-(k)-1(g)(4)(v).

A qualified intermediary is a person who (i) is not the taxpayer or a “disqualified person” and who (ii) enters into a written agreement (“exchange agreement”) with the taxpayer to (a) acquire the relinquished property from the taxpayer; (b) transfer the relinquished property to a cash buyer; (c) acquire replacement property from a cash seller; and (d) transfer replacement property to the taxpayer. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(iii). A number of companies, often affiliated with banks, act as qualified intermediaries. If an affiliate of a bank is used as a QI, it may be prudent to require the parent to guarantee the QI’s obligations under the exchange agreement. Qualified intermediaries generally charge a fee (e.g., $1,000), but earn most of their profit on exchange funds invested during the identification and exchange periods. Although the QI might pay the taxpayer one percent interest on exchange funds held during the identification and exchange periods, the QI might earn two percent during those periods, providing the QI with a profit of one percent on the exchange funds held during the identification and exchange periods.

A QI is treated as acquiring and transferring property (i) if the QI itself acquires and transfers legal title; or (ii) if the QI (either on its own behalf or as the agent of any party to the transaction) enters into an agreement with a person other than the taxpayer for the transfer of the relinquished property to that person and, pursuant to that agreement, the relinquished property is transferred to that person; or (iii) if the QI (either on its own behalf or as the agent of any party to the transaction) enters into an agreement with the owner of the replacement property for the transfer of that property and, pursuant to that agreement, the replacement property is transferred to the taxpayer. These rules permit the taxpayer to directly deed the relinquished property to the cash buyer, and also permit the owner of the replacement property to directly deed the replacement property to the taxpayer at the closing. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(4)(iv)(A),(B)&(C).This may avoid additional complexity as well as additional transfer tax liability and recording fees.

A QI is treated as entering into an agreement if the rights of a party to the agreement are assigned to the QI and all parties to the agreement are notified in writing of the assignment on or before the date of the relevant property transfer. Therefore, if a taxpayer enters into an agreement for the transfer of the relinquished property and thereafter assigns its rights thereunder to a QI and all parties to the agreement are notified in writing of the assignment on or before the date the relinquished property is transferred, the QI is treated as entering into that agreement. If the relinquished property is transferred pursuant to that agreement, the QI is treated as having acquired and transferred the relinquished property. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(v).

Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(3) permit the QI to deposit cash proceeds from the sale of the relinquished property into a separate trust or escrow account, which could protect funds against claims of the QI’s creditors. The exchange documents must still limit the exchanging party’s right to receive, pledge, borrow or otherwise receive the benefits of the relinquished property sale proceeds prior to the expiration of the exchange period. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6). These are referred to as the “G-6 Limitations.”

The obligation of the QI may be secured by a standby letter of credit or a third party guarantee. The standby letter of credit must be nonnegotiable and must provide for the payment of proceeds to the escrow to purchase the replacement property, rather than to the taxpayer.

Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7) enumerates items which may be paid by the QI without impairing the QI safe harbor, and which will be disregarded in determining whether the taxpayer’s right to receive money or other property has been expressly limited, as required. If an expense qualifies under the Regulations, not only will the QI safe harbor remain intact, but no boot will result.

Money or other property paid to the taxpayer by another party to the exchange will constitute boot, but will not destroy the safe harbor. Treas. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(4)(vii). However, the payment to the taxpayer of money or other property from the QI or from another safe harbor arrangement prior to the receipt of all replacement properties to which the taxpayer is entitled under the exchange agreement will destroy the safe harbor. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6).

Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7)(ii) provides that a QI may make disbursements for “[t]ransactional items that relate to the disposition of the relinquished property or to the acquisition of the replacement property and appear under local standards in the typical closing statement as the responsibility of a buyer or seller (e.g., commissions, prorated taxes, recording or transfer taxes, and title company fees).” Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7)(i) provides that the QI may also pay to the seller items which a seller may receive “as a consequence of the disposition of the property and that are not included in the amount realized from the disposition of the property (e.g., prorated rents).”

Payments made by a QI not enumerated in Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7) would presumably constitute boot. However, the question arises whether those payments would also destroy the safe harbor. Regs. §1.1031(k)-1(j)(3), Example 4, concludes the taxpayer who has a right to demand up to $30,000 in cash is in constructive receipt of $30,000, and recognizes gain to the extent of $30,000. However, Example 4 neither states nor implies that the exchange no longer qualifies under the safe harbor. Therefore, payment of an expense not enumerated in Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7) to a person other than the taxpayer would result in boot, but would likely not destroy the safe harbor. However, any payment from the QI to the taxpayer during the exchange period would destroy the safe harbor.

The ABA Tax Section Report on Open Issues first notes that Revenue Ruling 72-456, and GCM 34895 recognize that transactional expenses typically incurred in connection with an exchange, and not deducted elsewhere on the taxpayer’s return, offset boot. The Report notes that these expenses correspond closely to the list of transactional items found in Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7). The Report concludes that transactional selling expenses paid by a QI should be treated as transactional items under Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(7) which can be paid by the QI at any time during the exchange period without affecting any of the safe harbors under Regs. §1.1031(k).

V(c)(i). IRC §468B and

Deemed Interest

Prior to the enactment of Section 468B, most taxpayers were not reporting as income interest or growth attributable to exchange funds held in escrow by qualified intermediaries, and later retained by the QI as a fee. Since the fee paid to the QI is an exchange expense that reduces the amount realized, the IRS believed that this amount was inappropriately escaping income taxation. Accordingly, on July 7, 2008, the IRS issued final Regulations under Section 468B(g) and 7872, which addressed the tax treatment of funds held by qualified intermediaries in various safe harbors provided by Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(g). Under the final Regulations, exchange funds are, as a general rule, treated as loaned by the taxpayer to the QI, who takes into account all items of income, deduction and credit. The final Regulations apply to transfers of relinquished property made on or after October 8th, 2008. The QI must issue an information return (i.e., Form 1099) to the taxpayer reporting the amount of interest income which the taxpayer earned. Regs. § 1.468B-6(d).

The exchange agreement should provide for sufficient interest to be paid on funds held by the QI. Interest is sufficient if it at least equal to either the short-term AFR or the 13-week Treasury bill rate. If the exchange agreement fails to provide for sufficient interest, interest will be imputed under Section 7872.

Under Regs. §1.468B, the taxpayer is treated as the owner of funds held by the QI in an escrow account. The taxpayer is then treated as loaning those funds to the QI. The QI is then treated as paying interest to the taxpayer on the exchange funds. The taxpayer will then treated as compensating the QI with an amount equal to the deemed interest payment received. The rule forces the taxpayer to capitalize as part of the cost of acquiring property (rather than deduct as a current expense) amounts paid to the QI.

An exception to the rule provides that if exchange funds do not exceed $2 million and the funds are held for six months or less, no interest will be imputed under Section 7872. Another exception provides that if the escrow agreement, trust agreement, or exchange agreement provides that all earnings attributable to the exchange funds are payable to the taxpayer, the exchange funds are not treated as loaned by the taxpayer to the exchange facilitator. In that case, the taxpayer would take into account all items of income, deduction and credit. The “all the earnings” rule applies if (i) the QI holds all of the taxpayer’s exchange funds in a separately identified account; (ii) the earnings credited to the taxpayer’s exchange funds include all earnings on the separately identified account; and (iii) the credited earnings must be paid to the taxpayer (or be used to acquire replacement property).

The safe harbor deferred exchange regulations provide that the taxpayer will not be in constructive receipt of exchange funds for purposes of Section 1031. However, under the Proposed Regulations, an interesting tax dichotomy emerges: Even though the taxpayer is not considered as receiving the exchange funds for purposes of Section 1031, the taxpayer is treated as receiving those funds for other income tax purposes.

For purposes of determining whether earnings attributable to exchange funds are payable to the taxpayer, transactional expenses such as appraisals, title examinations, recording fees and transfer taxes are treated as first paid to the taxpayer and then paid by the taxpayer to the recipient. A fee paid to the QI qualifies as a transactional expense if (i) the amount of the fee is fixed on or before the date the relinquished property is transferred and (ii) the fee is payable regardless of whether earnings attributable to exchange funds are sufficient to cover the fee. This rule is intended to address the perceived problem of a qualified intermediary “fee” actually being used an interest “surrogate.”

V(d) . Interest and Growth Factors

The fourth safe harbor provides that the determination of whether the taxpayer is in actual or constructive receipt of money or other property before the receipt of replacement property is made without regard to the fact that the taxpayer is or may be entitled to receive any interest or growth factor with respect to the deferred exchange funds. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(5).

VI. Requirements of the

Exchange Agreement

The exchange agreement itself must expressly limit the taxpayer’s right to pledge, borrow or otherwise obtain the benefits of the cash held in the escrow account before the end of the exchange period. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(2)(ii). It is not enough that the limitations exist in an ancillary document, or that they derive from local law. In Hillyer v. Com’r, TC Memo 1996-214, the Tax Court denied exchange treatment and held a taxable sale occurred where the exchange agreement failed to contain restrictions on the taxpayer’s right to constructive receipt of the proceeds pursuant to Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6). Florida Industries Investment Corp. v. Com’r., 252 F.3d 440 (11th Cir. 2001) held that where the qualified intermediary was under the control of the taxpayer, the taxpayer had “effective control” of all escrow funds.

Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6) provides several rules which permit the exchange agreement to modify the time when the taxpayer has access to exchange proceeds. If the taxpayer fails to identify any replacement property by the end of the identification period, the exchange agreement may provide that the taxpayer has access to exchange funds after the 45-day identification period. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6)(ii).

If the taxpayer receives all identified property prior to the end of the exchange period, the exchange agreement may provide that the taxpayer has access to exchange funds at that time. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6)(iii)(A). Therefore, if the taxpayer intends to close on one property, but identifies multiple properties as potential “backup” properties, the taxpayer may have to wait until end of the 180-day exchange period to demand the balance of exchange proceeds held by the QI.

The exchange agreement may provide that if an unexpected contingency identified in the exchange agreement causes the exchange go to awry, the taxpayer may have access to exchange funds prior to the end of the exchange period. Thus, the taxpayer may retain the right to receive money held by the QI following the occurrence, after the identification period, of a material and substantial contingency that (i) relates to the deferred exchange; (ii) is provided for in writing; and (iii) is beyond the control of the taxpayer and any disqualified person. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(g)(6)(iii)(B).

PLR 200027028 held that exchange agreements could be modified to allow for early distribution of cash where taxpayer was unable to reach a contract with the seller of replacement property.

If the taxpayer has closed on all identified replacement property prior to the 46th day, then excess exchange proceeds may be distributed after that time, provided the exchange agreement so permits. If the taxpayer has identified no replacement property before the expiration of the 45-day identification period, then the exchange proceeds may be distributed on the 46th day, provided the exchange agreement so permits. The taxpayer may receive excess proceeds at the end of the exchange period, whether or not the taxpayer has closed on all properties identified in the identification period.

If the taxpayer has identified property during the identification period and that property has not been acquired by the end of the identification period, the exchange funds will frozen with the QI until the 180-day exchange period has expired, or until the taxpayer acquires replacement property. This is true even if the taxpayer decides not to acquire identified replacement property on the 46th day. Therefore, if the taxpayer has identified more than one property, and closes on only one property (either before or after the identification period), the remaining exchange proceeds will be frozen with the QI until after the exchange period has ended.

If the taxpayer has funds remaining in the exchange account following the identification period (if no identification is made) or at the end of the exchange period (if no or replacement property of lower value is acquired), the remaining exchange funds paid to the taxpayer over time may qualify for installment sale treatment. Special installment sale rules apply during the pendency of a like kind exchange pursuant to Treas. Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(j)(2). Those rules protect the taxpayer from constructive receipt of the exchange funds during the exchange period. That “protection” terminates at the end of the exchange period.

As insurance against a failed exchange, at the time of the “(g)(6)” event, the QI may give an installment note to the taxpayer and assign the obligation under the note to an unrelated assignment company. The assignment company could use those funds to purchase an annuity from an insurance company to provide a funding source for the installment note. It is unclear whether this transaction would qualify for installment sale treatment. Structures like this are being marketed as a fallback to a failed exchange.

VII. Installment Sale Reporting

of Deferred Exchanges

To benefit from installment reporting, the taxpayer must avoid the receipt of “payment” in the taxable year of the disposition. Under the installment sale rules, a seller is deemed to receive payment when cash or cash equivalents are placed in escrow to secure payment of the sales price. Temp. Regs. § 15A.453-1(b)(3)(i). The regulations further provide that receipt of an evidence of indebtedness that is secured directly or indirectly by cash or a cash equivalent is treated as the receipt of payment. Accordingly, the IRS has suggested that the exchange funds described in the deferred exchange safe harbor Regulations could be considered as “payment” under Temp. Regs. § 15A.453-1(b)(3)(i).

Fortunately, the safe harbor deferred regulations, rather than Temp. Regs. § 15A.453-1(b)(3)(i), apply in determining whether the taxpayer is in receipt of “payment” at the beginning of the exchange period. Thus, Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(j)(2) provides that a transferor is not deemed to have received an installment payment under a qualified escrow account or qualified trust arrangement, nor is the receipt of cash held in an escrow account by a qualified intermediary treated as a payment to the transferor under the rules, provided the following two conditions are met: (i) the taxpayer must have a “bona fide intent” to enter into a deferred exchange at the beginning of the exchange period and (ii) the relinquished property must not constitute “disqualified” property. See Temp. Reg. § 15A.453-1(b)(3)(i). Treas. Reg. § 1.1031(k)-1(k)(2)(iv) states that a taxpayer possesses a bona fide intent to engage in an exchange only if it is reasonable to believe at the beginning of the exchange period that like kind replacement property will be acquired before the end of the exchange period.

If the intent requirement is met, gain recognized from a deferred exchange structured under one or more of the safe harbors will qualify for installment method reporting (provided the other requirements of Sections 453 and 453A are met). However, the relief from the otherwise operative installment sale regulations ceases upon the earlier of (i) the end of the exchange period or (ii) the time when the taxpayer has an immediate right to receive, pledge, borrow, or otherwise obtain the benefits of the cash or the cash equivalent. Treas. Reg. § 1.453-1(f)(1)(iii). At that time, the taxpayer will be considered to be in receipt of “payment.” However, if all gain is deferred because the taxpayer has completed a like kind exchange, no gain will be recognized.

To illustrate, assume that on December 1st, 2010, QI, pursuant to an exchange agreement with New York taxpayer (who has a bona fide intent to enter into a like kind exchange) transfers the Golden Gate Bridge to cash buyer for $100 billion. The QI holds the $100 billion in escrow, pending identification and ultimate closing on the replacement property by the taxpayer. The taxpayer’s adjusted basis in the bridge is $75 billion. The exchange agreement provides that taxpayer has no right to receive, pledge, borrow or otherwise obtain the benefits of the cash being held by QI until the earlier of the date the replacement property is delivered to the taxpayer or the end of the exchange period.

On January 1st, 2011, QI transfers replacement property, the Throgs Neck Bridge, worth $50 billion, and $50 billion in cash to the taxpayer. The taxpayer recognizes gain to the extent of $25 billion. The taxpayer is treated as having received payment on January 1st, 2011, rather than on December 1st, 2010. If the other requirements of Sections 453 and 453A are satisfied, the taxpayer may report the gain under the installment method.

If the QI failed to identify replacement property by January 15th, 2011 (the end of the identification period) and distributed $50 billion in cash to taxpayer, under Regs. § 1.1031(k)-1(j)(2)(iv) the taxpayer could still report gain using the installment method, since the taxpayer had a bona fide intent at the beginning of the exchange period to effectuate a like kind exchange. (The same logic would apply if the taxpayer had identified replacement property but had failed to close on the replacement property by May 30th, 2011, the end of the exchange period.)

Under its “clawback” rule, California will continue to track the deferred gain on the exchange involving the Golden Gate Bridge. If the taxpayer later disposes of Throgs Neck Bridge in a taxable sale, California will impose tax on the initial deferred exchange. This will result in the taxpayer paying both New York (8.97 percent) and California (9.3 percent) income tax, in addition to New York City (4.45 percent) and federal income tax (15 – 25 percent) on the later sale.

In PLR 200813019, the IRS permitted the taxpayer to correct an inadvertent opt-out of the installment method. The taxpayer had intended to engage in a like kind exchange, but failed to acquire replacement property within 180 days. The taxpayer’s accountant reported had all of the income in year one, even though the failed exchange qualified as an installment sale because the taxpayer had not been in actual or constructive receipt of some of the exchange proceeds until the year following that in which the relinquished property was sold. Treas. Reg. § 15.453-1(d)(4) provides that an election to opt-out of installment sale treatment is generally irrevocable, and that an election may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. The IRS allowed the taxpayer to revoke the inadvertent opt-out, noting that the opt-out was the result of the accountant’s oversight, rather than hindsight by the taxpayer.

VIII. Installment Method of

Reporting Boot Gain

Section 453 provides that an “installment sale” is a disposition of property where at least one payment is to be received in the taxable year following the year of disposition. Income from an installment sale is taken into account under the “installment method.” The installment method is defined as a method in which income recognized in any taxable year following a disposition equals that percentage of the payments received which the gross profit bears to the total contract price. Consequently, if a taxpayer sells real estate with a basis of $500,000 for $1 million, 50 percent of payments (i.e., gross profit/total contract price) received would be taxable as gross income. Gain recognized in a like kind exchange may be eligible for installment treatment if the taxpayer otherwise qualifies to use the installment method to report gain.

Section 453(f)(6)(C) provides that for purposes of the installment method, the receipt of qualifying like kind property will not be considered “payment.” However, the Temporary Regulations provide that the term “payment” includes amounts actually or constructively received under an installment obligation. Therefore, the receipt of an installment obligation in a like kind exchange would constitute boot. Prop. Reg. § 1.453-1(f)(1)(iii) provides for the timing of gain upon receipt of an installment obligation received in a like kind exchange. Installment notes (which qualify for installment reporting) received in a like kind exchange would not be taxed as the time of the exchange. Rather, as payments are received on the installment obligation, a portion of each payment would taxed as gain, and a portion would constitute a recovery of basis.

The Regulations generally allocate basis in the transferred property entirely to like kind property received in the exchange where an installment obligation is received. The result is that less basis is allocated to the installment obligation. This is disadvantageous from a tax standpoint, since a greater portion of each payment received under the installment obligation will be subject to current tax.

To illustrate, assume taxpayer exchanges property with a basis of $500,000 and a fair market value of $1 million for like kind exchange property worth $750,000 and an installment obligation of $250,000. The installment note would constitute boot, but would be eligible for reporting under the installment method. Under the Proposed Regulations, the entire $500,000 basis would be allocated to the like kind replacement property received in the exchange. No basis would be allocated to the installment obligation. Consequently, 100 percent of all principal payments made under the note would be taxed as gain to the taxpayer. Had the $500,000 basis instead been permitted to be allocated to the installment obligation and the replacement property in proportion to their fair market values, the note would have attracted a basis of $125,000 (i.e., 1/4 x $500,000). In that case, 50 percent ($125,000/$250,000) of each payment would have been a return of basis, and only 50 percent would have been subject to tax. The remainder of the realized gain would have been deferred until the replacement property was later sold.

IX. Treatment of Earnest

Money Deposits

Any deposit held by the taxpayer’s attorney should be assigned (along with all of the taxpayer’s rights in the relinquished property contract) to the QI. The taxpayer’s attorney could also (i) refund the deposit to the purchaser prior to closing, and request that the purchaser cut a check directly to the QI; (ii) refund the deposit to the purchaser at closing, and increase the purchase price to reflect the refund; or since the attorney is an escrow agent; (iii) or release the deposit to the QI at closing.

If the taxpayer contemplates pursuing a like kind exchange, no deposit should be paid to the taxpayer directly. However, if this is a fait accompli, the taxpayer should remit the funds as soon as possible to the QI or, if no QI has been engaged, to the taxpayer’s attorney. If no deposit has been made before the purchase contract has been assigned to the QI, the deposit should be paid directly to the QI.

If the taxpayer is in contract for the purchase of the replacement property before the QI is engaged, the taxpayer will have made the deposit with his own funds. It would clearly violate the deferred exchange “G-6” limitations if the QI reimburses the taxpayer for the deposit prior to closing from exchange funds. However, the QI could reimburse the taxpayer from the exchange funds at closing. The seller could also refund the deposit to the taxpayer at closing, with the QI providing a replacement check.

The QI may make a deposit for replacement property only after the purchase agreement for the replacement property has been assigned the QI. The escrow instructions should provide that if the taxpayer does not close on the property, or if the contract is terminated for any reason, the deposit will be returned to the QI and not the taxpayer.

X. Failed Exchanges

Consolidation of qualified intermediaries has raised concerns regarding transfers of QI accounts during exchanges. There continues to be concern with respect to QI insolvencies in the wake of several well-publicized failures. In Nation-Wide Exchange Services, 291 B.R. 131, 91 A.F.T.R.2d (March 31, 2003), the qualified intermediary commingled exchange funds in a brokerage account and sustained significant losses. The Bankruptcy Court found that the failure of Nation-Wide to use segregated accounts effectively converted customer deposits to property of Nation-Wide for purposes of bankruptcy law. All disbursements made by Nation-Wide in the 90 days preceding its bankruptcy were returned to the bankruptcy trustee.

More recently, LandAmerica 1031 Exchange Services Company, Inc., a qualified intermediary, invested exchange funds in auction rate securities that became illiquid in 2008. LandAmerica was unable to sell or borrow against those securities, and was forced to seek bankruptcy protection. Since the exchange proceeds were frozen, clients in the midst of an exchange were unable to complete their exchanges within the exchange period. Consequently, those taxpayers’ contemplated exchanges turned into taxable sales. Since the exchange proceeds were frozen in bankruptcy proceedings, the taxpayers were deprived of the sale proceeds with which to satisfy those tax liabilities. Fortunately, the IRS provided relief in Rev. Proc. 2010-14.

Rev. Proc. 2010-14 provides guidance concerning a failed exchange caused by the collapse or bankruptcy of a QI. In this situation, the taxpayer will be unable to access the funds received by the QI from the relinquished property sale during the pendency of bankruptcy or receivership proceedings. While Rev. Proc. 2010-14 does not rehabilitate the failed exchange, it recognizes that the taxpayer “should not be required to recognize gain from the failed exchange until the taxable year in which the taxpayer receives a payment attributable to the relinquished property.” Accordingly, the taxpayer is put on the installment method of reporting gain, and “need recognize gain on the disposition of the relinquished property only as required under the safe harbor gross profit ratio method.”

The Federation of Exchange Accommodators (FEA) have requested the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and the IRS to regulate qualified intermediaries. Both have declined. A few states, including Nevada and California, do regulate qualified intermediaries. Under California law, the QI is required to use a qualified escrow or trust, or maintain a fidelity bond or post securities, cash, or a letter of credit in the amount of $1 million. The QI must also have an errors and omissions insurance policy. Exchange facilitators must meet the prudent investor standard, and cannot commingle exchange funds. A violation of the California law creates a civil cause of action.

Posted in Tax News & Comment | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

Differing Tax Visions of President Obama and Governor Romney

Much has been made of the recent revelation that Governor Romney enjoyed a 14 percent tax rate on “carried interest,” which Congress permits to be reported as capital gain. Investors such as Mr. Romney pay a lower rate of tax because of the favorable capital gains tax rate. Any taxpayer with income over $34,500 per year is by definition taxed at a higher rate than a person the majority of whose income derives from capital gains. Right or wrong, the favorable rate for long term capital gains has long been a part of the tax law.

Perhaps the outcry may be partially attributable to President Obama, who makes no secret of, and clearly bridles at, the “inequity” of wealthy taxpayers paying a lower rate of tax in part because of the lower capital gains tax rate. However, it would be somewhat unfair to blame any such inequity solely on the Republicans. The recent history of the capital gains tax demonstrates that Democrats and Republicans alike have long favored a lower capital gains rate. President Clinton, hardly a Reagan conservative, himself supported a reduction in that tax rate during his presidency. Ironically,  President Reagan signed a bill that increased in the capital gains tax rate during his first term.

1986, President Reagan forged a compromise with a Democratic Congress that raised the capital gains rate and lowered the tax rate on earned income so that both were taxed at the same rate. From 1988 through 1990, that rate was between 28 and 33 percent. During the term of President George H. Bush, the maximum rate of tax on ordinary income rose, while that of capital gains remained at 28 percent.

During the first term of President Clinton, the capital gains rate remained at 28 percent. However, during his second term, Mr. Clinton signed a Republican bill that cut the capital gains tax rate to 20 percent. Former Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan, testified before Congress at the time and said “the major impact” of capital gains tax is to “impede entrepreneurial activity and capital formation” and that “[t]he appropriate capital gains tax rate is zero.” Congressional Republicans, including Speaker Newt Gingrich agreed, stating at the time that “[i]f you really wanted the most wealth created over the next 20 years, you would have a zero rate for capital gains tax.”

The capital gains tax rate declined to 15 percent during the first term of President George W. Bush in 2003. The favorable rates for capital gains and ordinary income was to sunset on December 31, 2010. However, Congress and President Obama agreed to extend the Bush tax cuts until December 31, 2012.

If Congress does nothing in 2012, the favorable capital gains rates will expire on December 31, and the long term capital gains rate will revert to 20 percent. A new 3.8 percent Medicare tax on households earning more than $250,000 also goes into effect in 2013. This tax will apply to passive income from dividends, capital gains, interest and other unearned income sources. Thus, for higher income households, the long term capital gains rate will approach 25 percent in 2013. The highest income tax rate for ordinary (nonpassive) income will also rebound to 39.6 percent if the Bush tax cuts are permitted to expire on December 31, 2012.

If President Obama is reelected in November, and history is a guide, the House will remain Republican. No further action would be required by Mr. Obama to effectuate an increase in income tax rates and capital gains rates to the highest level they have been in twenty years. An increase in the capital gains rate past 25 percent or in the ordinary income rate past 39.6 percent appears unlikely since President Obama does not seem to want that and, in any event, a Republican House would not pass such legislation.

Actually, it appears just as likely that President Obama might approve another extension of the Bush tax cuts to stimulate the economy, and to attract voters in Florida, the Midwest, and other swing States. Although Mr. Obama spoke frequently during his earlier campaign of imposing additional income tax on those earning more than $250,000, less has been said on that subject of late, perhaps because Mr. Obama, if reelected, will have the opportunity to get that wish by permitting the Bush tax cuts to expire.

Mr. Gingrich and some Republicans favor eliminating the capital gains tax entirely, as well as the tax on dividends and interest. During a heated exchange in the recent Republican debates, Mr. Romney asked Mr. Gingrich what rate of tax he would impose on capital gains. When Mr. Gingrich responded “zero,” Mr. Romney replied, “then I would have paid no tax.”
Mr. Romney favors making the Bush tax cuts permanent. He also favors reducing the corporate tax rate, which is among the highest in the world, to 25 percent, and eliminating capital gains tax on taxpayers whose income is less than $200,000. Though Mr. Romney is clearly more moderate than Mr. Gingrich, important philosophical differences exist between Mr. Romney and Mr. Obama in how the federal tax system should operate.

With respect to the estate tax, President Obama favors retaining it, presumably at its current levels. Mr. Romney favors eliminating the estate tax. However, even though Mr. Romney supports repeal, it is far from certain that he would actively push for repeal since the revenues generated by gift and estate taxes may be too significant to forego: The Congressional Budget office estimates that estate and gift taxes will generate $197 billion of revenue from 2011 through 2015, which is equal to 11.6 percent of the expected revenue from corporate income tax during the same period.

One striking difference between the position of President Obama and Mr. Romney appears to center around the taxation of investment income of wealthy individuals. While Mr. Romney, himself a beneficiary of a lower tax rate on carried interest, might not object to eliminating the current rule that allows carried interest to be reported as capital gain, he certainly does not favor increasing the capital gains tax.

Mr. Obama has not expressed a interest in increasing the capital gains tax rate past 25 percent, or the ordinary income tax rate past 39.6 percent, which is where they will be if the Bush tax cuts expire. However, Mr. Obama appears resolute in his determination to prevent wealthy persons with large amounts of investment income from being taxed at lower effective rates than most taxpayers. Without raising the capital gains rate, this objective could only be achieved by imposing a new tax on the affluent.

The Obama administration recently advanced a proposal whereby the alternative minimum tax would apply only to those with adjudged gross income exceeding $1 million. Those taxpayers would first calculate their income tax based upon the current tax rules. If their effective rate were less than 30 percent, an additional tax equal to the difference between 30 percent and the calculated tax would be payable. If their effective rate were higher than 30 percent, the taxpayer would pay the higher rate.

Mr. Obama also favors reducing or eliminating the mortgage interest deduction and the child tax credit for the top 2 percent of earners. The deduction for charitable gifts would remain unchanged. Both Mr. Obama and Mr. Romney have stated a desire to simplify the tax law. Mr. Obama speaks of eliminating loopholes that favor wealthy corporations and individuals. Eliminating inappropriate tax expenditures (loopholes) is of course a worthwhile objective. The complexity of the Internal Revenue Code is arguably necessary to ensure that tax policy is carried out effectively. While the observation that only a tax lawyer or accountant can comprehend the Internal Revenue Code may be true, it does not necessarily follow that making the Code more simple to understand would further sound federal tax policy.

With the lifetime exemption now $5 million, or $10 million for a married couple, lifetime gifts may be an important part of estate planning in 2012. The Generation Skipping Tax (GST) exemption parallels the gift and estate tax exemption in 2012. Therefore, the $5 million GST exemption can be applied to gifts made in trusts to “skip” persons.

Use of the $5 million gift tax exclusion can be leveraged in a variety of ways, including (i) making installment sales to grantor trusts; (ii) GRATs and QPRTS; or (iii) fractionalizing family entities. Careful planning is necessary in order to ensure that discounts taken for family entities will not backfire, as the IRS has taken an aggressive stance toward these discounts in recent years. The IRS has enjoyed considerable success in challenging discounts where the taxpayer has retained too much control over the assets gifted to the entity.

The transferee of a lifetime gift takes a carryover basis in the assets, while the beneficiary of an estate takes a stepped up basis. This means that the sale by the donee of a gift will generate capital gains tax, while the sale by a beneficiary of an estate will generate estate tax to the estate.  When estate tax rates were 45 percent and capital gains rates were 15 percent, this disparity tended to favor the gifting of assets likely to be sold compared to estate inclusion. However, with gift and estate tax rates now 35 percent, and capital gains rates scheduled to increase to 20 percent at the end of 2012, the attraction of making lifetime gifts to avoid estate tax has declined.

Nevertheless, a countervailing factor favors lifetime gifts in New York: Such gifts will reduce the size of the estate for New York state estate tax purposes without triggering a gift tax, because New York has no gift tax. For federal transfer tax purposes, the gift will have no effect, since the gift and estate tax regime has been reunified — the $5 million exclusion applies first to lifetime gifts and the remaining portion  to the decedent’s gross estate.

If donor makes a $5 million gift 2012, what will be the result if Congress reduces the applicable exclusion amount to $3.5 million for both gifts and estates in 2013 and decedent dies in that year? In calculating the decedent’s estate tax, would the estate be required to “give back”” $1.5 million in previously used exclusion? On the one hand, it would seem unfair to impose estate tax on the estate of the decedent when, at the time the gift was made, the gift was fully covered by the exclusion amount. On the other hand, the estate of similarly situated decedent who had made no lifetime gifts would be allowed only the $3.5 million exclusion amount. Congress has not addressed the issue.

Although the estate of the decedent will have achieved somewhat of a windfall by a gift of $5 million at the time when the exclusion amount was also $5 million, it seems unfair to retroactively impose a tax on the decedent’s estate. Since it could appear unseemly for Congress to attempt to ““recapture” the previously used exemption amount at a time when that amount was higher, 2012 seems like a prudent for persons with large estates to consider making such gifts.

Posted in From Washington, Tax News & Comment | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

Recent IRS Developments

A.      Recent IRS Developments

Field audits of taxpayers with incomes exceeding $200,000 rose 34 percent in fiscal 2011 to 78,392. IRS Deputy Commissioner Steve Miller stated that “[w]e are looking more at taxpayers at these income levels because we find more issues there.”  Much of the audit increase is attributable to IRS efforts to pursue revenue from undeclared offshore accounts. Audits of Sub S corporations also rose by 13 percent in 2011. In 2011, the IRS recommended 1,622 criminal prosecutions, up 7 percent from 2010. The conviction rate was 93 percent, and the average sentence was 25 months. The percentage of e-filed returns increased to 77 percent in 2011, up from 69 percent in 2010. The IRS recently announced renewal of the Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Initiative program. Begun in 2009, OVDI has now yielded $4.4 billion in tax collections. In contrast to the earlier programs, which imposes deadlines, the new initiative will continue until further notice.

National Taxpayer Advocate Nina Olsen in a report to Congress stated that IRS underfunding has resulted in harm to taxpayers and an inability of the IRS to raise tax revenue. The report cited the failure to classify most inquiries as audits, thus depriving taxpayers of audit rights. Another problem cited concerned IRS notices of mathematical errors on returns. The notices are often vague, making the assessment difficult to contest.  The report called for the enactment of a new comprehensive taxpayer bill of rights.

B.    New Regulations

Section 403 of the Energy Improvement and Extension Act of 2008 amended the Internal Revenue Code to mandate that every broker required to file a return with the IRS reporting gross proceeds from the sale of a covered security also report a customer’s adjusted basis in the security and whether any gain or loss on the sale is classified as short-term or long-term. The amendments direct brokers to follow customers’ instructions and elections when determining adjusted basis. Those cost basis rules, instituted on January 1, 2011, will be entirely phased in this year. The new reporting requirements apply with respect to stock bought in 2011. However, the cost basis of shares bought in 2011 but not sold will not be reported until the shares are sold. Additionally, the basis of stock sold in 2011 but purchased in earlier years will not be subject to the new reporting rules. Effective June 24, 2011, Regs. §1.6081-6 reduce the automatic extension of time to file a fiduciary income tax return Form 1041 to five months from six months. The rationale for this change is to allow tax preparers additional time to complete income tax returns for individuals who receive Forms K-1 from fiduciaries.

C.    Proposed Regulations

The alternate valuation date election permits an executor to value the estate six months after the death of the decedent. Prop. Regs. §20.2032-1(c)(1)(i) ignore during alternate valuation date changes in value which occur by reason of deemed distributions or sales. In a related development, PLR 2011122009 allowed a late election pursuant to Regs. §301.9100 of the alternative valuation date, since the election was made within one year of the due date of the estate tax return, with extensions. Treasury in 2011 proposed regulations requiring that a new category of restrictions, “Disregarded Restrictions,” be applied in valuing an interest in a family owned entity for Alternate Valuation Date (AVD) purposes. In a significant departure from current law, disregarded restrictions would include those more restrictive than a standard found in the regulations. Previously, only those restrictions more restrictive than those found in state law would be disregarded. The proposed regulations followed the Tax Court decision in Kohler v. Com’r, T.C. Memo, 2006-152, nonacq., 2008-9 IRB 481. In Kohler, which the IRS lost, a tax-free reorganization under IRC §368(a)(1)(E) following death greatly reduced the value of the estate at the AVD.

IRC §67(a) provides that miscellaneous itemized deductions are allowed only to the extent that those deductions exceed 2 percent of AGI. IRC §67(e) provides that AGI of an estate or trust is computed like that of an individual, except that costs paid or incurred in connection with the administration of the estate or trust that would not have been incurred if the property were not held in such estate or trust are allowable in arriving at AGI. Consequently, those costs are not subject to the two percent floor. Although the statutory language appears benign, the Supreme Court in Knight v. Com’r, 552 U.S. 181 (2008) held that fees customarily or generally incurred by an estate or trust are not uncommonly incurred by individual investors. Therefore such expenses are subject to the two percent floor. The court acknowledged it was conceivable “that a trust may have an unusual investment objective, or may require a specialized balancing of the interests of various parties, such that a reasonable comparison with individual investors would be improper.”
Taking its cue from Knight, Treasury has withdrawn earlier proposed regulations, and advanced new proposed regulations. Under new proposed regulations, in order to avoid the two-percent floor, the trust or estate must show that (i) the investment advisory fee exceeds that normally charged to individual investors; and (ii) the excess is attributable to an unusual investment objective of the trust or estate. In offering limited relief, the IRS has stated that taxpayers will not be required to determine the portion of a “Bundled Fiduciary Fee” that is subject to the two-percent floor under Section 67 for taxable years beginning before the date that the regulations become final.

Treasury in 2011 promulgated temporary regulations which updated mortality tables reflecting longer life expectancies. The result of the new mortality tables is to increase the value of lifetime interests and to decrease the value of future (remainder) interests. Under the new tables, QPRTs are less attractive since the grantor is less likely to die within the term of the QPRT. This in turn reduces the value of the reversionary interest, and increases the amount of the gift. On the other hand, Self-Cancelling Installment Notes, or SCINs, will be more attractive. The buyer of a SCIN must pay a premium which takes into account the actuarial probability that the seller will die before the term of the note. Since there is less of a probability that the seller will die, the premium is reduced, thus making the SCIN a more attractive estate planning vehicle.  T.D. 9540, 76 Fed. Reg. 49570.

C.     New Rulings and Procedures

The IRS in Notice 2012-4 estimated that taxpayers underpaid their taxes by $385 billion in the tax year 2006. Individuals and corporations paid 85.5 percent of their actual tax liability in 2006, compared with 86.3 percent in 2001. The amount underreported by individuals was more than three times that of all corporations; and among individuals, the largest element of noncompliance related to undeclared income by businesses on Schedule C, and by farms on Schedule F.

The IRS provided guidance for filing protective refund claims for an estate in Rev. Proc. 2011-42. Generally, only claims that are actually paid or ascertainable with reasonable certainty are allowed as an estate deduction. A protective claim would be made where these conditions are not met when the estate tax return is filed. Rev. Proc. 2011-42 articulates the manner in which the protective claim is made, the necessary contents of the claim, and the requirement that a clear identification of the claim be made. A protective claim must be filed within three years from the date the return was filed or within two years from the date when the tax was paid, whichever is later.

In PLR 201118014 the IRS permitted a QPRT to be modified to permit the grantor to continue to reside in the residence after the retained use period. The QPRT provided the grantor with a right to use the residence after the initial term. The grantor’s children possessed a remainder interest. As trustee, the grantor and her children executed a modification to the QPRT which granted the children the right to amend and restate the trust to allow the grantor to continue to use the residence for a term of years after the retained use period. The IRS stated that the modification did not violate IRC §2702(a)(1). However, the transfer of the term interest constituted a taxable gift by the children to the grantor, the value of which was the actuarial value of the term interest given to the grantor.

TAM 201126030 illustrates the need for clarity and precision in a Will. The Will in question stated “it is my desire” that certain assets pass to the testator’’s children. The IRS was asked whether the bequest to the children was mandatory or merely precatory. Consulting applicable state law, the IRS concluded that where an instruction to a beneficiary is stated as a desire,  the direction is usually precatory; but where an instruction to an executor is stated as a desire, the direction is usually mandatory. Since the direction in question was made to the executor, the IRS concluded that the direction was mandatory. Since a mandatory direction resulted in the beneficiaries becoming entitled to specific bequests, the marital deduction was reduced.

D.    Other Treasury Proposals

Treasury fiscal year 2012 proposed that there be a requirement that values reported for income tax purposes match values reported for transfer tax purposes. This “duty of consistency” would ameliorate the situation where, after estate tax audit, the IRS increases the value of an asset. Since the asset will have been reported to the beneficiary at a lower basis, the beneficiary would incur excessive capital gains tax when the asset is sold prior to the conclusion of estate litigation. Treasury believes that requiring that the value used for estate tax purposes match that used for capital gains purposes would encourage more realistic estate valuations as an initial matter.

Another Administration proposal that has been circulating for the last few years would impose a minimum 10-year term for GRATs. Treasury believes that taxpayers are avoiding gift tax by using short term (“zeroed out”) GRATs that impose little or no gift tax.  However, Treasury does not object to the use of zeroed out GRATs for 10-year GRATs.

Posted in News, Tax Decisions, Tax News & Comment | Tagged , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

Tax News & Comment — April 2011

View Issue: Tax News & Comment — April 2011

Tax News & Comment -- April 2011

Tax News & Comment -- April 2011

pril 14, 2011

I. ESTATE TAX RETURNS

Calculation and remittance of federal and NYS estate tax is of primary concern in administering an estate. An estate tax return must be filed within nine months of the decedent’s death, and payment must also accompany the Form 706. IRC § 6075. A request for an automatic six-month extension may be made on Form 4768. Such request must include an estimate of the estate tax liabilities, since an extension of time to file does not extend the time in which the tax must be paid. Any tax not paid on or before the due date (without regard to extensions) will attract interest at the underpayment rate established by IRC§6621(a)(2). IRC §6601(a).
New York imports most of the information contained on the federal 706 onto its own estate tax return, Form ET-706. Since the New York estate tax exemption amount is only $1 million, an estate must complete and submit a federal Form 706 along with the ET-706 whether or not the federal Form 706 is required to be filed with the IRS.

II. NEW YORK STATE ESTATE TAX IMPOSED ON NONRESIDENTS

New York imposes estate tax on a pro rata basis to nonresident decedents with property subject to New York estate tax. New York imposes no estate tax on nonresidents’ intangibles. TSB-M-92 provides that “New York has long maintained a tax policy that encourages nonresidents to keep their money, securities and other intangible property in New York State.” TSB-A-85(1) further provides that shares of stock of a New York corporation held by a nonresident are not subject to New York estate tax since shares of stock are considered intangible personal property.
TSB-A-08(1)M, provides that an interest of a nonresident in an S Corporation which owns a condominium in New York is an intangible asset provided the S Corporation has a legitimate business purpose. Presumably, if the S Corporation had only a single shareholder, and its only purpose was to hold real estate, New York could attempt to “pierce the veil” of the S Corporation and subject the condominium to New York estate tax in the estate of the nonresident.
Real property is generally taxed in the state where it is situated. Since LLC or partnership interests are intangibles, they would not be subject to New York estate tax. Therefore, nonresidents who own New York real property might consider converting the real property to personal property by contributing the real might consider converting the real property to personal property by contributing the real property to an LLC and taking back membership interests.

III. ELECTIONS TO DEFER PAYMENT OF TAX

However, a request for an extension of time to pay the estate tax may be made under IRC § 6161 or IRC § 6166. Under IRC § 6161, an extension of up to ten years to pay the estate tax for “reasonable cause” or to prevent “undue hardship.”” Treasury regulations provide examples of what may constitute reasonable cause or undue hardship. Under IRC §§6166, an election may be made to pay estate tax in installments over 14 years, provided a “closely held business” interest exceeds 35 percent of the estate.

IV. ALTERNATE VALUATION DATE

Under IRC § 2032(a), an executor may elect to value estate assets six months after the decedent’s date of death. The election, made on the estate tax return, can be useful if estate assets have depreciated between the date of death and the “alternate valuation date” (AVD). If the election is made to value estate assets on the AVD, it will apply to all estate assets. Any assets sold during the six month period preceding the alternative valuation date are valued as of the date of sale or distribution. The AVD election is made on Form 706. Therefore, if an extension to file the return is made, a decision to make the election can also be deferred until that time. Although the statute advises that “[s]uch election, once made, shall be irrevocable,” the regulations grant some latitude by providing that “in no case may the election be exercised, or a previous election changed, after the expiration of” the due date the return, with extensions. IRC § 2032(d); Treas. Regs., § 1.2032-1(b)(1). IRC § 2032(a)(3) precludes the use of the AVD for changes resulting from the “mere lapse of time.” In Kohler v. Com’r, T.C. Memo 2006-152, the Tax Court found that an estate could utilize a lower valuation where a post-death corporate reorganization reduced the value of the decedent’s stock. Following the Kohler decision, the proposed regulations were amended to provide that AVD could not be used for changes resulting from the mere lapse of time or “because of economic conditions.”

V. THE DECEDENT’S FINAL INCOME TAX RETURN

A decedent’s final income tax return must be filed by April 15 of the year following death. A joint return may be filed by the Executor if the decedent’s spouse did not remarry during the year. If no Executor has been appointed by the filing date, the surviving spouse may file a joint return. A later appointed Executor may revoke the surviving spouse’s election to file a joint return by filing a separate return within one year from the due date of the return, including extensions. Liability issues may arise if a joint return is filed, since the Executor and spouse become jointly and severally liable for any tax and penalties, unless otherwise agreed. Therefore, as is the case with any joint return, the Executor should exercise caution before doing so, even if tax savings would arise by doing so. Income tax liability arising before death constitutes a bona fide debt of the estate. Accordingly, such tax liability may be deducted on the estate tax return. However, if a joint return is filed, only that portion of the income tax attributable to income for which the decedent was liable may be deducted on the estate return.

VI. INCOME IN RESPECT OF A DECEDENT

IRC §691 provides that income earned by the decedent before death, but collected after death, must be reported as income by the decedent’s estate. Such income is termed “income in respect of a decedent” or IRD. IRD items typically include (i) interest; (ii) salary or commissions earned; (iii) dividends whose record date preceded death; or (iv) gain portions of collections on a pre-death installment sale. IRC §2033 provides that a decedent’s gross estate equals the value of all property to the extent of the decedent’s interest at the time of death. Since IRD is an “interest”” of the decedent at his time of death, IRD is also subject to estate tax. To mitigate the harshness of IRD being subject to income as well as estate tax, IRC §691(c) provides an income tax deduction equal to the difference between the actual estate tax payable and the estate tax that would have been payable had the IRD been excluded from the gross estate.
Note that IRD items, in contrast to most other items included in the gross estate, do not receive a basis step up at the decedent’s death. IRC §1014(c). This can result in unnecessary income tax if the decedent sells appreciated property before death using the installment method to report gain. In this case, the gross profit ratio would be high, reflecting the appreciation in the property. Had the decedent’s estate sold the property instead, there would be no gain because the property would have received a stepped up basis at the decedent’s death under IRC § 1014(a).
The mirror image of income in respect of a decedent is “deductions in respect of a decedent” or DRD. IRC § 691(b). These deductions consist of expenses which the decedent accrued before death but had not paid by the time of his death. DRD includes trade or business expenses, interest, taxes, depletion, and other items which were not deducted on the decedent’s final income tax return. Since these items constitute debts, they may also be deducted on the decedent’s estate tax return, thus providing the estate with a double benefit.
VII. FIDUCIARY INCOME TAX

The decedent’s estate must file a fiduciary income tax return by April 15th of the year following the year of the decedent’s date of death, unless the estate chooses a noncalendar year. The primary reason for selecting a fiscal taxable year would be to achieve a deferral of income. Since all estate distributions to beneficiaries are treated as being made on the last day of the estate’s taxable year, choosing a fiscal tax year may enable the executor to achieve this income tax deferral.
Under IRC § 6654(l), an estate must make estimated payments of income tax. However, estates are exempt from this requirement for two years. Since a revocable trust may elect to be taxed as an estate under IRC § 645, an electing revocable trust will also not be required to make estimated income tax payments for two years. To illustrate, assume decedent died on February 15th, 2011, and that the estate elected a taxable year ending on January 31st, 2012. Beneficiary receives a taxable distribution on March 31st, 2011. Since all estate distributions are treated as being made on the last day of the estate’s taxable year, the beneficiary would be treated as receiving the distribution on January 31st, 2012, which is the last day of the estate’s taxable year. This income would be reported by the beneficiary on his 2012 income tax return, due on April 15th, 2013.
When considering the concept of DNI, one should distinguish IRC §102, which provides that gross income does not include the value of property acquired by gift or inheritance. To illustrate the distinction, assume decedent died on November 15th, 2011, seized of farmland in Iowa, and left the land to the trustees of a discretionary trust intended to benefit his daughters. There would be no DNI and no income tax with respect to the bequest itself. Income from the farm generated in 2011 until the date of the decedent’s death would be reported April 15th, 2012, on the final income tax return of the decedent. The estate would report fiduciary income on its first fiduciary income tax return. Assuming all of the trust’s distributable net income was distributed to the daughters in 2011, the trust would deduct this DNI from trust income. The trust would report net income after the subtraction for DNI, and the daughters would report their respective shares of DNI.
If the terms of the trust required all income to be distributed to the daughters in a given year, and no principal was distributed, the trust would be a “simple” trust for income tax purposes for that taxable year. If the terms of the trust required all income to be distributed in a given year, but principal was distributed in that year, then the trust would be a “complex” trust for fiduciary income tax purposes. Finally, if the does did not require that all income be distributed, then the trust would be a complex trust for all tax years, regardless of whether principal distributions were made in that year.
Some expenses of administering an estate may be deducted on either the estate tax return or on the fiduciary income tax return. Remainder beneficiaries of a trust may be affected by the choice of where the deductions are taken. If an expense of administration is taken on the fiduciary income tax return, this will reduce income tax liability of the income beneficiaries of the trust. However, the burden will be shifted to the remainder beneficiaries, since the gross estate will be larger.
The Uniform Principal and Income Act has been adopted in 26 states, including New York. Five states, also including New York, have enacted statutes enabling trusts to adopt a “unitrust” definition of income. Thus, EPTL 11-2.3(b)(5)(A) provides that where the terms of a trust describe the amount that “may or must be distributed to a beneficiary by referring to the trust’s income, the prudent investor standard also authorizes the trustee to adjust between principal and income to the extent the trustee considers advisable. . .”
Estates and trusts may also elect to treat distributions made within the first 65 days of the taxable year as being paid on the last day of the preceding taxable year. The election is made on Form 1041. IRC § 663(b). The election may not be made if the if the estate tax return is filed more than one year after the time prescribed by law (including extensions) for filing the return.

VIII. ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES

Certain expenses incurred by the decedent and paid before death may be deducted only on the decedent’s final income tax return. Those include (i) medical and other deductible expenses paid prior to death; (ii) capital loss carryovers; (iii) charitable contribution carryovers; and (iv) net operating loss carryovers. Medical expenses incurred before death but paid after death may be deducted either on the decedent’s final income tax return (provided they are paid within one year of death) or on the estate tax return. To claim the deduction on the final income tax return, the executor must file a statement certifying that the expense was not claimed as a deduction on the estate tax return.
Expenses of administration actually and necessarily incurred in administering the estate are deductible. IRC § 2053; Treas. Regs. § 1.2053-3. Some estate administration expenses may be deducted either on the estate tax return or on the fiduciary income tax return. Under IRC § 642(g), no income tax deduction for expenses is allowed unless the executor files a statement with the IRS agreeing not to claim those expenses as deductions on the estate tax return. The election may be made on an item-by-item basis. Treas. Regs. § 1.642(g)-2. The election is irrevocable after the statement is filed. The waiver statement must be filed before the statute of limitations for assessment on the income tax return runs. Therefore, if it is unclear on which return it would be preferable to take the expenses, it may be prudent to wait until the statute of limitations is about to expire.
Expenses deductible either on the estate or fiduciary income tax return (or split between them) include (i) appraisal expenses; (ii) court costs; (iii) executor’s commissions; (iv) attorney’s fees; (v) accountant’s fees; (vi) selling expenses; and (vii) costs of preserving, maintaining and distributing estate property. Medical expenses paid within a year of death may be deducted on either the 706 or the 1041, but may not be split.
Some expenses may be deducted only on the estate tax return. These include (i) personal expenses that are not deductible for income tax purposes (e.g., funeral expenses); (ii) income and gift taxes; (iii) or expenses incurred in producing tax-exempt income. Other expenses are deductible only on the decedent’s final income tax return. These include (i) net operating losses of the decedent; (ii) capital losses of the decedent; and (iii) unused passive activity losses of the decedent. Deductions in respect of a decedent, which are the mirror-image of income in respect of a decedent, may be deducted on the fiduciary income tax return under IRC § 691(b), as well as the estate tax return under IRC § 2053. These deductions consist of income tax deductions which accrued prior to the decedent’s death, but which were never deducted on an income tax return. These expenses are also deductible under IRC § 2053 as estate administration expenses that reduce the size of the gross estate. Items of DRD include (i) IRC § 162 business expenses; (ii) IRC § 163 interest expenses; (iii) IRC §212 expenses incurred in the production of income; and (iv) §164 real estate taxes and state and local income taxes. Any loss carryovers which exist when the estate terminates may be utilized by the beneficiaries under IRC § 642(h).
In most cases, if there is an estate tax liability, it will be preferable to claim the expense on the decedent’s estate tax return, since the estate tax rate exceeds the income tax rate. The estate tax is also due nine months after the date of the decedent’s death, whereas the income tax may be deferred until a later year. However, the disparity has been reduced of late since the maximum estate tax rate is now 35 percent. If there is no estate tax liability — either because the taxable estate does not exceed the applicable exclusion amount, or the taxable estate has been vanquished by the marital deduction — then taking the deduction on the income tax return will be the only viable option.
Another situation where it would not be preferable to claim administration expenses on the estate tax return is where there has been a formula bequest in the Will to maximize the marital deduction. Taking the deduction on the estate tax return in this case would simply reduce the marital bequest — without any savings in estate taxes. If the marital bequest is designed to eliminate estate taxes, there is no need to produce additional estate tax deductions. Therefore, in this case, it would be preferable to deduct the administration expenses on the fiduciary tax return.

IX. ELECTION TO TREAT TRUST AS PART OF ESTATE

During the 1990’s, revocable trusts were in vogue in some states, especially California and Florida. They were promoted as vehicles to avoid probate. Claims were even made that such trusts reduced estate taxes or provided asset protection. The estates of those who depended on those trusts to effectuate the decedent’s testamentary wishes were often disappointed. Since New York had enacted little statutory law governing inter vivos trusts as testamentary vehicles, trustees have had difficulty determining whether some assets had been effectively transferred to the trust. While assets such as real estate or brokerage accounts could be retitled into the name of the trust, the adequacy of transfers of personal property was sometimes a significant problem. Some revocable trusts contained mere “schedules” of personal assets which were supposedly transferred to the trust.
The problems created by the use of such trusts as testamentary vehicles greatly exceeded the principal benefit conferred on those using such trusts — the avoidance of probate. Ironically, probate was usually required anyway, since assets often remained which had not been effectively transferred to the inter vivos trust. Thus, a “pour over” Will was typically required in addition to the revocable inter vivos trust.
Fortunately, most estate planners discerned quite early that the touted attributes of inter vivos trusts as Will substitutes were for the most part illusory. Thus, New York never joined the revocable trust bandwagon. For the most part, estate planners in New York never abandoned the Will as the primary testamentary device. Despite their considerable limitations, revocable inter vivos trusts have accomplished one task extremely well: They can avoid the necessity of ancillary probate in another state. Thus, if a New York resident creates an inter vivos trust and deeds into that trust a Florida condominium, ancillary probate of the decedent’s will in Florida will not be required at the decedent’s death.
Recognizing the frequent use of revocable trusts, Congress leveled the playing field somewhat for those who chose to incorporate revocable inter vivos trusts into their estate plan, or chose to use them as their exclusive testamentary vehicle. Thus, IRC § 645 makes available to “qualified” revocable trusts many of the elections available to estates. To constitute a qualified revocable trust, the trust must be one with respect to which the decedent retained the power to revoke the trust until his death. Accordingly, under IRC § 645(a), if both the executor (if there is one) and the trustee make an election, the trust will be treated as part of the estate, rather than as a separate trust. The election applies for two years from the date of the decedent’s death if no estate tax return is filed. If an estate tax return is filed, the election terminates six months after the date of final determination of estate tax liability. IRC § 645(b)(2). Treas. Regs. § 1.645-1(f)(2). Once made, the election is irrevocable.
A decedent’s estate may elect a fiscal tax year, provided the first year does not exceed 12 months, and the fiscal year ends on the last day of the calendar month. IRC § 441(d). Since a revocable trust may elect to be taxed as an estate under IRC § 645, an electing revocable trust may also choose a non-calendar taxable year. The election is made by filing a return by the due date of the return, which would be no more than three and a half months after the month selected.

X. DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND

Special income tax rules apply to certain distributions made in kind to beneficiaries. The general rule is that an estate recognizes no gain when distributions to beneficiaries are made in kind. The beneficiary takes a substituted basis in the distributed property under IRC § 643(e)(1). However, an exception to this rule applies when funding of a pecuniary bequest with appreciated property. If appreciated (or depreciated) property is distributed in kind to fund a pecuniary bequest, the distribution is treated as a sale or exchange of estate property, and the estate will recognize gain (or loss). There may be times when the executor may wish to recognize gain or loss on the distribution of appreciated property in kind, even when not required to do so. This would be the case if appreciated property were distributed in kind, but was not being distributed in order to satisfy a pecuniary bequest.
IRC § 643(e)(3) provides that an executor may elect to have the estate recognize gain or loss on the date of the distribution to the beneficiary. The amount of gain or loss is determined by calculating the amount of gain or loss that would accrue if the estate had sold the property to the beneficiary on the distribution date. Once made, the election is irrevocable. If the election is made, the basis to the beneficiary of the distributed property equals the estate’s basis in the property, adjusted for any gain or loss recognized by the estate in the distribution.

XI. PREPARER PENALTIES

Under revised IRC §6694, a return preparer (or a person who furnishes advice in connection with the preparation of the return) is subject to substantial penalties if the preparer (or advisor) does not have a reasonable basis for concluding that the position taken was more likely than not. If the position taken is not more likely than not, penalties can be avoided by adequate disclosure, provided there is a reasonable basis for the position taken. Under prior law, a reasonable basis for a position taken means that the position has a one-in-three chance of success. P.L. 110-28, §§8246(a)(2),110th Cong., 1st Sess. (5/25/07). This penalty applies to all tax returns, including gift and estate tax returns. The penalty imposed is $1,000 or, if greater, one-half of the fee derived (or to be derived) by the tax return preparer with respect to the return. An attorney who gives a legal opinion is deemed to be a non-signing preparer. The fees upon which the penalty is based for a non-signing preparer could reference the larger transaction of which the tax return is only a small part.

XII. LATE FILING & PAYMENT PENALTIES

A failure-to-file penalty of 5 percent per month is imposed for each month the failure causes the return to be filed past the due date (including extensions). The penalty may not exceed 25 percent of the tax, and it may be waived for reasonable cause. New York imposes a similar penalty under Tax Law § 685(a)(1), which may also be abated for reasonable cause. See 20 NYCRR § 2392.1(a)(1); § 2392.1(d)(5), and § 2392.1(h); and Matter of Northern States Contracting Co., Inc., DTA No. 806161, Tax Appeals Tribunal (1992), (“in determining whether reasonable cause and good faith exist, the most important factor to be considered is the extent of the taxpayer’s efforts to ascertain the proper tax liability”); and Matter of AILS Systems, Inc., DTA No. 819303, Tax Appeals Tribunal (2006), (the Tribunal took notice of the “hallmarks of reasonable cause and good faith,” which included “efforts to ascertain the proper tax liability.” A failure-to-pay penalty of 0.5 percent per month is imposed for each month the failure causes payment to be made past the due date (including, if applicable, extensions). The penalty may not exceed 25 percent of the tax, and it may be waived for reasonable cause. New York State imposes a similar penalty, which may also be abated for reasonable cause. Tax Law § 685(a)(2).

XIII. APPRAISER PENALTIES

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 added new appraiser penalties. Under IRC §6695A, a penalty may be imposed on an appraiser if he knew or should have known that the appraisal would be relied upon for tax purposes. The penalty is the greater of 10 percent of the amount of tax attributable to the underpayment of tax attributable to the valuation misstatement, or $1,000, but in any case not more than 125 percent of the income received by the appraiser in connection with preparing the appraisal. The penalty can be avoided if the appraiser establishes that the appraisal value was “more likely than not” the correct value. IRC §6701 imposes a penalty of $1,000 against any person who assists in the preparation of a return or other document relating other than a corporation) who knows (or has reason to believe) that such document or portion will be used, and that its use would result in an understatement of tax liability of another person. The IRS may disqualify any appraiser against whom a penalty has been assessed. (Circular 230, §10.51(b)).
If a “valuation understatement”” results in an underpayment of $5,000 or more, a penalty of 20 percent will be assessed with respect to the underpayment attributable to the valuation understatement. IRC §6662(g). The penalty increases to 40 percent if a “gross valuation understatement” occurs. The penalty will not apply if reasonable cause can be shown for the understatement. IRC §6664(c)(2). A valuation understatement occurs if the value of property reported is 65 percent or less than the actual value of the property. A gross valuation understatement occurs if the reported value is 40 percent or less than the actual value of the property. IRC §6662(h).

XIV. ESTATE TAX LIENS

Under IRC § 6321, a general tax lien may be imposed on all real and personal property owned by any person liable to pay any tax who neglects or refuses to pay such tax after a demand has been made. The general tax lien applies not only to all property owned by the taxpayer at the time the lien comes into effect, but also to all after-acquired property. Under IRC § 6322, the lien commences when the tax is assessed and continues until it becomes unenforceable by lapse of time. Under IRC § 6502, the period of collection is ten years. Under IRC § 6324, a special estate tax lien attaches to all property which comprises part of the decedent’s estate at death. No formal assessment need be made to create this special lien. The special lien for estate taxes expires 10 years from the date of the decedent’s death.

XV. NEGLIGENCE AND FRAUD PENALTIES

An accuracy-related penalty is imposed on the portion of an underpayment attributable to negligence, which is defined as “any failure to make a reasonable attempt to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.” The penalty imposed equals 20 percent of the underpayment. IRC §§§6662, 6662(c). IRC §7203, which addresses “omissions,” provides that any person who “fails to make a return, keep any records, or supply any information, who willfully fails to pay such. . .tax, make such return, keep such records, or supply such information,” shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and subject to a fine of not more than $25,000 and imprisonment of not more than one year. The willful attempt to “evade” any tax (including gift and estate tax) constitutes a felony, punishable by a fine of “not more than $100,000 ($500,000 in the case of a corporation)” and imprisonment of not more than 5 years, or both, together with costs of prosecution. IRC §7201.
Generally, the IRS must assess a deficiency within the later of (i) three years of the date when the return is filed or (ii) the due date of the return, with extensions. IRC §6501(a). This period is tolled for 90 days if a notice of deficiency has been mailed. IRC §6503(a)(1). The period is extended to six years if the taxpayer omits from the return more than 25 percent of gross income (or gross estate). The statute of limitations for assessing a false or fraudulent return never runs. IRC §6501(c)(1). If the taxpayer fails to file an income tax return where one is due, the IRS may assess income (or estate) tax at any time. Tax assessed may be collected for a period of ten years following assessment. IRC §6502(a).

XVI. FIDUCIARY AND BENEFICIARY LIABILITY

An executor is a fiduciary. The IRS also has the power to proceed directly against a fiduciary for the payment of estate tax if any assets of the estate have been distributed before the executor has obtained a release from liability. In correspondence to an executor which it seeks to hold liable for unpaid estate taxes, the IRS may reference 31 U.S.C. § 3713. The statute provides: “A representative of a person or an estate . . . paying any part of a debt of the person or estate before paying a claim of the Government is liable to the extent of the payment of unpaid claims of the Government.” This statute, which creates fiduciary liability, provides that the government must be paid first out of estate funds. If an estate possesses insufficient assets to pay the deceased’s debts, the government will have first priority in proceedings under Chapter 11.
Although the statute does not create a lien per se, it does set forth a priority of payment. The statute would prevent the executor from paying any debts to others while debts are owing to the United States. The case law, though not uniform, has held that the distribution by an executor of assets would subject the executor to personal liability. On the other hand, if no assets are distributed, the fiduciary does not bear personal responsibility for the payment of estate taxes. If the fiduciary distributes assets or sells assets and distributes the proceeds while estate tax liability exists, the IRS may hold the fiduciary liable for the payment of estate taxes. The same procedures used by the IRS when collecting taxes from an estate are available in enforcing the personal liability of a fiduciary. Under IRC §6901(c)(3), the IRS may assess taxes against a fiduciary until the expiration of the period for collection of the estate tax. Although the Code does not specifically provide for a collection period against a fiduciary, presumably the ten year collection period would be applicable.
Under IRC §6501(d), the executor may request “prompt assessment” of income and gift taxes attributable to prior returns filed by the decedent. This will shorten the statute of limitations for collection and may benefit the executor as well as the beneficiaries. The executor may also file a written application requesting release from personal liability for the decedent’s income and gift taxes. If the IRS fails to notify the executor of any amount due within nine months of such request, the executor will be released from liability. The executor may also incur personal liability for estate taxes. The executor may request a release from liability with respect to any estate tax found to be due within nine months of making the application if the application is made before the return is filed, or within nine months of the due date of the return. An executor so discharged cannot be held personally liable for any deficiency in the estate tax. IRC §2204(a). The executor may remain liable for estate tax in situations where beneficiaries seek early distributions. In these cases, the executor may seek to protect him or herself by funding an escrow agreement or reaching some other satisfactory arrangement with the beneficiaries in the event liability is imposed on the executor in the future.

XVII. REVALUATION OF LIFETIME GIFTS

Taxpayers or decedents may have neglected to file gift tax returns during their lifetime for large gifts. Although no gift tax liability may have arisen by virtue of the earlier gift, the failure to file the Form 709 may give the IRS an inroad to review the value of a gift made many years earlier. This is because the three-year period of limitations for auditing a gift tax return does not commence unless the gift is “adequately disclosed” on a filed gift tax return. It is for this reason that persons making sales to grantor trusts may consider filing a gift tax return even where none is technically required, since it is thought that this may commence the three-year period of limitations on IRS review of the value of the property sold. Beneficiaries of an estate also bear personal liability for unpaid estate taxes with respect to both probate and nonprobate assets. IRC §§ 6901(a)(1) and 6324(a)(2). Transferee liability cannot exceed the value of the assets on the date of transfer. Com’’r v. Henderson’s Estate, 147 F.2d 619 (5th Cir. 1945). Under IRC § 6901(c), the IRS may impose transferee liability for one year after the expiration of the period of limitations for imposing liability on the transferor.

XVIII. VALUING ESTATE ASSETS

An accurate valuation of estate assets is essential in determining the correct estate tax and defending the estate in the event of an audit. If the IRS or NYS determines on audit that the value of assets reported is incorrect, not only will the estate tax liability increase, but penalties may apply. Valuation discounts that are successfully challenged by the IRS may result in tax deficiencies of a magnitude sufficient to attract underpayment penalties. The value of stocks traded on an established exchange or over the counter is determined by calculating the mean between the highest and lowest quoted selling price on the date of the gift. Treas. Reg. §25.2512-2(b)(1). Publicly traded stocks reference their market value and should include CUSIP (Committee on Uniform Identification Procedure) information. Valuation services provide historical information for a fee. Historical stock quotes are also available on the internet.
If no sales on the valuation date exist, the instructions state that the mean between the highest and lowest trading prices on a date “reasonably close” to the valuation date may be used. If no actual sales occurred on a date “reasonably close” to the valuation date, bona fide bid and asked prices may be used. Treas. Reg. §20.2031-2(e) provides that a blockage discount may be applied where a large block of stock may depress the sales price. Surprisingly, real estate requires no appraisal or formal valuation. If an appraisal if obtained, it should be attached to the return. Contrary to what some intuitively assume, Treas. Reg. §25.2512-1 provides that local property tax values are not relevant unless they accurately represent the fair market value. Even though not required, a date of death valuation is often obtained in the event an audit is anticipated. Generally, the value of real property is the price paid in an arm’s length transaction before the valuation date. If none exists, comparable sales may be used.
Treas. Reg. §25.6019-4 provides that the real property should contained a legal description such that the real property may be “readily identified.” This would include a metes and bounds description (if available), the area, and street address.) When determining the fair market value of real property, valuation discounts for (i) lack of marketability; (ii) minority interest; (iii) costs of partition; (iv) capital gains; and certain other discounts may be taken into consideration. Lack of marketability and minority discounts may be available for gifts of closely held stock. Rev. Rul. 59-60, an often-cited ruling, sets forth a list of factors to be considered when valuing closely held businesses. Those factors include (i) the nature of the business and the history of the enterprise; (ii) the economic outlook in general and the condition and outlook of the specific industry in particular; (iii) the book value of the stocks and the financial condition of the business; (iv) the earning capacity of the company; (v) the dividend-paying capacity of the company; (vi) goodwill and other intangible value; (vii) sales of stock and the size of the block of stock to be valued; (viii) the market price of stocks of a corporation engaged in the same or a similar line of business having their stocks actively traded in a free open market, either on an exchange or otherwise. If the decedent was a key person in the closely held business, an additional discount may be applicable. Furman v. Com’r, T.C. 1998-157, recognized a key man discount of 10 percent where the services of the decedent were important in the business.
The fair market value of closely held stock is determined by actual selling price. If no such sales exist, fair market value is determined by evaluating the “soundness of the security, the interest yield, the date of maturity and other relevant factors.” Treas. Reg. §25.2512-2(f). The gift tax instructions (by analogy) state that complete financial information, including reports prepared by accountants, engineers and technical experts, should be attached to the return, as well as the balance sheet of the closely held corporation for “each of the preceding five years.” Closely held stocks should be valued by a professional valuation appraiser.
Despite opposition by the IRS, courts have continually held that the cost of an eventual capital gains tax reduces the value of closely held stock. Jelke v. Com’r, T.C. Memo 2005-131, rev’d, __ F.3d __,. 2007 WL 3378539 (11th Cir. 11/16/07), allowed a full built-in capital gains discount. Discounts applicable to closely held corporations may exceed those for partnerships or LLCs, since even less of a market may exist for stock in a closely held family business compared to an interest in an LLC or partnership, which typically hold interests real estate. No appraisal is required for tangible personal property such as artwork, but if one is obtained, it should be attached to the return. Rev. Rul. 96-15 delineates appraisal requirements, which include a summary of the appraiser’s qualifications, and the assumptions made in the appraisal. If no appraisal is made, the return should indicate how the value of the tangible property was determined. The provenance of artwork will affect its transfer tax value. As is the case with large blocks of stock, if large blocks of artwork are gifted, a blockage discount may apply. Calder v. Com’r, 85 TC 713 (1985).
The IRS does not recognize fractional interest discounts in the context of artwork, since the IRS believes that there is “essentially no market for selling partial ownership interests in art objects. . .” Rev. Rul. 57-293; see Stone v. U.S., 2007 WL 1544786, 99 AFTR2d 2007-2292 (N.D. Ca. 5/25/07), (District Court found persuasive testimony of IRS Art Advisory Panel, which found discounts applicable to real estate inapplicable to art; court allowed only 2 percent discount for partition.)

XIX. SPECIAL USE VALUATION

Real estate and farm property is generally valued for estate tax purposes at fair market value based on its highest and best use. The special use valuation election under §2032A can reduce the estate tax value of qualified real property or an existing business based on its actual or “special” use. The greatest decrease in value allowed in 2011 is $1 million. The qualified real property must be located in the U.S. and have been used by the decedent or a member of his or her family who materially participated in the trade or business for at least five of the eight years preceding the date of death, disability or retirement. To qualify for the election, the adjusted value of the real or personal property must equal 50 percent or more of the adjusted value of the gross estate. In addition, the adjusted value of the real property must equal 25 percent or more of the adjusted value of the gross estate. The property must pass from the decedent to a “qualified heir” with a present interest in the property.
Qualified heirs encompass a large class of persons, including (i) the decedent’’s ancestors; (ii) the decedent’s spouse; (iii) lineal descendants of the decedent or the decedent’s spouse; (iv) lineal descendants of the parents of the decedent or the parents of the decedent’s spouse; and (v) spouses of lineal descendants of parents of the decedent or spouses of lineal descendants of the parents of the decedent’s spouse. IRC §§ 2032A(e)(1) and (e)(2). The election is made by the Executor on the estate tax return and once made, is irrevocable. A properly executed “notice of election” and a written agreement signed by each person with an interest in the property must be attached to the estate tax return. IRC § 2032A(c). Any estate can be recaptured if, within ten years after the decedent’s death, the property is disposed of, or if the qualified heir ceases to use the property for the qualified use. The written agreement subjects all qualified heirs to personal liability for payment of the recaptured estate tax. If the Executor is unsure whether the estate qualifies for the election because of uncertainty as to whether the percentage tests can be met, the Executor may file a protective election, pending a final determination of values. Treas. Regs. § 20.2032A-8(b).

XX. POST MORTEM EVENTS

All federal circuits, except the Eighth, have long adhered to the view that post-mortem events must be ignored in valuing claims against an estate. Ithaca Trust Co. v. U.S., 279 U.S. 151 (1929) held that “[t]empting as it is to correct uncertain probabilities by the now certain fact, we are of the opinion that it cannot be done, but that the value of the wife’s life interest must be established by the mortality tables.” However, Proposed Regs. §20.2053-1(a)(1) state that post mortem events must be considered in determining amounts deductible as expenses, claims, or debts against the estate. Those proposed regulations limit the deduction for contingent claims against an estate by providing that an estate may deduct a claim or debt, or a funeral or administration expense, only if the amount is actually paid. An expenditure contested by the estate which cannot not be resolved during the period of limitations for claiming a refund will not be deductible.
XXI. PREVENTING LOSS OF BASIS

Many assets today will have a fair market value less than the adjusted basis. Since under IRC §1014 a basis adjustment is made at death to fair market value, a loss of basis could occur in many situations. Various strategies may be considered to reduce the likelihood of this problem arising:
¶ Losses may be recognized on sales to unrelated parties. IRC § 1001(a). Losses on sales to related parties cannot be recognized, but basis is carried over to related party. IRC §267.
¶ No gain or loss is recognized on transfers made between spouses, whether by gift or sale. IRC § 1041(a). The transferee spouse will take a substituted basis in the asset sold or gifted. IRC § 1041(b); Treas. Reg. § 1.1041-1T(d), Q&A 11. Gifts to a spouse qualify for the unlimited marital deduction. IRC §2523. Therefore, no income tax or gift tax consequences arise when property is sold or gifted between spouses.
¶ Gifts of property with a realized loss to related parties who are non-spouses may have some benefit. If the property later increases in value, the basis for determining later gain is the original basis, increased by any gift tax paid. IRC §1015(d)(6). However, the basis for determining later loss is the basis at the time of the gift. IRC § 1015(a).

XXII. MARITAL DEDUCTION

Planning for and preserving the marital deduction is an important objective. It is particularly important when the estate tax is in a state of flux, as is currently the case. By making a “QTIP” election, the Executor will enable the decedent’’s estate to claim a full marital deduction. A QTIP trust may be asset protected with respect to corpus; the income interest may be subject to claims of creditors.
To qualify, the trust must provide that the surviving spouse be entitled to all income, paid at least annually, and that no person may have the power, exercisable during the surviving spouse’s life, to appoint the property to anyone other than the surviving spouse. Since the Executor may request a six month extension for filing the estate tax return, the Executor in effect has fifteen months in which to determine whether to make the QTIP election. Where a QTIP election is made by the executor, the donor’s estate takes the marital deduction. Normally, the surviving spouse is considered to be the transferor for GST tax purposes. However, the executor of the donor spouse may make a second election to treat the donor spouse as the transferor for GST tax purposes. IRC § 2652(a)(3). This is known as a “reverse QTIP” election.
Electing QTIP treatment is not always advantageous. Inclusion of trust assets in the estate of the first spouse to die may “equalize” the estates. Prior to 2011, equalization may have been desirable to avoid “wasting” the exemption amount of the first spouse. After 2010, this reason for equalizing estates is somewhat less compelling, since a surviving spouse may now claim the unused part of the predeceasing spouse’s exemption amount. However, equalizing the estates may still be important, since remarriage by the surviving spouse will result in the loss predeceasing spouse’s unused exemption amount. Equalizing the estate may also have helped to avoid higher estate rate brackets that apply to large estates. Still, the savings in estate taxes occasioned by reason of avoiding the highest tax brackets may itself be diminished by the time value of the money used to pay the estate tax at the first spouse’s death. However, with the lower rate of estate tax, this factor is also now less compelling.
Another reason for not electing QTIP treatment would lie where the second spouse dies soon after the first. If no marital deduction is claimed in that case, a credit under IRC §2013 could operate to reduce the estate tax payable at the death of the surviving spouse. An executor may elect QTIP treatment for only a portion of a trust qualifying for the QTIP election. The nonelected portion would be distributed in the same manner as the elected portion (since the trust terms do not change by virtue of the QTIP election). The only difference would be that the decedent’s estate would receive no marital deduction, and the estate of the surviving spouse would not be required to include the assets in the estate of the surviving spouse upon that spouse’s death.
If a partial QTIP election is anticipated, separating the trusts into one which is totally elected, and second which is totally nonelected, may be desirable. In this way, future spousal distributions could be made entirely from the elected trust, which would reduce the size of the surviving spouse’s estate.
Assets within a trust for which QTIP treatment has been elected will receive a step up in basis at death of the first spouse, and will receive a second basis step up at the time they are included in the estate of the surviving spouse. (This assumes that the decedent did not die in 2010 and his estate did not elect the carryover basis provisions.) Assets in a trust which qualifies for a QTIP election but for which no election was made will receive a step up in basis at the death of the first spouse. Since those assets will not be included in the estate of the surviving spouse, no basis step up will occur at the death of the surviving spouse, even if the trust terminates at that time. Therefore, electing QTIP treatment may be desirable if no estate tax is anticipated at the death of the surviving spouse, and the benefit of a basis step up exceeds the cost of any New York estate tax that might be occasioned by reason of the QTIP election.
QTIP property is included in the estate of the surviving spouse at its then fair market value. If estate tax liability arises, the estate of the surviving spouse is entitled to be reimbursed for estate tax paid from recipients of trust property. IRC § 2207A. Reimbursement is calculated using the highest marginal estate tax bracket of the surviving spouse. The failure to seek reimbursement may be treated by the IRS as gift made to those persons who would have been required to furnish reimbursement. However, the failure by the estate of the surviving spouse to seek reimbursement will not be treated as a gift if the Will of the surviving spouse expressly waives the right of reimbursement with respect to QTIP property.
Mistakes made when electing or funding QTIP trusts may sometimes be corrected. Section 9100 relief is available for failure to make a timely QTIP election on an estate tax return, since the deadline for making that election is prescribed by regulation (Treas. Reg. § 20.2056(b)-7(b)(4)(i)). Under Rev. Proc. 2001-38, an unnecessary QTIP election for a credit shelter trust will be disregarded to the extent it is not needed to eliminate estate tax at the death of the first spouse. Similarly, a mistaken overfunding of the QTIP trust will not cause inclusion of the overfunded amount in the estate of the surviving spouse. TAM 200223020.
Since the estate tax is a “tax inclusive,” as opposed to the gift tax, which is “tax exclusive,” there is a distinct tax benefit to making lifetime, as opposed to testamentary, transfers. Distributions from a QTIP trust can assist in accomplishing this objective. A surviving spouse might make gifts of income required to be distributed to the spouse. Even though the spouse is permitted to make gifts of distributed income, the trust may not require the surviving spouse to apply the distributed income to make gifts, as this would as this would constitute an impermissible limitation on the spouse’s unqualified rights to income during his or her lifetime.
A surviving spouse’s right to withdraw principal may also be used by the surviving spouse to make gifts. Treas. Reg. §20.2056(b)-7(d)(6) provides: “The fact that property distributed to a surviving spouse may be transferred by the spouse to another person does not result in a failure to satisfy the requirement of IRC § 2956(b)(7)(B)(ii)(II).” Estate of Halpern v. Com’r, T.C. Memo. 1995-352 also held that discretionary distributions made to the surviving spouse which were later used to make gifts would not result in inclusion in the estate of the surviving spouse.
The IRS has ruled that granting the surviving spouse a power to withdraw the greater of 5 percent of trust principal or $5,000 per year (a “five and five” power) will not result in disqualification of QTIP treatment. However, if spouse were given an unlimited right to withdraw principal, the QTIP trust could morph into a general power of appointment trust. A full marital deduction is also allowed for a general power of appointment trust, so in this respect no tax detriment would ensue. However, the decedent’s right to choose who would ultimately receive trust property would be defeated if the surviving spouse appointed all of the property during his or her lifetime.
If greater rights of withdrawal are given to the surviving spouse under an intended QTIP, but those rights did not rise to an unrestricted right to demand principal, the trust would be neither fish nor fowl. That is, the trust would constitute neither a general power of appointment trust nor a QTIP trust. This would result in a trust “meltdown” for estate tax purposes. The marital deduction would be lost and the entire trust would be brought back into the estate of the first spouse to die. The decedent’s power to determine ultimate trust beneficiaries would be also be severely curtailed if not lose entirely. To illustrate, assume at a time when the applicable exclusion amount is $5 million, father has an estate of $8 million, and mother has an estate of $2 million. Father (who has made no lifetime gifts) wishes to give his four children $6 million outright. If $6 million were left to the children, $1 million would be subject to federal estate tax, and $5 million would be subject to New York estate tax. The total estate tax liability would be approximately $1.15 million [($1 million x .35) + ($5 million x .16)].
This would leave the children with $4.85 million of the $6 million bequest. If instead of leaving $6 million to the children outright, father were to leave only $1 million to them outright, and place $5 million in a trust qualifying for a QTIP election, federal and New York estate tax would be eliminated at father’s death. If mother’s estate were not to increase during her lifetime, no federal estate tax would be owed at her death, since her estate would not exceed the (combined) applicable exclusion amount of $10 million. If the surviving spouse made absolutely no taxable gifts during her lifetime, the New York State estate tax of $800,000 deferred by the marital deduction ($5 million x .16) would be payable upon her death by her estate. However, if the surviving spouse were to make gifts to the children during her lifetime, the eventual New York State estate tax could be diminished or even eliminated.
Consider the effect of the surviving spouse, would now be worth $7 million, making gifts of $0.25 million to each child per year for a few years. Each year, the surviving spouse would report a gift of $1 million for federal gift tax purposes. Since the gift and estate taxes have been reunified, no gift tax liability would arise for federal purposes. Since New York State has no gift tax, no New York gift tax liability could arise by virtue of the gifts. Each year in which the surviving spouse made those gifts, the eventual New York estate tax liability would be reduced by approximately $160,000. At the death of the surviving spouse, the trustee would distribute all of the remaining trust assets to the children, at a new stepped up basis. Although this strategy appears sound for tax purposes, the surviving spouse must actually make the gifts contemplated. The cost of insuring against the risk of the surviving spouse not making the contemplated gift is the transfer tax savings resulting from the QTIP election. Any attempt to impose a legal obligation on the surviving spouse to make the annual gifts would destroy the QTIP, with potentially disastrous federal and New York state estate tax consequences.
This strategy would in most cases not lend itself well to second marriage situations, or to situations where the surviving spouse cannot be depended upon to make the contemplated annual gifts. Although these considerations do limit the utility of this strategy, the risk of the surviving spouse not making the gifts could conceivably be reduced to an acceptable level by leaving a sum of money to the children outright, and leaving some to the trustee of a QTIP trust.
Even if the spouse were willing to make gifts distributed principal, the ability to make those gifts depends upon the availability of principal. Principal may consist of land, interests in a closely held company, or other property that cannot easily be distributed. Even if principal distributions could otherwise be made, some QTIP trusts are not drafted so as to permit distributions of principal. Other trusts limit the Trustee’s ability to make principal distributions. A QTIP trust is only required to provide for annual income distributions to the surviving spouse. If the surviving spouse has no right to withdraw principal and the trustee cannot make discretionary distributions of principal, gifting may still possible if the surviving spouse release or gifts all or part of the income interest of the surviving spouse. The gift by a surviving spouse of that spouse’s qualifying income interest in the QTIP a garden variety gift of that income interest under under IRC §2511. However, the disposition could also trigger the draconian application IRC §2519.
The “transfer of all interests” rule found in IRC §2519 applies to the release of the spouse’s lifetime income interest. IRC §2519 provides that “any disposition of all or part of a qualifying income interest for life in any property to which this section applies is treated as a transfer of all interests in the property other than the qualifying income interest.”
Therefore, if surviving spouse were wife to releases or gifts one-half of his or her qualifying income interest, that spouse would be deemed to have disposed of all interests in that property. The gift of a qualifying income interest would result, for gift tax purposes, in the spouse reporting a gift of the entire remainder interest in the trust as well. Fortunately, the “transfer of all interests” rule can be avoided by careful planning. The IRS has ruled that a taxpayer may sever QTIP trusts prior to the surviving spouse disposing of a partial income interest in the QTIP. This avoids the harshness of the “transfer of all interests” rule. See PLRs 200438028, 200328015.
To illustrate, assume the surviving spouse is 85 years old and releases his qualifying income interest in a trust worth $1 million. Under the prevailing applicable federal rate (AFR) and using actuarial tables, the surviving spouse is deemed to have made a gift of $180,000. For purposes of IRC §2511, the surviving spouse has made a taxable gift of $180,000. For purposes of IRC §2519, the surviving spouse is deemed to have made a gift of $820,000, i.e., all interests in the property other than the qualifying income interest. Under IRC §2207A, the QTIP trust would have a right to recover gift tax attributable to the deemed transfer of the remainder interest under IRC §2519.
Under IRC §2207A(a), a surviving spouse who is deemed to have made a gift of the remainder interest under IRC §2519, has a right to recover gift tax attributable to the deemed transfer of the remainder interest under IRC § 2519. Proposed regulations provide for “net gift” treatment of the deemed gift of an interest under IRC §2519. (A net gift occurs if the donee is required, as a condition to receiving the gift, that he pay any gift taxes associated with the gift.) Since the value of what the donees receive is reduced by the gift tax required to be reimbursed to the surviving spouse, the amount of the gift reportable is also reduced by the amount reimbursed. The gift taxes so paid by the donee are deducted from the value of the transferred property to determine the donor’s gift tax.
Assume the value of the income and remainder interest in a QTIP trust is $500,000. Spouse makes a gift of one-half of the income interest, or $250,000. Under IRC § 2519, spouse will be deemed to have made a gift of the entire $500,000. If the gift tax rate were 50 percent, an interrelated calculation yields the result that a gift of $333,333 would require gift tax of $166,667. A gift of $500,000 would therefore result in a “net gift” of $333,333. The amount of the gift is reduced by the gift tax of $166,667. This results in a net gift of $333,333 to the beneficiaries.
Although releasing a qualifying income interest may be effective if the surviving spouse cannot withdraw principal and the trustee cannot make discretionary distributions of principal, spendthrift limitations in the Trust may prohibit the transfer of an income interest. An income beneficiary of a spendthrift trust generally cannot assign or alienate an income interest once accepted. See, e.g., Hartsfield v. Lescher, 721 F.Supp. 1052 (E.D. Ark. 1989). If a spendthrift limitation bars the spouse from alienating the income interest, it may still be possible to disclaim the interest under New York’s disclaimer statute, EPTL 2-1.11.
Disclaimers may also be effective where after the death of the decedent, the surviving spouse determines that he or she does not require QTIP trust assets. Disclaiming the QTIP would accelerate the remainder beneficiaries’ interest in the QTIP trust. However, there are problems associated with utilizing a disclaimer strategy with a QTIP. First, there are strict federal tax requirements that must be met. A “qualified disclaimer” for federal tax purposes must be made within nine months of the vesting of the interest. In addition, though the rule have been construed quite liberally, the disclaimant must not have accepted any of the benefits of the property to be disclaimed. To constitute a qualified disclamer under the Internal Revenue Code, the disclaimer must meet the requirements of state law, and it must be made within nine months. New York requires that the disclaimer be made within nine months, but the time period may be extended for “reasonable cause.”
If a New York Surrogate extended the time for reasonable cause, the renunciation would not constitute a qualified disclaimer under IRC §2519. Rather, the disclaimer would be a “nonqualified disclaimer.” While a “nonqualified” disclaimer might still be possible, such a disclaimer will be less attractive from a tax perspective. A nonqualified disclaimer could also trigger IRC §2519, since such a disclaimer would be ineffective for federal transfer tax purposes. Assume the surviving spouse dies not having made any transfer or release of a QTIP interest during his or her lifetime. IRC §2044 requires that remaining QTIP assets be included in the gross estate of the surviving spouse. However, those assets are not aggregated with other assets in the estate of the surviving spouse.
Thus, in Estate of Bonner v. U.S., 84 F.3d 196 (5th Cir. 1996) the surviving spouse at her death owned certain interests outright, and others were included in her estate pursuant to IRC §2044. The estate claimed a fractional interest discount, which the IRS challenged. The Fifth Circuit held that assets included in the decedent spouse’s gross estate which were held outright were not aggregated with those included under IRC §2044 by virtue of the QTIP trust. The estate was entitled to take a fractional interest discount. Apparently, even if the surviving spouse were a co-trustee of the QTIP trust, no aggregation would be required. See FSA 200119013.
Under Bonner, the issue arises as to whether the trustee of the QTIP trust may distribute a fractional share of real estate owned by the QTIP trust to generate a fractional interest discount at the death of the surviving spouse. It appears that this is possibl. However, in Bonner, the surviving spouse owned an interest in certain property Subsequently, she became the income beneficiary of a QTIP trust which was funded with interests in the same property. The surviving spouse in Bonner already owned a separate interest in the same property. This situation is distinguishable from one in which the QTIP trusts owns all of the interest in a certain piece of property, and then distributes some of that interest to the surviving spouse.
In that case, it is less clear that the estate would succeed in segregating interests in the same property for the purpose of establishing a valuation discount. The case would be weaker if the distribution of the fractional interest to the surviving spouse had, as one of its principal purposes, no purpose other than to support a later assertion of a fractional interest discount.
XXIII. DISCLAIMERS

Disclaimers can be useful in accomplishing post-mortem estate planning, since a person who disclaims property is treated as never having received the property for gift or estate or tax purposes under IRC § 2516. Although Wills frequently contain express language advising a beneficiary of a right to disclaim, such language is superfluous, since a beneficiary may always disclaim. If the disclaimer meets the requirements of IRC § 2518, it will be a “qualified disclaimer” and the disclaimant will be treated as never having received the property. However, if the disclaimer is not qualified, the disclaimant will be treated as having received the property and then having made a taxable gift. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-1(b). Although the disclaimer statute appears in Chapter 11, the gift tax provisions of the Code, a disclaimer under IRC § 2516 is also effective for federal income tax purposes.
Under the EPTL, as well as under the laws of descent of most states, the disclaimant is treated as having predeceased the donor, or died before the date on which the transfer creating the interest was made. Neither New York nor Florida is among the ten states which have adopted the Uniform Disclaimer of Property Interests Act (UDPIA). To constitute a qualified disclaimer under IRC § 2518, the disclaimer must meet the following requirements:
(i) The disclaimer must be irrevocable and unqualified. PLR 200234017 stated that a surviving spouse who had been granted a general power of appointment had not made a qualified disclaimer of that power by making a QTIP election on the estate tax return, since the estate tax return did not evidence an irrevocable and unqualified refusal to accept the general power of appointment.
(ii) The disclaimer must be in writing, identify the property disclaimed and be signed by the disclaimant or by his legal representative. Under EPTL § 2-1.11(f) the right to disclaim may be waived if in writing;
(iii) The disclaimer must be delivered to either the transferor or his attorney, the holder of legal title, or the person in possession. Copies of the disclaimer must be filed with the surrogates court having jurisdiction of the estate. If the disclaimer concerns nontestamentary property, the disclaimer must be sent via certified mail to the trustee or other person holding legal title to, or who is in possession of, the disclaimed property;
(iv) The disclaimer must be made within nine months of the date of transfer or, if later, within nine months of the date when the disclaimant attains the age of 21. It is possible that a disclaimer might be effective under the EPTL, but not under the Internal Revenue Code. For example, under EPTL §2-1.11(a)(2) and (b)(2), the time for making a valid disclaimer may be extended until “the date of the event by which the beneficiary is ascertained,” which may be more than 9 months after the date of the transfer. In such a case, the disclaimer would be effective under New York law but would result in a taxable gift for purposes of federal tax law;
(v) The disclaimer must be made at a time when the disclaimant has not accepted the interest disclaimed or enjoyed any of its benefits. Consideration received in exchange for making a disclaimer would constitute a prohibited acceptance of benefits under EPTL §2-1.11(f); and
(vi) The disclaimer must be valid under state law, so that it passes to either the spouse of the decedent or to a person other than the disclaimant without any direction on the part of the person making the disclaimer. EPTL §2-1.11(g) provides that a beneficiary may accept one disposition and renounce another, and may renounce a disposition in whole or in part. One must be careful to disclaim all interests, since the disclaimant may also have a right to receive the property by reason of being an heir at law, a residuary legatee or by other means. In this case, if the disclaimant does not effectively disclaim all of these rights, the disclaimer will not be a qualified disclaimer with respect to the portion of the disclaimed property which the disclaimant continues to have the right to receive. IRC §2518-2(e)(3). (Note: An important exception to this rule exists where the disclaimant is the surviving spouse. In that case the disclaimed interest may pass to the surviving spouse even if she is the disclaimant. Treas. Reg. §25.2518-2(e); EPTL §2-1.11(e).)
IRC § 2518(c) provides for what is termed a “transfer disclaimer.” The statute provides that a written transfer that meets requirements similar to IRC § 2518(b)(2) (timing and delivery) and IRC § 2518(b)(3) (no acceptance) and which is to a person who would have received the property had the transferor made a qualified disclaimer, will be treated as a qualified disclaimer for purposes of IRC §2518. The usefulness of IRC § 2518(c) becomes apparent in cases where federal tax law would permit a disclaimer, yet state law would not. To illustrate, in Estate of Lee, 589 N.Y.S.2d 753 (Surr. Ct. 1992), the residuary beneficiary signed a disclaimer within nine months, but the attorney neglected to file it with the Surrogates Court. The beneficiary sought permission to file the late renunciation with the court, but was concerned that the failure to file within nine months would result in a nonqualified disclaimer for federal tax purposes.
The Surrogates Court accepted the late filing and opined (perhaps gratuitously, since the IRS is not bound by the decision of the Surrogates Court) that the transfer met the requirements of IRC § 2518(c). [Note that in the converse situation, eleven states, but not New York or Florida, provide that if a disclaimer is valid under IRC § 2518, then it is valid under state law.]
Treas. Reg. § 20.2055-2(c) provides that a charitable deduction is available for property passing directly to a charity by virtue of a qualified disclaimer. If the disclaimed property passes to a private foundation of which the disclaimant is an officer, he should resign, or at a minimum not have any power to direct the disposition of the disclaimed property. The testator may wish to give family members discretion to disclaim property to a charity, but yet may not wish to name the charity as a residuary legatee. In this case, without specific language, the disclaimed property would not pass to the charity. To solve this problem, the will could provide that if the beneficiary disclaims certain property, the property would pass to the specified charity.
Many existing wills contain “formula” clauses which allocate to the credit shelter trust the maximum amount of money or property that can pass to beneficiaries (other than the surviving spouse) without the imposition of federal estate tax. If the applicable exclusion amount is exceeds the value of the estate, the surviving spouse could be disinherited unless the beneficiaries of the credit shelter trust disclaim part of their interest. To the extent such interest is disclaimed and passes to the surviving spouse (either by the terms of the Will or by operation of law) it will qualify for the marital deduction.
Another use of the disclaimer in a similar situation is where either the surviving spouse renounces a power of appointment so that the trust will qualify as a QTIP trust. A surviving spouse who is granted a general power of appointment over property intended to qualify for the marital deduction under IRC § 2056(b)(5) may disclaim the general power, thereby enabling the executor to make a partial QTIP election. This ability to alter the amount of the marital deduction allows the executor to finely tune the credit shelter amount. If both spouses die within nine months of one another, a qualifying disclaimer by the estate of the surviving spouse can effect an equalization of estates, thereby reducing or avoiding estate tax.
Consider the effect of a qualified disclaimer executed within nine months by a surviving spouse of his lifetime right to income from a credit shelter trust providing for an outright distribution to the children upon his death. If, within nine months of his spouse’s death, the surviving spouse decides that he does not need distributions during his life from the credit shelter trust, and disclaims, he will treated as if he predeceased his wife. If the will of the predeceasing wife provides for an outright distribution of the estate to the children if husband does not survive, then the disclaimer will have the effect of enabling the children to receive the property that would have funded the credit shelter trust at the death of the first spouse.
Disclaimers can also be utilized to increase basis in inherited assets by causing property that would otherwise pass by operation of law, to pass through a predeceasing spouse’s estate. Assume surviving spouse paid no consideration for certain property held jointly with that spouse’s predeceasing spouse. If second spouse disclaims within nine months, the property would pass through the predeceasing spouse’s probate estate. If the Will provided for a residuary bequest to the surviving spouse, that spouse would inherit the disclaimed property with a full basis step up under the terms of the Will.
A qualifying disclaimer executed by the surviving spouse may also enable the predeceasing spouse to fully utilize the applicable exclusion amount. For example, assume the will of the predeceasing spouse leaves the entire estate of $10 million to the surviving spouse (and nothing to the children). Although the marital deduction would eliminate any estate tax liability on the estate of the first spouse to die, the eventual estate of the surviving spouse would likely have an estate tax problem. By disclaiming $5 million, the surviving spouse would create a taxable estate in the predeceasing spouse, which could then utilize the full applicable exclusion amount of $5 million. The taxable estate of the surviving spouse would be reduced to $5 million.
To refine this example, the will of the first spouse to die could provide that if the surviving spouse disclaims, the disclaimed amount would pass to a family trust of which the surviving spouse has a lifetime income interest. The Will could further provide that if the spouse were also to disclaim her interest in the family trust, the disclaimed property would pass as if she had predeceased. The grantor may wish to ensure that the named trustee will be liberal in making distributions to his children. By giving the child beneficiary the unrestricted right to remove the trustee, this objection can be achieved. However, if the child has the ability to remove the trustee, and the trust grants the trustee the power to make distributions to the child that are not subject to an ascertainable standard, the IRS may impute to the child a general power of appointment. If the IRS were successful, the entire trust could be included in the child’s taxable estate. To avoid this result, the child could disclaim the power to remove the trustee. This might, of course, not accord with the child’s nontax wishes.
If a surviving spouse is given a “five and five” power over a credit shelter or family trust, 5 percent of the value of the trust will be included in her estate under IRC §2041. However, if the surviving spouse disclaims within nine months, nothing will be included in his or her estate. At times, all beneficiaries may agree that it would be better if no trust existed. If all current income trust beneficiaries (which might include the surviving spouse and children) disclaim, the trust may be eliminated. In such a case, the property could pass to the surviving spouse and the children outright. Note that if minor children are income beneficiaries, their disclaimers would require the the appointment (and consent) of guardians ad litem.
Under New York law, if one disclaims, and by reason of such disclaimer that person would cause one to retain Medicaid eligibility, such disclaimer may be treated as an uncompensated transfer of assets equal to the value of any interest disclaimed. This, in turn, could impair Medicaid eligibility. In some states, if a disclaimer defeats the encumbrance or lien of a creditor, it may be alleged that the disclaimer constitutes a fraudulent transfer. Not so in New York and California, where a disclaimer may validly be utilized o defeat the legitimate claims of creditors. In Florida, the result in contra: A disclaimer cannot prevent a creditor from reaching the disclaimed property.
Until 1999, it had been unclear whether a qualified disclaimer could defeat the claim of the IRS. The 2nd Circuit in United States v. Camparato, 22 F3d. 455, cert. denied, 115 S.Ct. 481 (1994) held that it did not, finding that a federal tax lien attached to the “right to inherit” property. Therefore, a subsequent disclaimer did not affect the federal tax lien under IRC §6321. Resolving a split among the circuits, the Supreme Court, in Drye v. United States, 528 U.S. 49 (1999), adopted the view of the Second Circuit, finding that the federal tax lien attached to the property when created, and that any subsequent attempt to defeat the tax lien by disclaimer would not eliminate the lien.
Bankruptcy courts have generally reached the same result as in Drye. The disclaimer of a bequest within 180 days of the filing of a bankruptcy petition has in most bankruptcy courts been held to be a transfer which the trustee in bankruptcy can avoid. Many courts have held that even pre-petition disclaimers constitute fraudulent transfers which the bankruptcy trustee can avoid. If the Drye rationale were applied to bankruptcy cases, it would appear that pre-petition bankruptcy disclaimers would, in general, constitute transfers which the bankruptcy trustee could seek to avoid. However, at least one bankruptcy court, Grassmueck, Inc., v. Nistler (In re Nistler), 259 B.R. 723 (Bankr. D. Or. 2001) held that Drye relied on language in IRC §6321, and should be limited to tax liens.
The acceptance of benefits will preclude a disclaimer under state law. EPTL §§2-11(b)(2) provides that “a person accepts an interest in property if he voluntarily transfers or encumbers, or contracts to transfer or encumber all or part of such interest, or accepts delivery or payment of, or exercises control as beneficial owner over all or part thereof . . . ” Similarly, a qualified disclaimer for purposes of IRC § 2518(c) will not occur if the disclaimant has accepted the interest or any of its benefits prior to making the disclaimer. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1) elaborates, providing that actions “indicative” of acceptance include (i) using the property or interest in the property; (ii) accepting dividends, interest, or rents from the property; or (iii) directing others to act with respect to the property or interest in the property. However, merely taking title to property without accepting any benefits associated with ownership does not constitute an acceptance of benefits. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1). Nor will a disclaimant be considered to have accepted benefits merely because under local law title to property vests immediately in the disclaimant upon the death of the decedent. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1).
The acceptance of benefits of one interest in property will not, alone, constitute an acceptance of other separate interests created by the transferor and held by the disclaimant in the same property. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1). Thus, TAM 8619002 advised that a surviving spouse who accepted $1.75x in benefits from a joint brokerage account effectively disclaimed the remainder since she had not accepted the benefits of the disclaimed portion which did not include the $1.75x in benefits which she had accepted. The disclaimant’s continued use of property already owned is also not, without more, a bar to a qualifying disclaimer. Thus, a joint tenant who continues to reside in jointly held property will not be considered to have accepted the benefit of the property merely because she continued to reside in the property prior to effecting the disclaimer. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1); PLR 9733008.
The existence of an unexercised general power of appointment in a will before the death of the testator is not an acceptance of benefits. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1). However, if the powerholder dies having exercised the power, acceptance of benefits has occurred. TAM 8142008.
The receipt of consideration in exchange for exercising a disclaimer constitutes an acceptance of benefits. However, the mere possibility that a benefit will accrue to the disclaimant in the future is insufficient to constitute an acceptance. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1); TAM 8701001. Moreover, actions taken in a fiduciary capacity by a disclaimant to preserve the disclaimed property will not constitute an acceptance of benefits. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(2). A disclaimant may make a qualified disclaimer with respect to all or an undivided portion of a separate interest in property, even if the disclaimant has another interest in the same property. Thus, one could disclaim an income interest while retaining an interest in principal. PLR 200029048. So too, the right to remove a trustee was an interest separate from the right to receive principal or a lifetime special power of appointment. PLR 9329025. PLR 200127007 ruled that the waiver of the benefit conferred by right of recover under IRC §2207A constituted a qualified disclaimer.
A disclaimant makes a qualified disclaimer with respect to disclaimed property if the disclaimer relates to severable property. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-3(a)(1)(ii). Thus, (i) the disclaimer of a fractional interest in a residuary bequest was a qualified disclaimer (PLR 8326033); (ii) a disclaimer may be made of severable oil, gas and mineral rights (PLR 8326110); and (iii) a disclaimer of the portion of real estate needed to fund the obligation of the residuary estate to pay legacies, debts, funeral and administrative expenses, is a severable interest. PLR 8130127.
For disclaimants (other than a surviving spouse) who are residuary legatees or heirs at law, the disclaimant must be careful not only to disclaim the interest in the property itself, but also to disclaim the residuary interest. If not, the disclaimer will not be effective with respect to that portion of the interest which the disclaimant has the right to receive. §25.2518-2(e)(3). To illustrate, in PLR 8824003, a joint tenant (who was not a surviving spouse) was entitled to one-half of the residuary estate. The joint tenant disclaimed his interest in the joint tenancy, but did not disclaim his residuary interest. The result was that only half of the disclaimed interest qualified under IRC §2518. The half that passed to the disclaimant as a residuary legatee did not qualify.
The disclaimant may not have the power, either alone or in conjunction with another, to determine who will receive the disclaimed property, unless the power is subject to an ascertainable standard. However, with respect to a surviving spouse, the rule is more lenient. Estate of Lassiter, 80 T.C.M. (CCH) 541 (2000) held that Treas. Reg. §25.2518-2(e)(2) does not prohibit a surviving spouse from retaining a power to direct the beneficial enjoyment of the disclaimed property, even if the power is not limited by an ascertainable standard, provided the surviving spouse will ultimately be subject to estate or gift tax with respect to the disclaimed property.
An impermissible power of direction exists if the disclaimant has a power of appointment over a trust receiving the disclaimed property, or if the disclaimant is a fiduciary with respect to the disclaimed property. §25.2518-2(e)(3). However, mere precatory language not binding under state law as to who shall receive the disclaimed property will not constitute a prohibited “direction”. PLR 9509003. Limits on the power of a fiduciary to disclaim may have tax implications. PLR 8409024 stated that trustees could disclaim administrative powers the exercise of which did not “enlarge or shift any of the beneficial interests in the trust.” However, the trustees could not disclaim dispositive fiduciary powers which directly affected the beneficial interest involved. This rule limits the trustee’s power to qualify a trust for a QTIP election.
In some states, representatives of minors, infants, or incompetents may disclaim without court approval. EPTL §2-1.11(c) permits renunciation on behalf of an infant, incompetent or minor. However such renunciation must be “authorized” by the court having jurisdiction of the estate of the minor, infant or incompetent. In Estate of Azie, 694 N.Y.S.2d 912 (Sur. Ct. 1999), two minor children were beneficiaries of a $1 million life insurance policy of their deceased father. The mother, who was the guardian, proposed to disclaim $50,000 of each child. The proposed disclaimer would fund a marital trust and would save $40,000 in estate taxes. The Surrogate, disapproving the proposed disclaimer, stated that the disclaimer must be advantageous to the children, and not merely to the parent.
A disclaimer may be valid under the EPTL but not under the Code. EPTL §2-1.11-(b)(2) provides that a renunciation must be filed with the Surrogates court within 9 months after the effective date of the disposition, but that this time may be extended for “reasonable cause.” EPTL §2-1.11(a)(2)(C) provides that the effective date of the disposition of a future interest “shall be the date on which it becomes an estate in possession.” Since under IRC §2518, a renunciation must be made within nine months, the grant of an extension by the Surrogates court of the time in which to file a renunciation might result in a valid disclaimer under the EPTL, but under federal tax law. Similarly, while the time for making a renunciation of a future interest may be extended under EPTL §2-1.11(a)(2)(C), such an extension would likely be ineffective for purposes of IRC §2518.
The rules for disclaiming jointly owned property can generally be divided into two categories. The first category consists of joint bank, brokerage and other investment accounts where the transferor may unilaterally regain his contributions. With respect to these, the surviving co-tenant may disclaim within nine months of the transferor’s death but, under the current EPTL, only to the extent that the survivor did not furnish consideration.
The second category comprises all other jointly held interests. With respect to all other interests held jointly with right of survivorship or as tenants by the entirety, a qualified disclaimer of the interest to which the disclaimant succeeds upon creation must be made no later than nine months after the creation. A qualified disclaimer of an interest to which the disclaimant succeeds upon the death of another (i.e., a survivorship interest) must be made no later than nine months after the death of the first tenant. This is true (i) regardless of the portion of the property contributed by the disclaimant; (ii) regardless of the portion of the property included in the decedent’s gross estate under IRC §2040; and (iii) regardless of whether the property is unilaterally severable under local law.
A bill has been introduced in the New York legislature which would conform New York law to federal law. EPTL 2-1.11(b)(1) now provides that a surviving joint tenant or tenant by the entirety may not disclaim the portion of property allocable to amounts contributed by him with respect to such property. Under the proposed legislation, the surviving joint tenant or tenant by the entirety may disclaim to the extent that such interest could be the subject of a qualified disclaimer under IRC § 2518.

XXIV. VALUATION CLAUSES

Transfer made by gift or by sale are frequently expressed by formula to avoid adverse gift tax consequences that could result if the value of the transferred interest were successfully challenged by the IRS on audit. There are two principal types of formula clauses: “value adjustment” clauses and “value definition”” clauses. A value adjustment clause provides for either an increase in the price of an asset or a return of a portion of the transferred asset to the donor if the value of the transferred asset is determined to be greater than anticipated at the time of the transfer. However, this technique, which utilizes a condition subsequent to avoid a transfer in excess of that which is contemplated, is generally ineffective. A number of courts have ruled this would constitute a condition subsequent which would have the effect of undoing a portion of a gift. That would be against public policy and therefore void.
A value definition clause defines the value of the gift or sale at the time of the transfer. The agreement between the parties does not require a price adjustment or an adjustment in the amount of property transferred. The transaction is complete, but the extent of the property sold or given is not fully known at that time. An adjustment on a revaluation by the IRS will simply cause an adjustment of the interests allocated between the transferor and transferee(s). A value definition clause could allocate the transferred amount among non-taxable transferees, which could include charities, QTIP trusts, or outright transfers to spouses. The Eighth Circuit, in Estate of Christiansen, approved the use of formula disclaimers. __F.3d__, No. 08-3844, (11/13/09); 2009 WL 3789908, aff’’g 130 T.C. 1 (2008). Helen Christiansen left her entire estate to her daughter, Christine, with a gift over to a charity to the extent Christine disclaimed her legacy. By reason of the difficulty in valuing limited partnership interests, Christine disclaimed that portion of the estate that exceeded $6.35 million, as finally determined for estate tax purposes. Following IRS examination, the estate agreed to a higher value for the partnership interests. However, by reason of the disclaimer, this adjustment simply resulted in more property passing to the charity, with no increase in estate tax liability. The IRS objected to the formula disclaimer on public policy grounds, stating that fractional disclaimers provide a disincentive to audit.
In upholding the validity of the disclaimer, the Court of Appeals remarked that “we note that the Commissioner’s role is not merely to maximize tax receipts and conduct litigation based on a calculus as to which cases will result in the greatest collection. Rather, the Commissioner’s role is to enforce the tax laws.” Although “savings clauses” had since Com’r. v. Procter, 142 F.2d 824 (4th Cir.), cert. denied, 323 U.S. 756 (1944), rev’g and rem’g 2 TCM [CCH] 429 (1943) been held in extreme judicial disfavor on public policy grounds, carefully drawn defined value formula clauses have seen a remarkable rehabilitation. So much so that the Tax Court in Christiansen concluded that it “did not find it necessary to consider Procter, since the formula in question involved only the parties’ current estimates of value, and not values finally determined for gift or estate tax purposes.”

XXV. PROTECTIVE CLAIMS

The executor may file a “protective claim” for refund, which would preserve the estate’s ultimate right to claim a deduction under IRC §2053(a). A timely filed protective claim would thus preserve the estate’s right to a refund if the amount of the liability is later determined and paid.Although a protective claim would not be required to specify a dollar amount, it would be required to identify the outstanding claim that would be deductible if paid, and describe the contingencies delaying the determination of the liability or its actual payment. Attorney’s fees or executor’s commissions that have not been paid could be identified in a protective claim. Prop. Regs. §20.2053-1(a)(4). A second limitation on deductible expenses also applies: Estate expenses are deductible by the executor only if approved by the state court whose decision follows state law, or established by a bona fide settlement agreement or a consent decree resulting from an arm’s length agreement. This requirement is apparently intended to prevent a deduction where a claim of doubtful merit was paid by the estate.
The proposed regulations suffer from some defects. To illustrate one, assume the will of the decedent dying in 2008 whose estate is worth $10 million, designates that $2 million should fund the credit shelter trust, with the remainder funding the marital trust. Assume also the existence of a $3 million contested claim against the estate. If the executor sets apart $3 million for the contested claim and files a protective claim for refund, the marital trust would be funded with only $5 million, instead of $8 million. If the claim is later defeated, the $3 million held in reserve could no longer be used to fund the marital trust, and would be subject to estate tax.
Alternatively, the executor could simply fund the marital trust with $8 million, not set aside the $3 million, and not file a protective claim. If the claim is later determined to be valid, payment could be made from assets held in the marital trust. However, by proceeding in this manner, the IRS could later assert that the marital deduction was invalid. Some have speculated that the existence of a large protective claim might also tempt the IRS to look more closely at other valuation issues involving other expenses claimed by the estate as a hedge against the possibility of a large future deduction by the estate.

XXVI. PARTNERSHIPS & S CORPORATIONS

Income tax problems may arise if a nongrantor trust becomes the owner of S Corporation stock. In general, only certain trusts, i.e., (i) grantor trusts; (ii) Qualified Subchapter S Trusts; and (iii) Electing Small Business Trusts may own S corporation stock. A grantor trust that becomes a nongrantor trust at the death of the grantor will no longer be an eligible S corporation shareholder. Without some affirmative action, the S corporation election would be lost, with attendant adverse income tax consequences. However, two remedies are available under which address this issue. The first involves the trust making an election to be treated as a “Qualified Subchapter S Trust,” or “QSST”.
To qualify as a QSST, IRC §1361(d)(3)(B) requires that trust instrument provide that all income be distributed annually to the sole trust beneficiary. An election must be made by the beneficiary to qualify the trust as a QSST. If the trust cannot qualify as a QSST because the trust instrument does not require all income to be distributed annually (i.e., the trustee is given discretion to distribute income) it cannot qualify as a QSST.
Though less desirable, qualification for a nongrantor trust may still be possible by making an election to be treated as an Electing Small Business Trust, or “ESBT” under IRC §1361(e). In contrast to a QSST, an ESBT does not require that all income be distributed annually. The ESBT election is made by the trustee, rather than by the beneficiary. The ESBT, rather than the income beneficiary, will report his share of income from the S Corporation. Expenses of the trust will be allocated the Subchapter S interest of the Trust and the interest of the Trust consisting of non-S Corporation assets.
Treas. Regs. § 1.1361-1(j)(6)(ii)(A) and IRC § 1.1361-1(m)(2)(iii) provide the time period in which an ESBT election must be made: if S Corporation stock is transferred to a trust, the [ESBT] election must be made within the 16-day-and-2-month period beginning on the day the stock is transferred to the trust. When the Trust distributes income, the Trust will receive a deduction only for the portion of the distribution related to income derived from non-S Corporation trust assets. (This is in sharp contrast to the normal rules applicable to trust distributions to beneficiaries.) Therefore, to the extent a trust will not be entitled to receive any deduction. All income reported by the ESBT is taxed at the highest individual income tax rates. In addition, losses passed through from the S Corporation are not permitted to offset income from non-S Corporation assets held bythe trust. See Treas. Regs. § 1.641(c)-1.
IRC § 1361(e)(3) and Treas. Regs. § 1.1361-1(m)(2) provide that the trustee must make the ESBT election. The election is made by signing and filing with the service center where the S Corporation files its returns a statement that meets the trust meets requirements of the regulations. If the trust has more than one trustee, each trustee must sign the election statement. The election statement must include the following information: (i) the name, address, and TIN of the trust; (ii) the potential current beneficiaries, and the S Corporations in which the trust owns stock; (iii) an identification of the election as an ESBT election made under Internal IRC § 1361(e)(2); (iv) the first date on which the trust owned stock in each S Corporation; (v) the date at which the election is to become effective (not earlier than15 days and two months before the date on which the election is filed); and (vi) representations signed by the trustee stating that the trust meets the definitional requirements of IRC § 1361(e)(1) and all potential current income beneficiaries of the trust meet the shareholder requirements of IRC § 1361(b)(1).
If a trust which has made an election to be treated as an ESBT or QSST terminates, the S corporation shares must be transferred to another qualifying shareholder to preserve the S Corporation election. When a partner dies, the basis of any partnership interest passing to heirs is stepped up to fair market value. Until 2001, the partnership’s inside basis in partnership assets remained the same following the death of a partner, and the transmission of the partnership interest to the decedent’s heirs. However, IRC § 754, enacted in 2001, permits the partnership to increase (or decrease) the inside basis of partnership assets with respect to the interest of the deceased partner. This election will have the favorable result of permitting increasing the adjusted basis of partnership property to fair market value on the date of death of the decedent.
The heir will then be able to use the increased basis to report gain from the sale by the partnership of partnership property. The election will also be beneficial to the remaining partners since it will increase depreciation deductions, and reduce gain when the partnership ultimately disposes of the replacement property. The Section 754 adjustment will have no effect on other partners; therefore, the partnership will be required to keep two sets of books for the basis of partnership property. The election is made by the partnership on the return corresponding to the year in which the partner died. Although not irrevocable, the election may be only be revoked with the approval of the IRS.

April 15, 2011
I. REPRESENTATION

Lincoln’s adage that “he who is his own lawyer has a fool for a client” appears particularly apt for those taxpayers who represent themselves in tax disputes, since not only are they often unfamiliar with the procedural aspects of the litigation process, but they are also often unfamiliar with the tax law. Although administrative law judges make every effort to accommodate pro se taxpayers, proceedings at the Division of Tax Appeals are governed by the Tax Law and the CPLR. Pro se taxpayers with little knowledge in these statutory areas generally fare poorly, frequently making arguments that have been rejected countless times in the past by other taxpayers. In addition, they often create a hearing record so decidedly adverse that a later appeal to the Tax Appeals Tribunal becomes extraordinarily difficult.
The Department of Taxation, on the other hand, is represented by skillful and experienced lawyers who are conversant with the cases and with the system. The Department’s counsel are also adept at defusing the actions of auditors who have deviated from established audit procedures during the audit. Taxpayers not representing themselves at the Division of Tax Appeals or the Tax Appeals Tribunal may be represented by an accountant or by an attorney. Taxpayers appealing an adverse decision of the Tax Appeals Tribunal via an Article 78 proceeding to the Appellate Division may only be represented by an attorney.

II. CONCILIATION CONFERENCE

A taxpayer who disagrees with audit finding will be given the opportunity to participate in a mediation conference with the auditor. This conference is held under the under the auspices of the Bureau of Mediation and Conciliation Services (BCMS), which is a separate operating bureau within the Department of Taxation reporting directly to the Commissioner of Taxation and Finance. The goal of the Conciliation Conferee is to resolve tax disputes without the necessity of a formal hearing before the Division of Tax Appeals. A request for a Conciliation Conference must generally be made within 90 days after the issuance of a Notice of Determination. The taxpayer who deems the Conciliation Order issued by the Conferee following the Conference unacceptable, may request a formal hearing before the Division of Tax Appeals within 90 days after the Conciliation Order is issued.
A taxpayer who wishes to bypass the Conciliation Conference may do so by filing a request for a formal hearing before the Division of Tax Appeals within 90 days after the issuance of a Notice of Determination. These time periods are jurisdictional; a taxpayer who fails to timely file a request for a hearing before the Division of Tax Appeals will lose all appeal rights in the administrative tax tribunals. (Relief may still be sought in some cases by bring a declaratory judgment action in state supreme court challenging the constitutionality or the applicability of the statute or assessment. However, this path is perilous at best.)

III. THE DIVISION OF TAX APPEALS

The Division of Tax Appeals, in contrast to BCMS, is an autonomous unit of the Department of Taxation and is independent of the Commissioner of Taxation and Finance. The Administrative Law Judges who preside over hearings at the Division of Tax Appeals are experienced and impartial. Still, the Department of Taxation has an advantage in the Division of Tax Appeals, since tax laws are construed narrowly and in favor of the government. Hearings are held at the offices of the Division of Tax Appeals, located at 500 Federal Street, in Troy. The majority disputes with the Department of Taxation heard today involve sales tax. Decisions of the Tax Appeals Tribunal, the Appellate Division, Court of Appeals, or United States district or appeals courts sitting in New York may be cited as authority for the taxpayer’s case. However, the doctrine of staré decisis has no application to cases decided by Administrative Law Judges. Accordingly, those determinations have no precedential value and may not be cited as authority in any brief. In the 2009-2010 fiscal year, Administrative Law Judges sustained 80.2 percent of the deficiencies or other action asserted by the Department of Taxation; they cancelled 9.4 percent of the deficiencies or other action; and they modified 10.4 percent of the deficiencies or other action. New York State Division of Tax Appeals, Annual Report Fiscal Year 2009-2010.

IV. ANALYZING A SALES TAX CASE

In fiscal year 2009-10, sales tax cases represented 59 percent of the cases heard in the Division of Tax Appeals. This is not surprising. With the lure of interest, penalties, and large revenues upon which the sales tax is based, the Department of Taxation aggressively pursues sales tax revenue through audit. To emerge victorious in a sales tax dispute, the taxpayer should be conversant with some important principles involving sales tax litigation. First, auditors often attack the adequacy of the taxpayer’s books and records. Should the Division find these records inadequate, it may resort to “external indices,” one of which is a “test period” audit, in which an extrapolation could be made over a lengthy term. Since penalties will also be extrapolated, this is a dangerous position for the taxpayer to be in.
The first question is whether the Division was justified in resorting to external indices. The Division must make an explicit request for books and records for the entire audit period. If only a “weak and casual” request is made for records (Matter of Christ Cella, 477 NYS2d 858), the taxpayer may be excused from having failed to provide records. If the auditor failed to conduct a sufficient examination of the records, the use of a test period audit has been held improper. Does the audit report actually document a finding of inadequacy of records? Matter of King Crab, 522 N.Y.S.2d 978. If not, the Division may be unable to establish inadequacy of records. Resort to a test period audit is not justified unless it is “virtually impossible” to determine tax based upon available records. Matter of Chartair, 411 NYS2d 41. Did the auditors fail to review books and records because they were “too voluminous”? Matter of Names in the News, 429 NYS2d 755. The Division may not employ an “economic feasibility” test in resorting to a test period audit. The taxpayer has a right to a detailed audit under Tax Law §1138. Matter of Chartair, supra.
Did the taxpayer or his representative actually consent to a test period audit? Merely complying with a request to provide records for a test period does not, without more, evidence a waiver of the taxpayer’s right to a complete audit. Matter of James G. Kennedy, 509 NYS2d 199. Did the Division “deliberately overlook” records which were helpful to the taxpayer? Matter of Merrick Discount Center, DTA No. 800362. Was there a change in auditors? Did the original auditor appear at the hearing or at least provide an affidavit? If not, the evidence may not be sufficient to justify resort to external indices. Matter of Kenneth Schuck Trucking, DTA No. 816129. If the audit period was extended, were those records requested? Was an independent review of records relating to the extended audit period made? If adequate records exist for the extended audit period, the Division “cannot ignore them.” Matter of Adamides, 521 NYS2d 826.
Even if the taxpayer failed to comply with the Division’s record keeping regulations, it may not “prescribe the type of proof that a taxpayer must provide at hearing”” in order to prevail. Matter of John G. Avildsen, DTA No. 809722. If the amount of tax paid was “easily ascertainable” from records provided, a denial of credit by the Division was held to constitute the “mindless elevation of form over substance” and could not be considered “anything other than an arbitrary and capricious exercise of power.” Matter of Riluc, 565 NYS2d 265. Did the Division request records not typically kept by persons involved in the taxpayer’s line of business? If so, the taxpayer has the right to substantiate the proper collection of tax due through supporting documents. Matter of Raemart Drugs, 555 NYS2d 458.
Assuming resort to estimate procedures was warranted, did those procedures lack a “rational basis,” or did an extrapolation yield a grossly inaccurate estimate the tax liability? Matter of Yonkers Plumbing, 403 NYS2d 792. Was the Division’s method “reasonably calculated” to reflect the taxes due? Matter of W.T. Grant Company, 2 NY2d 196, cert denied 355 US 869. Was the audit methodology founded upon the auditor’s “experience” without any indication that the experience relates to the present audit? Matter of Grecian Square, 119 AD2d 948. Was the method chosen by the Division to estimate sales arbitrary and capricious? Matter of King Crab, supra.
Was the imposition of penalties proper? Did the taxpayer make a “reasonable effort” to ascertain tax liability? Matter of Northern States Contracting, Inc., DTA 806161. Was any understatement of tax unintentional? Matter of G & R Machinery, DTA 804590. As these cases demonstrate, knowledge of the taxpayer’s substantive rights constitutes the best insurance against an unfavorable result. Having a meritorious case may unfortunately be insufficient to prevail at hearing unless the proper legal arguments are advanced.

V. MOTIONS FOR SUMMARY DETERMINATION

NYCRR § 3000.9(b)(1) provides that ““summary determination” may be granted “if, upon all of the papers and proofs submitted, the administrative law judge finds . . . no material and triable issue of fact is presented and that the . . . judge can, therefore, as a matter of law, issue a determination in favor of any party.” A motion for summary determination forces the Department to “lay bare”” its proof at an earlier stage. In that sense, the motion serves as a proxy for discovery. It can also provide an effective means of presenting the case to the ALJ prior to the hearing in a light most favorable to the taxpayer. Most evidence, which often consists of auditor’s testimony, his logs and other documentary evidence, is typically presented for the first time at the hearing before the ALJ in Troy.
A motion for summary judgment may eliminate the undesirable element of surprise. Surprise at hearing may derail even the strongest of cases. Once served with a motion for summary determination, the Department must respond by proving the existence of a genuine issue of triable fact. Facts not controverted in opposing papers are deemed admitted. Fair v. Stanley Fuchs, 631 N.Y.S.2d 153 (1st Dept. 1995) held that a party opposing a motion for summary judgment “must produce evidentiary proof in admissible form sufficient to require a trial of material questions of fact . . . mere conclusions, expressions of hope or unsubstantiated allegations or assertions are insufficient.” Accordingly, affirmations of counsel would be insufficient to defeat the motion. Affidavits by the auditor as well as other evidence in admissible form would seemingly be required to oppose to such a motion.

VI. TAX APPEALS TRIBUNAL

Following a hearing at the Division of Tax Appeals, any party may appeal all or part of the Determination to the Tax Appeals Tribunal, provided a Notice of Exception is filed within 30 days after service of the Determination on the parties. The Tax Appeals tribunal sits as the final administrative tax tribunal in the state. In the 2009-2010 fiscal year, the Tax Appeals Tribunal sustained the deficiency or other action asserted by the Department of Taxation in 71.7 percent of cases; it cancelled the deficiency or other action asserted in 13.0 percent of the cases; it modified the deficiency or other action asserted in 8.7 percent of the cases, and it remanded the case to the Administrative Law Judge in 6.5 percent of the cases.
A brief may be filed within 30 days after the filing of the Notice of Exception. 30-day extensions for filing a Notice of Exception may be granted “for cause.” In practice, such extensions are granted as a matter of course, provided a letter requesting the extension is received by the Division of Tax Appeals within the 30-day period for filing the Notice of Exception. The Tax Appeals Tribunal, also located in Troy, has three Commissioners who serve nine-year terms and who may be removed only for cause. Tax procedure in the administrative tax tribunals is governed by rules promulgated by the Tax Appeals Tribunal. In many respects, these rules resemble procedural rules found in the CPLR. Oral argument may be requested before the Tax Appeals Tribunal, and is routinely but not automatically granted.

VII. ARTICLE 78 REVIEW OF TAX APPEALS TRIBUNAL DECISIONS

Taxpayers wishing to contest adverse determinations of the Tax Appeals Tribunal generally have only one choice: an Article 78 proceeding to review the determination of a “state body” (i.e., the Tax Appeals Tribunal), pursuant to CPLR §7804. Article 78 review must be commenced within 4 months following an adverse decision by the Tax Appeals Tribunal. A CPLR Article 78 proceeding is the “dotted line” in the flowchart that brings the tax dispute out of administrative tribunal system and into the New York judicial court system. From a tax petitioner’s standpoint, Article 78 is far from perfect: it possesses treacherous statutes of limitations, it is inherently capable of providing only narrowly circumscribed relief, and it imposes onerous bonding requirements. Still, like the Spirit of St. Louis, Article 78 will at least take the taxpayer into the courtroom of the Appellate Division, where counsel may be able to convince the Court of reversible error below.
An Article 78 petition is returnable to the Appellate Division, 3rd Department, in Albany. If corporate sales tax is in issue, the taxpayer must deposit the tax or post an undertaking. No undertaking is required to seek review of personal income and corporate tax determinations, including responsible person determinations; however, assessment and collection of these taxes may proceed during the pendency of an Article 78 proceeding.
The actual Article 78 proceeding is commenced by service of a Notice of Petition and Petition upon the parties described above made returnable to the Appellate Division, 3rd Department, on at least 20 days’ notice. At least five days before the return date of the Petition, the Commissioner must appear by serving an answer, or otherwise moving to dismiss. (A motion to dismiss could be based upon a lack of jurisdiction for failing to properly serve all parties or for failing to obtain the required bond, or dismissal could result from failing to state a cause of action.)Judicial review is limited to the record before the agency — no new evidence may be submitted. The stipulated record and a brief must be filed within 9 months after the date of commencement of the proceeding.
CPLR § 217 provides that “a proceeding against a body . . . must be commenced within four months after the determination to be reviewed becomes final and binding.” Tax Law §2016 provides that the four-month period commences after notice of the Tax Appeals Tribunal is served. The statute then provides that “service by certified mail shall be complete upon deposit of such notice . . . in a post office.” Therefore, the taxpayer actually has less than four months from receipt of the notice in which to commence an Article 78 proceeding. The Department of Taxation keeps meticulous records, including affidavits by clerks, concerning the manner in which certified copies of decisions are mailed.
Arguments made by the taxpayer concerning either the taxpayer’s own timely mailing, or the Department’s failure in this regard, will in all likelihood fail. One might presume that only the Department of Taxation need be served with an Article 78 petition. This presumption would be erroneous: Tax Law § 2016 provides that “[t]he petitioner shall designate the tax appeals tribunal and the commissioner of taxation and finance as respondents in the proceeding for judicial review.” (The Tax Appeals Tribunal does not, however, participate in the proceeding.) Section 2016 continues, providing that “[i]n all other respects the provisions and standards of article seventy-eight of the [CPLR] shall apply.” CPLR §7804(c) provides that “notice of petition must be served upon the attorney general by delivery of such order or notice to an assistant attorney general.”
Therefore, the Department of Taxation, the Tax Appeals Tribunal and the Attorney General must all be served in an Article 78 proceeding. One might also assume that since the taxpayer may be served with notice of the Tax Appeals Tribunal decision by certified mail, the taxpayer could, similarly, commence an Article 78 proceeding by serving the three required recipients by certified mail. This is not the case: Although CPLR §307(2) does provide that personal service may be effected upon a state agency (i.e., Department of Taxation and Tax Appeals Tribunal) by certified mail, § 307(1) appears to require personal delivery by a process server upon the Attorney General.
Additionally, one more trap awaits the unwary regarding service of process by certified mail: CPLR §307(2) provides that such service is not effective unless “the front of the envelope bears the legend “URGENT LEGAL MAIL.” Given the tangle of statutory provisions governing service, it would appear far preferable to serve all parties personally by process server, rather than to serve by certified mail and hope that all statutory requirements have been met. Although the taxpayer may have contested the deficiency to the Tax Appeals Tribunal without paying any disputed tax, this courtesy of the New York Legislature ends at the filing of the Article 78 petition, at least with respect to some types of tax.
Thus, a jurisdictional prerequisite to instituting an Article 78 proceeding involving, inter alia, sales tax or real property transfer gains tax, is the filing of a bond to cover contested amounts and court costs. Although a bond is not required in order to initiate an Article 78 proceeding based upon deficiency relating to income tax, the Department may nevertheless assess and collect a deficiency during the pendency of such an Article 78 proceeding. If the Department decides to assess tax during the proceeding, the taxpayer must either pay the deficiency or file a bond (a letter of credit may also be acceptable to the Department) pending ultimate disposition of the case.
Although it may seem unjust for the Appellate Division to dismiss meritorious cases on procedural grounds such as the failure to serve the Article 78 petition in the proper manner — and perhaps it is unjust — a body of case law has evolved which makes it virtually impossible for a court to entertain a petition which suffers from jurisdictional defects. The petition must be verified (CPLR §7804) and must comply with all provisions of the CPLR which govern pleadings.
Thus, it must make factual allegations in separately numbered paragraphs and must state a legally cognizable cause of action, or the action will be susceptible to a motion to dismiss. The Court of Appeals held in Spodek v. New York State Com’r. of Taxation and Finance, 628 N.Y.S.2d 256 (1995), that the commencement-by-filing provisions in CPLR §304 apply to proceedings originating in the Appellate Division. Thus, before service of the Article 78 petition on the required recipients, the Petition must be filed (and an index number purchased) from the Clerk of the Appellate Division.
After purchasing the index number, personal service (preferably by a process server) must be made on the recipients. After such service is complete, proof of such service must be filed with the Appellate Division “not later than 15 days after the date on which the [four-month] statute of limitations expires.” CPLR § 306(b) Pursuant to Tax Law § 2016, the taxpayer must include as part of the petition (1) the determination of the Administrative Law Judge (ALJ), (2) the decision of the Tax Appeals Tribunal, (3) the transcript of the hearing (if any) before the ALJ, and (4) any exhibit or document submitted into evidence at any stage in the proceeding. Judicial review of the agency determination will be limited to a review of the record.
After issue has been joined (i.e., the Department has served an answer or moved to dismiss), and within nine months of the date of the Notice of Petition, the taxpayer must file with the Appellate Division an original and nine copies of a reproduced full record, as well as ten copies of the taxpayer’s brief. In reviewing the determination of the Tax Appeal Tribunal, CPLR §7803 provides that the determination will be upheld if it is supported by “substantial evidence.” In addition, the burden of proof is generally on the taxpayer to show that the agency determination was arbitrary or capricious, or not supported by the evidence. This includes responsible person determinations made under the income and sales tax laws for corporate officers and employees.
After submission of the record and brief, oral argument is scheduled. Taxpayer’’s counsel is generally allowed 15 minutes for oral argument. Approximately six weeks later, the Court will render a full opinion or memorandum decision. The prevailing party will then draft a proposed order for execution by the Appellate Division Clerk. After service of this order with Notice of Entry, the nonprevailing party will then have 30 days in which to seek leave (permission) to appeal to the Court of Appeals. The Court of Appeals seldom grants leave to appeal in tax cases.

VIII. APPEALS TO COURT OF APPEALS

Appeals to the Court of Appeals may be taken either by permission or as of right. In either case, no oral argument on the motion is permitted. Appeals as of right may be taken where (i) two justices dissented on a question of law in favor of the taxpayer; or (ii) the issues in dispute directly involve a constitutional question. With respect to (i), it is not enough that there have been two dissenting judges; each must have advocated judgment in favor of the taxpayer based on questions of law. With respect to (ii), even where a constitutional question is presented, the appeal will be dismissed if the decision could have been decided on other grounds. Thus, a constitutional question cannot be raised solely to obtain jurisdiction.
A motion seeking permission to appeal may be based upon three grounds: (i) the decision conflicts with a prior Court of Appeals decision; (ii) a novel question is presented; or (iii) a question of substantial public importance is presented. Permission is typically sought under (ii) or (iii). The motion must include (a) a concise statement of facts; (b) a statement of the procedural history and a showing that the motion is timely; (c) a showing that the Court has jurisdiction; (d) an argument as to why the case merits review; and (e) an identification of portions of the record where the questions sought to be reviewed were preserved for appellate review. Within 10 days taking an appeal by right or by permission, the petitioner must “perfect” the appeal by filing a jurisdictional statement. The petitioner must then file and serve his brief, with the record and original exhibits. Leave to appeal to the Court of Appeals, rarely granted, may be sought if the taxpayer in the Appellate Division. In recent years, the U.S. Supreme Court has granted certiorari to relatively few petitioners involving substantive state tax issues.
The Appellate Division will affirm if it finds the decision was (i) supported by “substantial evidence” and was not (ii) erroneous, arbitrary or capricious. Following submission of the record and briefs, oral argument before five judges will be scheduled in the Appellate Division. Within 4 to 6 weeks, a decision will be handed down. An appeal to the Court of Appeals from an adverse decision of the Appellate Division must be taken within 30 days after being served with a notice of entry. Failure to timely take an appeal is a fatal jurisdictional defect that will foreclose all further relief. The Court of Appeals generally reviews only questions of law. However, it may also review the Appellate Division’s reversal of the administrative tribunal’s finding of fact or exercise of discretion.

IX. DECLARATORY RELIEF AGAINST DEPARTMENT OF TAXATION

Although the administrative dispute mechanism is fairly administered by competent judges, tax disputes often result in manifest unfairness to the taxpayer, since protest and filing deadlines are strictly enforced, notices are unclear, and unintended forfeiture of rights frequently occurs. Taxing statutes are narrowly construed and administrative tribunals have little or no equitable jurisdiction. Moreover, Article 78 proceedings are procedurally and substantively weighted against the taxpayer, the standard of review being the difficult to surmount “arbitrary and capricious” formulation. In the federal arena, suits against the IRS may proceed in federal courts only if the taxpayer has paid the tax and then sues for a refund; otherwise the taxpayer must litigate in Tax Court. The doctrine of sovereign immunity will, with few exceptions, pose an impenetrable bar resulting in dismissal of most actions brought by the taxpayer in federal court, except when expressly authorized by statute.
Yet, the doctrine of sovereign immunity exerts less pull in New York state courts. In fact, the Court of Appeals has expressly recognized that administrative remedies are not the sole method of contesting the validity of a taxation statute: “A tax assessment may be reviewed in a manner other than that provided by statute where the constitutionality of the statute is challenged or a claim is made that the statute by its own terms does not apply…” Slater v. Gallman, 377 N.Y.S.2d 448. Thus, even a taxpayer who has contested — and lost — in the administrative tribunals, may seek another “day in court” in state supreme court, a naturally more hospitable venue. Moreover, once in supreme court, the Department’s own counsel will mostly likely transfer the file to the Attorney General’s office to litigate the matter. Since the Attorney General may not have the same institutional loyalty to the Department, a satisfactory accord may be reached even where none was possible the Department’s counsel at the administrative tribunals stage.
Challenging the constitutionality of a taxing statute is difficult, as is succeeding in an argument that a taxing statute is unconstitutional or by its terms inapplicable. Nonetheless, the legislature is by no means incapable of enacting vague or unconstitutional statutues, and a serious challenge in supreme court may in the end vindicate the taxpayer’s interests. Thus, in Tennessee Gas Pipeline Company v. Urbach, 96 NY2d 124 (2001), a declaratory judgment action, the Court of Appeals reversed the Appellate Division and declared the gas import tax unconstitional as violative of the Commerce Clause.
In practice, a declaratory judgment action in state supreme court is commenced by filing a summons and complaint as in any other civil action. The usual rules of procedure as provided in the CPLR apply. Often, a complaint is brought on by an order to show cause (OSC) seeking injunctive relief and a stay of collection until a hearing has been held. The Department does not like to litigate outside of its administrative tribunal forum. Nevertheless, a taxpayer who seeks a declaratory judgment and alleges that a statute is unconstitutional or inapplicable is entitled to a judgment declaring the parties’ rights. The appellate division has held that it is improper to ““dismiss’ a complaint seeking a declaratory judgment, since the proper action is to declare that the statute is — or is not — constitutional. If there is a real question as to whether the statute is unconstitutional or inapplicable, the Attorney General, on its client’s — the Department’s — instruction, may seek to resolve the dispute without forcing the court to render a decision on the merits, which could further impede the Department’s efforts to collect tax against other similarly situated taxpayers if the Department were to lose and the statute were held to be inapplicable or unconstitutional.
Even if the taxpayer seeking a declaratory judgment appears unlikely to succeed on the merits, the mere presence of the taxpayer and his attorney in state supreme court with a Summons and an OSC against the Department and the Commissioner will more likely elicit the attention of an attorney or official with the power and inclination to settle the dispute than would the taxpayer on the receiving end of a telephone call from a collection agent. The declaratory judgment action can be an extremely useful device, especially where other viable options appear few.

Posted in Tax News & Comment | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

Post Mortem Estate & Income Tax Planning

View outline: Post Mortem Estate & Income Tax Planning
Post Mortem Estate Planning OutlinePost Mortem Estate and Income Tax Planning Outline

Post Mortem Estate &
Income Tax Planning

© 2011 David L. Silverman, J.D., LL.M. (Taxation)
Law Offices of David L. Silverman
2001 Marcus Avenue, Suite 265A South
Lake Success, NY 11042 (516) 466-5900
http://www.nytaxattorney.com
nytaxatty@aol.com

April 14, 2011                                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
I.    ESTATE TAX RETURNS    -1-

II.    NEW YORK STATE ESTATE TAX IMPOSED ON NONRESIDENTS    -2-

III.    ELECTIONS TO DEFER PAYMENT OF TAX    -2-

IV.    ALTERNATE VALUATION DATE    -3-

V.    THE DECEDENT’S FINAL INCOME TAX RETURN    -3-

VI.    INCOME IN RESPECT OF A DECEDENT    -4-

VII.    FIDUCIARY INCOME TAX    -5-

VIII.    ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES    -7-

IX.    ELECTION TO TREAT TRUST AS PART OF ESTATE    -8-

X.    DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND    -9-

XI.    PREPARER PENALTIES    -10-

XII.    LATE FILING & PAYMENT PENALTIES    -11-

XIII.    APPRAISER PENALTIES    -11-

XIV.    ESTATE TAX LIENS    -12-

XV.    NEGLIGENCE AND FRAUD PENALTIES    -12-

XVI.    FIDUCIARY AND BENEFICIARY LIABILITY    -13-

XVII.    REVALUATION OF LIFETIME GIFTS    -14-

XVIII.    VALUING ESTATE ASSETS    -15-

XIX.    SPECIAL USE VALUATION    -17-

XX.    POST MORTEM EVENTS    -18-

XXI.    PREVENTING LOSS OF BASIS    -18-

XXII.    MARITAL DEDUCTION    -19-

XXIII.    DISCLAIMERS    -26-

XXIV.    VALUATION CLAUSES    -34-

XXV.    PROTECTIVE CLAIMS    -35-

XXVI.    PARTNERSHIPS & S CORPORATIONS    -36-

Post Mortem Estate
& Income Tax Planning

© 2011 David L. Silverman, J.D., LL.M. (Taxation)
Law Offices of David L. Silverman
2001 Marcus Avenue, Suite 265A South
Lake Success, NY 11042 (516) 466-5900
http://www.nytaxattorney.com
nytaxatty@aol.com

April 14, 2011

I.    ESTATE TAX RETURNS

Calculation and remittance of federal and NYS estate tax is of primary concern in administering an estate. An estate tax return must be filed within nine months of the decedent’s death, and payment must also accompany the Form 706. IRC § 6075. A request for an automatic six-month extension may be made on Form 4768. Such request must include an estimate of the estate tax liabilities, since an extension of time to file does not extend the time in which the tax must be paid. Any tax not paid on or before the due date (without regard to extensions) will attract interest at the underpayment rate established by IRC§6621(a)(2). IRC §6601(a).
New York imports most of the information contained on the federal 706 onto its own estate tax return, Form ET-706. Since the New York estate tax exemption amount is only $1 million, an estate must complete and submit a federal Form 706 along with the ET-706 whether or not the federal Form 706 is required to be filed with the IRS.

II.    NEW YORK STATE ESTATE TAX IMPOSED ON NONRESIDENTS

New York imposes estate tax on a pro rata basis to nonresident decedents with property subject to New York estate tax. New York imposes no estate tax on nonresidents’ intangibles. TSB-M-92 provides that “New York has long maintained a tax policy that encourages nonresidents to keep their money, securities and other intangible property in New York State.” TSB-A-85(1) further provides that shares of stock of a New York corporation held by a nonresident are not subject to New York estate tax since shares of stock are considered intangible personal property.
TSB-A-08(1)M, provides that an interest of a nonresident in an S Corporation which owns a condominium in New York is an intangible asset provided the S Corporation has a legitimate business purpose. Presumably, if the S Corporation had only a single shareholder, and its only purpose was to hold real estate, New York could attempt to “pierce the veil” of the S Corporation and subject the condominium to New York estate tax in the estate of the nonresident.
Real property is generally taxed in the state where it is situated. Since LLC or partnership interests are intangibles, they would not be subject to New York estate tax. Therefore, nonresidents who own New York real property might consider converting the real property to personal property by contributing the real might consider converting the real property to personal property by contributing the real property to an LLC and taking back membership interests.

III.    ELECTIONS TO DEFER PAYMENT OF TAX

However, a request for an extension of time to pay the estate tax may be made under IRC § 6161 or IRC § 6166. Under IRC § 6161, an extension of up to ten years to pay the estate tax for “reasonable cause” or to prevent “undue hardship.”” Treasury regulations provide examples of what may constitute reasonable cause or undue hardship. Under IRC §§6166, an election may be made to pay estate tax in installments over 14 years, provided a “closely held business” interest exceeds 35 percent of the estate.

IV.    ALTERNATE VALUATION DATE

Under IRC § 2032(a), an executor may elect to value estate assets six months after the decedent’s date of death. The election, made on the estate tax return, can be useful if estate assets have depreciated between the date of death and the “alternate valuation date” (AVD). If the election is made to value estate assets on the AVD, it will apply to all estate assets. Any assets sold during the six month period preceding the alternative valuation date are valued as of the date of sale or distribution. The AVD election is made on Form 706. Therefore, if an extension to file the return is made, a decision to make the election can also be deferred until that time. Although the statute advises that “[s]uch election, once made, shall be irrevocable,” the regulations grant  some latitude by providing that “in no case may the election be exercised, or a previous election changed, after the expiration of” the due date the return, with extensions.  IRC § 2032(d); Treas. Regs., § 1.2032-1(b)(1). IRC § 2032(a)(3) precludes the use of the AVD for changes resulting from the “mere lapse of time.” In Kohler v. Com’r, T.C. Memo 2006-152, the Tax Court found that an estate could utilize a lower valuation where a post-death corporate reorganization reduced the value of the decedent’s stock. Following the Kohler decision, the proposed regulations were amended to provide that AVD could not be used for changes resulting from the mere lapse of time or “because of economic conditions.”

V.    THE DECEDENT’S FINAL INCOME TAX RETURN

A decedent’s final income tax return must be filed by April 15 of the year following death. A joint return may be filed by the Executor if the decedent’s spouse did not remarry during the year. If no Executor has been appointed by the filing date, the surviving spouse may file a joint return. A later appointed Executor may revoke the surviving spouse’s election to file a joint return by filing a separate return within one year from the due date of the return, including extensions.  Liability issues may arise if a joint return is filed, since the Executor and spouse become jointly and severally liable for any tax and penalties, unless otherwise agreed. Therefore, as is the case with any joint return, the Executor should exercise caution before doing so, even if tax savings would arise by doing so.  Income tax liability arising before death constitutes a bona fide debt of the estate. Accordingly, such tax liability may be deducted on the estate tax return. However, if a joint return is filed, only that portion of the income tax attributable to income for which the decedent was liable may be deducted on the estate return.

VI.    INCOME IN RESPECT OF A DECEDENT

IRC §691 provides that income earned by the decedent before death, but collected after death, must be reported as income by the decedent’s estate. Such income is termed “income in respect of a decedent” or IRD. IRD items typically include (i) interest; (ii) salary or commissions earned; (iii) dividends whose record date preceded death; or (iv) gain portions of collections on a pre-death installment sale. IRC §2033 provides that a decedent’s gross estate equals the value of all property to the extent of the decedent’s interest at the time of death. Since IRD is an “interest”” of the decedent at his time of death, IRD is also subject to estate tax. To mitigate the harshness of IRD being subject to income as well as estate tax, IRC §691(c) provides an income tax deduction equal to the difference between the actual estate tax payable and the estate tax that would have been payable had the IRD been excluded from the gross estate.
Note that IRD items, in contrast to most other items included in the gross estate, do not receive a basis step up at the decedent’s death. IRC §1014(c). This can result in unnecessary income tax if the decedent sells appreciated property before death using the installment method to report gain. In this case, the gross profit ratio would be high, reflecting the appreciation in the property. Had the decedent’s estate sold the property instead, there would be no gain because the property would have received a stepped up basis at the decedent’s death under IRC § 1014(a).
The mirror image of income in respect of a decedent is “deductions in respect of a decedent” or DRD. IRC § 691(b). These deductions consist of expenses which the decedent accrued before death but had not paid by the time of his death. DRD includes trade or business expenses, interest, taxes, depletion, and other items which were not deducted on the decedent’s final income tax return. Since these items constitute debts, they may also be deducted on the decedent’s estate tax return, thus providing the estate with a double benefit.
VII.    FIDUCIARY INCOME TAX

The decedent’s estate must file a fiduciary income tax return by April 15th of the year following the year of the decedent’s date of death, unless the estate chooses a noncalendar year. The primary reason for selecting a fiscal taxable year would be to achieve a deferral of income. Since all estate distributions to beneficiaries are treated as being made on the last day of the estate’s taxable year, choosing a fiscal tax year may enable the executor to achieve this income tax deferral.
Under IRC § 6654(l), an estate must make estimated payments of income tax. However, estates are exempt from this requirement for two years. Since a revocable trust may elect to be taxed as an estate under IRC § 645, an electing revocable trust will also not be required to make estimated income tax payments for two years.  To illustrate, assume decedent died on February 15th, 2011, and that the estate elected a taxable year ending on January 31st, 2012. Beneficiary receives a taxable distribution on March 31st, 2011. Since all estate distributions are treated as being made on the last day of the estate’s taxable year, the beneficiary would be treated as receiving the distribution on January 31st, 2012, which is the last day of the estate’s taxable year. This income would be reported by the beneficiary on his 2012 income tax return, due on April 15th, 2013.
When considering the concept of DNI, one should distinguish IRC §102, which provides that gross income does not include the value of property acquired by gift or inheritance. To illustrate the distinction, assume decedent died on November 15th, 2011, seized of farmland in Iowa, and left the land to the trustees of a discretionary trust intended to benefit his daughters. There would be no DNI and no income tax with respect to the bequest itself. Income from the farm generated in 2011 until the date of the decedent’s death would be reported April 15th, 2012, on the final income tax return of the decedent. The estate would report fiduciary income on its first fiduciary income tax return. Assuming all of the trust’s distributable net income was distributed to the daughters in 2011, the trust would deduct this DNI from trust income. The trust would report net income after the subtraction for DNI, and the daughters would report their respective shares of DNI.
If the terms of the trust required all income to be distributed to the daughters in a given year, and no principal was distributed, the trust would be a “simple” trust for income tax purposes for that taxable year. If the terms of the trust required all income to be distributed in a given year, but principal was distributed in that year, then the trust would be a “complex” trust for fiduciary income tax purposes. Finally, if the does did not require that all income be distributed, then the trust would be a complex trust for all tax years, regardless of whether principal distributions were made in that year.
Some expenses of administering an estate may be deducted on either the estate tax return or on the fiduciary income tax return. Remainder beneficiaries of a trust may be affected by the choice of where the deductions are taken. If an expense of administration is taken on the fiduciary income tax return, this will reduce income tax liability of the income beneficiaries of the trust. However, the burden will be shifted to the remainder beneficiaries, since the gross estate will be larger.
The Uniform Principal and Income Act has been adopted in 26 states, including New York. Five states, also including New York, have enacted statutes enabling trusts to adopt a “unitrust” definition of income. Thus, EPTL 11-2.3(b)(5)(A) provides that where the terms of a trust describe the amount that “may or must be distributed to a beneficiary by referring to the trust’s income, the prudent investor standard also authorizes the trustee to adjust between principal and income to the extent the trustee considers advisable. . .”
Estates and trusts may also elect to treat distributions made within the first 65 days of the taxable year as being paid on the last day of the preceding taxable year. The election is made on Form 1041. IRC § 663(b). The election may not be made if the if the estate tax return is filed more than one year after the time prescribed by law (including extensions) for filing the return.

VIII.    ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES

Certain expenses incurred by the decedent and paid before death may be deducted only on the decedent’s final income tax return. Those include (i) medical and other deductible expenses paid prior to death; (ii) capital loss carryovers; (iii) charitable contribution carryovers; and (iv) net operating loss carryovers. Medical expenses incurred before death but paid after death may be deducted either on the decedent’s final income tax return (provided they are paid within one year of death) or on the estate tax return. To claim the deduction on the final income tax return, the executor must file a statement certifying that the expense was not claimed as a deduction on the estate tax return.
Expenses of administration actually and necessarily incurred in administering the estate are deductible. IRC § 2053; Treas. Regs. § 1.2053-3. Some estate administration expenses may be deducted either on the estate tax return or on the fiduciary income tax return. Under IRC § 642(g), no income tax deduction for expenses is allowed unless the executor files a statement with the IRS agreeing not to claim those expenses as deductions on the estate tax return.  The election may be made on an item-by-item basis.  Treas. Regs. § 1.642(g)-2. The election is irrevocable after the statement is filed. The waiver statement must be filed before the statute of limitations for assessment on the income tax return runs. Therefore, if it is unclear on which return it would be preferable to take the expenses, it may be prudent to wait until the statute of limitations is about to expire.
Expenses deductible either on the estate or fiduciary income tax return (or split between them) include (i) appraisal expenses; (ii) court costs; (iii) executor’s commissions; (iv) attorney’s fees; (v) accountant’s fees; (vi) selling expenses; and (vii) costs of preserving, maintaining and distributing estate property.  Medical expenses paid within a year of death may be deducted on either the 706 or the 1041, but may not be split.
Some expenses may be deducted only on the estate tax return.  These include (i) personal expenses that are not deductible for income tax purposes (e.g., funeral expenses); (ii) income and gift taxes; (iii) or expenses incurred in producing tax-exempt income. Other expenses are deductible only on the decedent’s final income tax return. These include (i) net operating losses of the decedent; (ii) capital losses of the decedent; and (iii) unused passive activity losses of the decedent. Deductions in respect of a decedent, which are the mirror-image of income in respect of a decedent, may be deducted on the fiduciary income tax return under IRC § 691(b), as well as the estate tax return under IRC § 2053. These deductions consist of income tax deductions which accrued prior to the decedent’s death, but which were never deducted on an income tax return. These expenses are also deductible under IRC § 2053 as estate administration expenses that reduce the size of the gross estate.  Items of DRD include (i) IRC § 162 business expenses; (ii) IRC § 163 interest expenses; (iii) IRC §212 expenses incurred in the production of income;  and (iv) §164 real estate taxes and state and local income taxes.  Any loss carryovers which exist when the estate terminates may be utilized by the beneficiaries under IRC § 642(h).
In most cases, if there is an estate tax liability, it will be preferable to claim the expense on the decedent’s estate tax return, since the estate tax rate exceeds the income tax rate. The  estate tax is also due nine months after the date of the decedent’s death, whereas the income tax may be deferred until a later year. However, the disparity has been reduced of late since the maximum estate tax rate is now 35 percent. If there is no estate tax liability  —  either because the taxable estate does not exceed the applicable exclusion amount, or the taxable estate has been vanquished by the marital deduction — then taking the deduction on the income tax return will be the only viable option.
Another situation where it would not be preferable to claim administration expenses on the estate tax return is where there has been a formula bequest in the Will to maximize the marital deduction. Taking the deduction on the estate tax return in this case would simply reduce the marital bequest — without any savings in estate taxes. If the marital bequest is designed to eliminate estate taxes, there is no need to produce additional estate tax deductions. Therefore, in this case, it would be preferable to deduct the administration expenses on the fiduciary tax return.

IX.    ELECTION TO TREAT TRUST AS PART OF ESTATE

During the 1990’s, revocable trusts were in vogue in some states, especially California and Florida. They were promoted as vehicles to avoid probate. Claims were even made that such trusts reduced estate taxes or provided asset protection. The estates of those who depended on those trusts to effectuate the decedent’s testamentary wishes were often disappointed. Since New York had enacted little statutory law governing inter vivos trusts as testamentary vehicles, trustees have had difficulty determining whether some assets had been effectively transferred to the trust. While assets such as real estate or brokerage accounts could be retitled into the name of the trust, the adequacy of transfers of personal property was sometimes a significant problem. Some revocable trusts contained mere “schedules” of personal assets which were supposedly transferred to the trust.
The problems created by the use of such trusts as testamentary vehicles greatly exceeded the principal benefit  conferred on those using such trusts — the avoidance of probate. Ironically, probate was usually required anyway, since assets often remained which had not been effectively transferred to the inter vivos trust. Thus, a “pour over” Will was typically required in addition to the revocable inter vivos trust.
Fortunately, most estate planners discerned quite early that the touted attributes of inter vivos trusts as Will substitutes were for the most part illusory. Thus, New York never joined the revocable trust bandwagon. For the most part, estate planners in New York never abandoned the Will as the primary testamentary device. Despite their considerable limitations, revocable inter vivos trusts have accomplished one task extremely well: They can avoid the necessity of ancillary probate in another state. Thus, if a New York resident creates an inter vivos trust and deeds into that trust a Florida condominium, ancillary probate of the decedent’s will in Florida will not be required at the decedent’s death.
Recognizing the frequent use of revocable trusts, Congress leveled the playing field somewhat for those who chose to incorporate revocable inter vivos trusts into their estate plan, or chose to use them as their exclusive testamentary vehicle. Thus, IRC § 645 makes available to “qualified” revocable trusts many of the elections available to estates. To constitute a qualified revocable trust, the trust must be one with respect to which the decedent retained the power to revoke the trust until his death. Accordingly, under IRC § 645(a), if both the executor (if there is one) and the trustee make an election, the trust will be treated as part of the estate, rather than as a separate trust. The election applies for two years from the date of the decedent’s death if no estate tax return is filed. If an estate tax return is filed, the election terminates six months after the date of final determination of estate tax liability. IRC § 645(b)(2). Treas. Regs. § 1.645-1(f)(2). Once made, the election is irrevocable.
A decedent’s estate may elect a fiscal tax year, provided the first year does not exceed 12 months, and the fiscal year ends on the last day of the calendar month.  IRC § 441(d). Since a revocable trust may elect to be taxed as an estate under IRC § 645, an electing revocable trust may also choose a non-calendar taxable year. The election is made by filing a return by the due date of the return, which would be no more than three and a half months after the month selected.

X.    DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND

Special income tax rules apply to certain distributions made in kind to beneficiaries. The general rule is that an estate recognizes no gain when distributions to beneficiaries are made in kind. The beneficiary takes a substituted basis in the distributed property under IRC § 643(e)(1). However, an exception to this rule applies when funding of a pecuniary bequest with appreciated property. If appreciated (or depreciated) property is distributed in kind to fund a pecuniary bequest, the distribution is treated as a sale or exchange of estate property, and the estate will recognize gain (or loss). There may be times when the executor may wish to recognize gain or loss on the distribution of appreciated property in kind, even when not required to do so. This would be the case if appreciated property were distributed in kind, but was not being distributed in order to satisfy a pecuniary bequest.
IRC § 643(e)(3) provides that an executor may elect to have the estate recognize gain or loss on the date of the distribution to the beneficiary. The amount of gain or loss is determined by calculating the amount of gain or loss that would accrue if the estate had sold the property to the beneficiary on the distribution date. Once made, the election is irrevocable.  If the election is made, the basis to the beneficiary of the distributed property equals the estate’s basis in the property, adjusted for any gain or loss recognized by the estate in the distribution.

XI.    PREPARER PENALTIES

Under revised IRC §6694, a return preparer (or a person who furnishes advice in connection with the preparation of the return) is subject to substantial penalties if the preparer (or advisor) does not have a reasonable basis for concluding that the position taken was more likely than not. If the position taken is not more likely than not, penalties can be avoided by adequate disclosure, provided there is a reasonable basis for the position taken. Under prior law, a reasonable basis for a position taken means that the position has a one-in-three chance of success. P.L. 110-28, §§8246(a)(2),110th Cong., 1st Sess. (5/25/07). This penalty applies to all tax returns, including gift and estate tax returns. The penalty imposed is $1,000 or, if greater, one-half of the fee derived (or to be derived) by the tax return preparer with respect to the return. An attorney who gives a legal opinion is deemed to be a non-signing preparer. The fees upon which the penalty is based for a non-signing preparer could reference the larger transaction of which the tax return is only a small part.

XII.    LATE FILING & PAYMENT PENALTIES

A failure-to-file penalty of 5 percent per month is imposed for each month the failure causes the return to be filed past the due date (including extensions). The penalty may not exceed 25 percent of the tax, and it may be waived for reasonable cause.  New York imposes a similar penalty under Tax Law § 685(a)(1), which may also be abated for reasonable cause. See 20 NYCRR § 2392.1(a)(1); § 2392.1(d)(5), and § 2392.1(h); and Matter of Northern States Contracting Co., Inc., DTA No. 806161, Tax Appeals Tribunal (1992), (“in determining whether reasonable cause and good faith exist, the most important factor to be considered is the extent of the taxpayer’s efforts to ascertain the proper tax liability”); and  Matter of AILS Systems, Inc., DTA No. 819303, Tax Appeals Tribunal (2006), (the Tribunal took notice of the “hallmarks of reasonable cause and good faith,” which included “efforts to ascertain the proper tax liability.”  A failure-to-pay penalty of 0.5 percent per month is imposed for each month the failure causes payment to be made past the due date (including, if applicable, extensions). The penalty may not exceed 25 percent of the tax, and it may be waived for reasonable cause. New York State imposes a similar penalty, which may also be abated for reasonable cause. Tax Law § 685(a)(2).

XIII.    APPRAISER PENALTIES

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 added new appraiser penalties. Under IRC §6695A, a penalty may be imposed on an appraiser if he knew or should have known that the appraisal would be relied upon for tax purposes. The penalty is the greater of 10 percent of the amount of tax attributable to the underpayment of tax attributable to the valuation misstatement, or $1,000, but in any case not more than 125 percent of the income received by the appraiser in connection with preparing the appraisal. The penalty can be avoided if the appraiser establishes that the appraisal value was “more likely than not” the correct value.   IRC §6701 imposes a penalty of $1,000 against any person who assists in the preparation of a return or other document relating other than a corporation) who knows (or has reason to believe) that such document or portion will be used, and that its use would result in an understatement of tax liability of another person. The IRS may disqualify any appraiser against whom a penalty has been assessed. (Circular 230, §10.51(b)).
If a “valuation understatement”” results in an underpayment of $5,000 or more, a penalty of 20 percent will be assessed with respect to the underpayment attributable to the valuation understatement. IRC §6662(g). The penalty increases to 40 percent if a “gross valuation understatement” occurs. The penalty will not apply if reasonable cause can be shown for the understatement. IRC §6664(c)(2). A valuation understatement occurs if the value of property reported is 65 percent or less than the actual value of the property. A gross valuation understatement occurs if the reported value is 40 percent or less than the actual value of the property. IRC §6662(h).

XIV.    ESTATE TAX LIENS

Under IRC § 6321, a general tax lien may be imposed on all real and personal property owned by any person liable to pay any tax who neglects or refuses to pay such tax after a demand has been made. The general tax lien applies not only to all property owned by the taxpayer at the time the lien comes into effect, but also to all after-acquired property. Under IRC § 6322, the lien commences when the tax is assessed and continues until it becomes unenforceable by lapse of time. Under IRC § 6502, the period of collection is ten years.  Under IRC § 6324, a special estate tax lien attaches to all property which comprises part of the decedent’s estate at death. No formal assessment need be made to create this special lien. The special lien for estate taxes expires 10 years from the date of the decedent’s death.

XV.    NEGLIGENCE AND FRAUD PENALTIES

An accuracy-related penalty is imposed on the portion of an underpayment attributable to negligence, which is defined as “any failure to make a reasonable attempt to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.” The penalty imposed equals 20 percent of the underpayment. IRC §§§6662, 6662(c). IRC §7203, which addresses “omissions,” provides that any person who “fails to make a return, keep any records, or supply any information, who willfully fails to pay such. . .tax, make such return, keep such records, or supply such information,” shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and subject to a fine of not more than $25,000 and imprisonment of not more than one year. The willful attempt to “evade” any tax (including gift and estate tax) constitutes a felony, punishable by a fine of “not more than $100,000 ($500,000 in the case of a corporation)” and imprisonment of not more than 5 years, or both, together with costs of prosecution. IRC §7201.
Generally, the IRS must assess a deficiency within the later of (i) three years of the date when the return is filed or (ii) the due date of the return, with extensions. IRC §6501(a). This period is tolled for 90 days if a notice of deficiency has been mailed. IRC §6503(a)(1). The period is extended to six years if the taxpayer omits from the return more than 25 percent of gross income (or gross estate). The statute of limitations for assessing a false or fraudulent return never runs. IRC §6501(c)(1). If the taxpayer fails to file an income tax return where one is due, the IRS may assess income (or estate) tax at any time. Tax assessed may be collected for a period of ten years following assessment. IRC §6502(a).

XVI.    FIDUCIARY AND BENEFICIARY LIABILITY

An executor is a fiduciary. The IRS also has the power to proceed directly against a fiduciary for the payment of estate tax if any assets of the estate have been distributed before the executor has obtained a release from liability. In correspondence to an executor which it seeks to hold liable for unpaid estate taxes, the IRS may reference 31 U.S.C. § 3713. The statute provides: “A representative of a person or an estate . . . paying any part of a debt of the person or estate before paying a claim of the Government is liable to the extent of the payment of unpaid claims of the Government.” This statute, which creates fiduciary liability, provides that the government must be paid first out of estate funds. If an estate possesses insufficient assets to pay the deceased’s debts, the government will have first priority in proceedings under Chapter 11.
Although the statute does not create a lien per se, it does set forth a priority of payment. The statute would prevent the executor from paying any debts to others while debts are owing to the United States. The case law, though not uniform, has held that the distribution by an executor of assets would subject the executor to personal liability. On the other hand, if no assets are distributed, the fiduciary does not bear personal responsibility for the payment of estate taxes. If the fiduciary distributes assets or sells assets and distributes the proceeds while estate tax liability exists, the IRS may hold the fiduciary liable for the payment of estate taxes. The same procedures used by the IRS when collecting taxes from an estate are available in enforcing the personal liability of a fiduciary. Under IRC §6901(c)(3), the IRS may assess taxes against a fiduciary until the expiration of the period for collection of the estate tax. Although the Code does not specifically provide for a collection period against a fiduciary, presumably the ten year collection period would be applicable.
Under IRC §6501(d), the executor may request “prompt assessment” of income and gift taxes attributable to prior returns filed by the decedent. This will shorten the statute of limitations for collection and may benefit the executor as well as the beneficiaries. The executor may also file a written application requesting release from personal liability for the decedent’s income and gift taxes. If the IRS fails to notify the executor of any amount due within nine months of such request, the executor will be released from liability.  The executor may also incur personal liability for estate taxes. The executor may request a release from liability with respect to any estate tax found to be due within nine months of making the application if the application is made before the return is filed, or within nine months of the due date of the return. An executor so discharged cannot be held personally liable for any deficiency in the estate tax.  IRC §2204(a).  The executor may remain liable for estate tax in situations where beneficiaries seek early distributions. In these cases, the executor may seek to protect him or herself by funding an escrow agreement or reaching some other satisfactory arrangement with the beneficiaries in the event liability is imposed on the executor in the future.

XVII.    REVALUATION OF LIFETIME GIFTS

Taxpayers or decedents may have neglected to file gift tax returns during their lifetime for large gifts. Although no gift tax liability may have arisen by virtue of the earlier gift, the failure to file the Form 709 may give the IRS an inroad to review the value of a gift made many years earlier. This is because the three-year period of limitations for auditing a gift tax return does not commence unless the gift is “adequately disclosed” on a filed gift tax return. It is for this reason that persons making sales to grantor trusts may consider filing a gift tax return even where none is technically required, since it is thought that this may commence the three-year period of limitations on IRS review of the value of the property sold.  Beneficiaries of an estate also bear personal liability for unpaid estate taxes with respect to both probate and nonprobate assets. IRC §§ 6901(a)(1) and 6324(a)(2). Transferee liability cannot exceed the value of the assets on the date of transfer. Com’’r v. Henderson’s Estate, 147 F.2d 619 (5th Cir. 1945). Under IRC § 6901(c), the IRS may impose transferee liability for one year after the expiration of the period of limitations for imposing liability on the transferor.

XVIII.    VALUING ESTATE ASSETS

An accurate valuation of estate assets is essential in determining the correct estate tax and defending the estate in the event of an audit. If the IRS or NYS determines on audit that the value of assets reported is incorrect, not only will the estate tax liability increase, but penalties may apply. Valuation discounts that are successfully challenged by the IRS may result in tax deficiencies of a magnitude sufficient to attract underpayment penalties.  The value of stocks traded on an established exchange or over the counter is determined by calculating  the mean between the highest and lowest quoted selling price on the date of the gift. Treas. Reg. §25.2512-2(b)(1).   Publicly traded stocks reference their market value and should include CUSIP (Committee on Uniform Identification Procedure) information. Valuation services provide historical information for a fee. Historical stock quotes are also available on the internet.
If no sales on the valuation date exist, the instructions state that the mean between the highest and lowest trading prices on a date “reasonably close” to the valuation date may be used. If no actual sales occurred on a date “reasonably close” to the valuation date, bona fide bid and asked prices may be used. Treas. Reg. §20.2031-2(e) provides that a blockage discount may be applied where a large block of stock may depress the sales price.  Surprisingly, real estate requires no appraisal or formal valuation. If an appraisal if obtained, it should be attached to the return. Contrary to what some intuitively assume, Treas. Reg. §25.2512-1 provides that local property tax values are not relevant unless they accurately represent the fair market value. Even though not required, a date of death valuation is often obtained in the event an audit is anticipated. Generally, the value of real property is the price paid in an arm’s length transaction before the valuation date. If none exists, comparable sales may be used.
Treas. Reg. §25.6019-4 provides that the real property should contained a legal description such that the real property may be “readily identified.” This would include a metes and bounds description (if available), the area, and street address.) When determining the fair market value of real property, valuation discounts for (i) lack of marketability; (ii) minority interest; (iii) costs of partition; (iv) capital gains; and certain other discounts may be taken into consideration.  Lack of marketability and minority discounts may be available for gifts of closely held stock. Rev. Rul. 59-60, an often-cited ruling, sets forth a list of factors to be considered when valuing closely held businesses. Those factors include (i) the nature of the business and the history of the enterprise; (ii) the economic outlook in general and the condition and outlook of the specific industry in particular; (iii) the book value of the stocks and the financial condition of the business; (iv) the earning capacity of the company; (v) the dividend-paying capacity of the company; (vi) goodwill and other intangible value; (vii) sales of stock and the size of the block of stock to be valued; (viii) the market price of stocks of a corporation engaged in the same or a similar line of business having their stocks actively traded in a free open market, either on an exchange or otherwise. If the decedent was a key person in the closely held business, an additional discount may be applicable. Furman v. Com’r, T.C. 1998-157, recognized a key man discount of 10 percent where the services of the decedent were important in the business.
The fair market value of closely held stock is determined by actual selling price. If no such sales exist, fair market value is determined by evaluating the “soundness of the security, the interest yield, the date of maturity and other relevant factors.” Treas. Reg. §25.2512-2(f). The gift tax instructions (by analogy) state that complete financial information, including reports prepared by accountants, engineers and technical experts, should be attached to the return, as well as the balance sheet of the closely held corporation for “each of the preceding five years.” Closely held stocks should be valued by a professional valuation appraiser.
Despite opposition by the IRS, courts have continually held that the cost of an eventual capital gains tax reduces the value of closely held stock. Jelke v. Com’r, T.C. Memo 2005-131,  rev’d, __ F.3d __,. 2007 WL 3378539 (11th Cir. 11/16/07), allowed a full built-in capital gains discount. Discounts applicable to closely held corporations may exceed those for partnerships or LLCs, since even less of a market may exist for stock in a closely held family business compared to an interest in an LLC or partnership, which typically hold interests real estate. No appraisal is required for tangible personal property such as artwork, but if one is obtained, it should be attached to the return. Rev. Rul. 96-15 delineates appraisal requirements, which include a summary of the appraiser’s qualifications, and the assumptions made in the appraisal. If no appraisal is made, the return should indicate how the value of the tangible property was determined. The provenance of artwork will affect its transfer tax value. As is the case with large blocks of stock, if large blocks of artwork are gifted, a blockage discount may apply. Calder v. Com’r, 85 TC 713 (1985).
The IRS does not recognize fractional interest discounts in the context of artwork, since the IRS believes that there is “essentially no market for selling partial ownership interests in art objects. . .”  Rev. Rul. 57-293; see Stone v. U.S., 2007 WL 1544786, 99 AFTR2d 2007-2292 (N.D. Ca. 5/25/07), (District Court found persuasive testimony of IRS Art Advisory Panel, which found discounts applicable to real estate inapplicable to art; court allowed only 2 percent discount for partition.)

XIX.    SPECIAL USE VALUATION

Real estate and farm property is generally valued for estate tax purposes at fair market value based on its highest and best use. The special use valuation election under §2032A can reduce the estate tax value of qualified real property or an existing business based on its actual or “special” use. The greatest decrease in value allowed in 2011 is $1 million. The qualified real property must be located in the U.S. and have been used by the decedent or a member of his or her family who materially participated in the trade or business for at least five of the eight years preceding the date of death, disability or retirement.  To qualify for the election, the adjusted value of the real or personal property must equal 50 percent or more of the adjusted value of the gross estate. In addition, the adjusted value of the real property must equal 25 percent or more of the adjusted value of the gross estate. The property must pass from the decedent to a “qualified heir” with a present interest in the property.
Qualified heirs encompass a large class of persons, including (i) the decedent’’s ancestors; (ii) the decedent’s spouse; (iii) lineal descendants of the decedent or the decedent’s spouse; (iv) lineal descendants of the parents of the decedent or the parents of the decedent’s spouse; and (v) spouses of lineal descendants of parents of the decedent or spouses of lineal descendants of the parents of the decedent’s spouse. IRC §§ 2032A(e)(1) and (e)(2). The election is made by the Executor on the estate tax return and once made, is irrevocable. A properly executed “notice of election” and a written agreement signed by each person with an interest in the property must be attached to the estate tax return. IRC § 2032A(c). Any estate can be recaptured if, within ten years after the decedent’s death, the property is disposed of, or if the qualified heir ceases to use the property for the qualified use. The written agreement subjects all qualified heirs to personal liability for payment of the recaptured estate tax. If the Executor is unsure whether the estate qualifies for the election because of uncertainty as to whether the percentage tests can be met, the Executor may file a protective election, pending a final determination of values. Treas. Regs. §  20.2032A-8(b).

XX.    POST MORTEM EVENTS

All federal circuits, except the Eighth, have long adhered to the view that post-mortem events must be ignored in valuing claims against an estate. Ithaca Trust Co. v. U.S., 279 U.S. 151 (1929) held that “[t]empting as it is to correct uncertain probabilities by the now certain fact, we are of the opinion that it cannot be done, but that the value of the wife’s life interest must be established by the mortality tables.” However, Proposed Regs. §20.2053-1(a)(1) state that post mortem events must be considered in determining amounts deductible as expenses, claims, or debts against the estate. Those proposed regulations limit the deduction for contingent claims against an estate by providing that an estate may deduct a claim or debt, or a funeral or administration expense, only if the amount is actually paid. An expenditure contested by the estate which cannot not be resolved during the period of limitations for claiming a refund will not be deductible.
XXI.    PREVENTING LOSS OF BASIS

Many assets today will have a fair market value less than the adjusted basis. Since under IRC §1014 a basis adjustment is made at death to fair market value, a loss of basis could occur in many situations. Various strategies may be considered to reduce the likelihood of this problem arising:
¶ Losses may be recognized on sales to unrelated parties. IRC § 1001(a). Losses on sales to related parties cannot be recognized, but basis is carried over to related party. IRC §267.
¶ No gain or loss is recognized on transfers made between spouses, whether by gift or sale. IRC § 1041(a). The transferee spouse will take a substituted basis in the asset sold or gifted. IRC § 1041(b); Treas. Reg. § 1.1041-1T(d), Q&A 11. Gifts to a spouse qualify for the unlimited marital deduction. IRC §2523. Therefore, no income tax or gift tax consequences arise when property is sold or gifted between spouses.
¶ Gifts of property with a realized loss to related parties who are non-spouses may have some benefit. If the property later increases in value, the basis for determining later gain is the original basis, increased by any gift tax paid. IRC §1015(d)(6). However, the basis for determining later loss is the basis at the time of the gift. IRC § 1015(a).

XXII.    MARITAL DEDUCTION

Planning for and preserving the marital deduction is an important objective. It is particularly important when the estate tax is in a state of flux, as is currently the case. By making a “QTIP” election, the Executor will enable the decedent’’s estate to claim a full marital deduction. A QTIP trust may be asset protected with respect to corpus; the income interest may be subject to claims of creditors.
To qualify, the trust must provide that the surviving spouse be entitled to all income, paid at least annually, and that no person may have the power, exercisable during the surviving spouse’s life, to appoint the property to anyone other than the surviving spouse. Since the Executor may request a six month extension for filing the estate tax return, the Executor in effect has fifteen months in which to determine whether to make the QTIP election. Where a QTIP election is made by the executor, the donor’s estate takes the marital deduction. Normally, the surviving spouse is considered to be the transferor for GST tax purposes. However, the executor of the donor spouse may make a second election to treat the donor spouse as the transferor for GST tax purposes. IRC § 2652(a)(3). This is known as a “reverse QTIP” election.
Electing QTIP treatment is not always advantageous. Inclusion of trust assets in the estate of the first spouse to die may “equalize” the estates. Prior to 2011, equalization may have been desirable to avoid “wasting” the exemption amount of the first spouse. After 2010, this reason for equalizing estates is somewhat less compelling, since a surviving spouse may now claim the unused part of the predeceasing spouse’s exemption amount. However, equalizing the estates may still be important, since remarriage by the surviving spouse will result in the loss predeceasing spouse’s unused exemption amount. Equalizing the estate may also have helped to avoid higher estate rate brackets that apply to large estates. Still, the savings in estate taxes occasioned by reason of avoiding the highest tax brackets may itself be diminished by the time value of the money used to pay the estate tax at the first spouse’s death. However, with the lower rate of estate tax, this factor is also now less compelling.
Another reason for not electing QTIP treatment would lie where the second spouse dies soon after the first. If no marital deduction is claimed in that case, a credit under IRC §2013 could operate to reduce the estate tax payable at the death of the surviving spouse. An executor may elect QTIP treatment for only a portion of a trust qualifying for the QTIP election. The nonelected portion would be distributed in the same manner as the elected portion (since the trust terms do not change by virtue of the QTIP election). The only difference would be that the decedent’s estate would receive no marital deduction, and the estate of the surviving spouse would not be required to include the assets in the estate of the surviving spouse upon that spouse’s death.
If a partial QTIP election is anticipated, separating the trusts into one which is totally elected, and second which is totally nonelected, may be desirable. In this way, future spousal distributions could be made entirely from the elected trust, which would reduce the size of the surviving spouse’s estate.
Assets within a trust for which QTIP treatment has been elected will receive a step up in basis at death of the first spouse, and will receive a second basis step up at the time they are included in the estate of the surviving spouse. (This assumes that the decedent did not die in 2010 and his estate did not elect the carryover basis provisions.)  Assets in a trust which qualifies for a QTIP election but for which no election was made will receive a step up in basis at the death of the first spouse. Since those assets will not be included in the estate of the surviving spouse, no basis step up will occur at the death of the surviving spouse, even if the trust terminates at that time. Therefore, electing QTIP treatment may be desirable if no estate tax is anticipated at the death of the surviving spouse, and the benefit of a basis step up exceeds the cost of any New York estate tax that might be occasioned by reason of the QTIP election.
QTIP property is included in the estate of the surviving spouse at its then fair market value. If estate tax liability arises, the estate of the surviving spouse is entitled to be reimbursed for estate tax paid from recipients of trust property. IRC § 2207A. Reimbursement is calculated using the highest marginal estate tax bracket of the surviving spouse. The failure to seek reimbursement may be treated by the IRS as gift made to those persons who would have been required to furnish reimbursement. However, the failure by the estate of the surviving spouse to seek reimbursement will not be treated as a gift if the Will of the surviving spouse expressly waives the right of reimbursement with respect to QTIP property.
Mistakes made when electing or funding QTIP trusts may sometimes be corrected. Section 9100 relief is available for failure to make a timely QTIP election on an estate tax return, since the deadline for making that election is prescribed by regulation (Treas. Reg. § 20.2056(b)-7(b)(4)(i)). Under Rev. Proc. 2001-38, an unnecessary QTIP election for a credit shelter trust will be disregarded to the extent it is not needed to eliminate estate tax at the death of the first spouse. Similarly, a mistaken overfunding of the QTIP trust will not cause inclusion of the overfunded amount in the estate of the surviving spouse. TAM 200223020.
Since the estate tax is a “tax inclusive,” as opposed to the gift tax, which is “tax exclusive,” there is a distinct tax benefit to making lifetime, as opposed to testamentary, transfers. Distributions from a QTIP trust can assist in accomplishing this objective. A surviving spouse might make gifts of income required to be distributed to the spouse. Even though the spouse is permitted to make gifts of distributed income, the trust may not require the surviving spouse to apply the distributed income to make gifts, as this would as this would constitute an impermissible limitation on the spouse’s unqualified rights to income during his or her lifetime.
A surviving spouse’s right to withdraw principal may also be used by the surviving spouse to make gifts. Treas. Reg. §20.2056(b)-7(d)(6) provides: “The fact that property distributed to a surviving spouse may be transferred by the spouse to another person does not result in a failure to satisfy the requirement of IRC § 2956(b)(7)(B)(ii)(II).” Estate of Halpern v. Com’r, T.C. Memo. 1995-352 also held that discretionary distributions made to the surviving spouse which were later used to make gifts would not result in inclusion in the estate of the surviving spouse.
The IRS has ruled that granting the surviving spouse a power to withdraw the greater of 5 percent of trust principal or $5,000 per year (a “five and five” power) will not result in disqualification of QTIP treatment. However, if spouse were given an unlimited right to withdraw principal, the QTIP trust could morph into a general power of appointment trust. A full marital deduction is also allowed for a general power of appointment trust, so in this respect no tax detriment would ensue. However, the decedent’s right to choose who would ultimately receive trust property would be defeated if the surviving spouse appointed all of the property during his or her lifetime.
If greater rights of withdrawal are given to the surviving spouse under an intended QTIP, but those rights did not rise to an unrestricted right to demand principal, the trust would be neither fish nor fowl. That is, the trust would constitute neither a general power of appointment trust nor a QTIP trust. This would result in a trust “meltdown” for estate tax purposes. The marital deduction would be lost and the entire trust would be brought back into the estate of the first spouse to die. The decedent’s power to determine ultimate trust beneficiaries would be also be severely curtailed if not lose entirely. To illustrate, assume at a time when the applicable exclusion amount is $5 million, father has an estate of $8 million, and mother has an estate of $2 million. Father (who has made no lifetime gifts) wishes to give his four children $6 million outright. If $6 million were left to the children, $1 million would be subject to federal estate tax, and $5 million would be subject to New York estate tax. The total estate tax liability would be approximately $1.15 million [($1 million x .35) + ($5 million x .16)].
This would leave the children with $4.85 million of the $6 million bequest. If instead of leaving $6 million to the children outright, father were to leave only $1 million to them outright, and place $5 million in a trust qualifying for a QTIP election, federal and New York estate tax would be eliminated at father’s death. If mother’s estate were not to increase during her lifetime, no federal estate tax would be owed at her death, since her estate would not exceed the (combined) applicable exclusion amount  of $10 million. If the surviving spouse made absolutely no taxable gifts during her lifetime, the New York State estate tax of $800,000 deferred by the marital deduction ($5 million x .16) would be payable upon her death by her estate. However, if the surviving spouse were to make gifts to the children during her lifetime, the eventual New York State estate tax could be diminished or even eliminated.
Consider the effect of the surviving spouse, would now be worth $7 million, making gifts of $0.25 million to each child per year for a few years. Each year, the surviving spouse would report a gift of $1 million for federal gift tax purposes. Since the gift and estate taxes have been reunified, no gift tax liability would arise for federal purposes.  Since New York State has no gift tax, no New York gift tax liability could arise by virtue of the gifts. Each year in which the surviving spouse made those gifts, the eventual New York estate tax liability would be reduced by approximately $160,000. At the death of the surviving spouse, the trustee would distribute all of the remaining trust assets to the children, at a new stepped up basis.  Although this strategy appears sound for tax purposes, the surviving spouse must actually make the gifts contemplated. The cost of insuring against the risk of the surviving spouse not making the contemplated gift is the transfer tax savings resulting from the QTIP election. Any attempt to impose a legal obligation on the surviving spouse to make the annual gifts would destroy the QTIP, with potentially disastrous federal and New York state estate tax consequences.
This strategy would in most cases not lend itself well to second marriage situations, or to situations where the surviving spouse cannot be depended upon to make the contemplated annual gifts. Although these considerations do limit the utility of this strategy, the risk of the surviving spouse not making the gifts could conceivably be reduced to an acceptable level by leaving a sum of money to the children outright, and leaving some to the trustee of a QTIP trust.
Even if the spouse were willing to make gifts distributed principal, the ability to make those gifts depends upon the availability of principal. Principal may consist of land, interests in a closely held company, or other property that cannot easily be distributed. Even if principal distributions could otherwise be made, some QTIP trusts are not drafted so as to permit distributions of principal. Other trusts limit the Trustee’s ability to make principal distributions. A QTIP trust is only required to provide for annual income distributions to the surviving spouse.  If the surviving spouse has no right to withdraw principal and the trustee cannot make discretionary distributions of principal, gifting may still possible if the surviving spouse release or gifts all or part of the income interest of the surviving spouse. The gift by a surviving spouse of that spouse’s qualifying income interest in the QTIP a garden variety gift of that income interest under under IRC §2511. However, the disposition could also trigger the draconian application IRC §2519.
The “transfer of all interests” rule found in IRC §2519 applies to the release of the spouse’s lifetime income interest. IRC §2519 provides that “any disposition of all or part of a qualifying income interest for life in any property to which this section applies is treated as a transfer of all interests in the property other than the qualifying income interest.”
Therefore, if surviving spouse were wife to releases or gifts one-half of his or her    qualifying income interest, that spouse would be deemed to have disposed of all interests in that property. The gift of a qualifying income interest would result, for gift tax purposes, in the spouse reporting a gift of the entire remainder interest in the trust as well.  Fortunately, the “transfer of all interests” rule can be avoided by careful planning. The IRS has ruled that a taxpayer may sever QTIP trusts prior to the surviving spouse disposing of a partial income interest in the QTIP. This avoids the harshness of the “transfer of all interests” rule. See PLRs 200438028, 200328015.
To illustrate, assume the surviving spouse is 85 years old and releases his qualifying income interest in a trust worth $1 million.  Under the prevailing applicable federal rate (AFR) and using actuarial tables, the surviving spouse is deemed to have made a gift of $180,000. For purposes of IRC §2511, the surviving spouse has made a taxable gift of $180,000. For purposes of IRC §2519, the surviving spouse is deemed to have made a gift of $820,000, i.e., all interests in the property other than the qualifying income interest. Under IRC §2207A, the QTIP trust would have a right to recover gift tax attributable to the deemed transfer of the remainder interest under IRC §2519.
Under IRC §2207A(a), a surviving spouse who is deemed to have made a gift of the remainder interest under IRC §2519, has a right to recover gift tax attributable to the deemed transfer of the remainder interest under IRC § 2519.  Proposed regulations provide for “net gift” treatment of the deemed gift of an interest under IRC §2519. (A net gift occurs if the donee is required, as a condition to receiving the gift, that he pay any gift taxes associated with the gift.) Since the value of what the donees receive is reduced by the gift tax required to be reimbursed to the surviving spouse, the amount of the gift reportable is also reduced by the amount reimbursed. The gift taxes so paid by the donee are deducted from the value of the transferred property to determine the donor’s gift tax.
Assume the value of  the income and remainder interest in a QTIP trust is $500,000. Spouse makes a gift of one-half of the income interest, or $250,000.  Under IRC § 2519, spouse will be deemed to have made a gift of the entire $500,000. If the gift tax rate were 50 percent, an interrelated calculation yields the result that a gift of $333,333 would require gift tax of $166,667. A gift of $500,000 would therefore result in a “net gift” of $333,333. The amount of the gift is reduced by the gift tax of $166,667. This results in a net gift of $333,333 to the beneficiaries.
Although releasing a qualifying income interest may be effective if the surviving spouse cannot withdraw principal and the trustee cannot make discretionary distributions of principal, spendthrift limitations in the Trust may prohibit the transfer of an income interest. An income beneficiary of a spendthrift trust generally cannot assign or alienate an income interest once accepted.  See, e.g., Hartsfield v. Lescher, 721 F.Supp. 1052 (E.D. Ark. 1989). If a spendthrift limitation bars the spouse from alienating the income interest, it may still be possible to disclaim the interest under New York’s disclaimer statute, EPTL 2-1.11.
Disclaimers may also be effective where after the death of the decedent, the surviving spouse determines that he or she does not require QTIP trust assets. Disclaiming the QTIP would accelerate the remainder beneficiaries’ interest in the QTIP trust. However, there are problems associated with utilizing a disclaimer strategy with a QTIP. First, there are strict federal tax requirements that must be met. A “qualified disclaimer” for federal tax purposes must be made within nine months of the vesting of the interest. In addition, though the rule have been construed quite liberally, the disclaimant must not have accepted any of the benefits of the property to be disclaimed. To constitute a qualified disclamer under the Internal Revenue Code, the disclaimer must meet the requirements of state law, and it must be made within nine months. New York requires that the disclaimer be made within nine months, but the time period may be extended for “reasonable cause.”
If a New York Surrogate extended the time for reasonable cause, the renunciation would not constitute a qualified disclaimer under IRC §2519. Rather, the disclaimer would be a “nonqualified disclaimer.” While a “nonqualified” disclaimer might still be possible, such a disclaimer will be less attractive from a tax perspective. A nonqualified disclaimer could also trigger IRC §2519, since such a disclaimer would be ineffective for federal transfer tax purposes. Assume the surviving spouse dies not having made any transfer or release of a QTIP interest during his or her lifetime. IRC §2044 requires that remaining QTIP assets be included in the gross estate of the surviving spouse.  However, those assets are not aggregated with other assets in the estate of the surviving spouse.
Thus, in Estate of Bonner v. U.S., 84 F.3d 196 (5th Cir. 1996) the surviving spouse at her death owned certain interests outright, and others were included in her estate pursuant to IRC §2044.  The estate claimed a fractional interest discount, which the IRS challenged.  The Fifth Circuit held that assets included in the decedent spouse’s gross estate which were held outright were not aggregated with those included under IRC §2044 by virtue of the QTIP trust.  The estate was entitled to take a fractional interest discount. Apparently, even if the surviving spouse were a co-trustee of the QTIP trust, no aggregation would be required.  See FSA 200119013.
Under Bonner, the issue arises as to whether the trustee of the QTIP trust may distribute a fractional share of real estate owned by the QTIP trust to generate a fractional interest discount at the death of the surviving spouse. It appears that this is possibl. However, in Bonner, the surviving spouse owned an interest in certain property Subsequently, she became the income beneficiary of a QTIP trust which was funded with interests in the same property. The surviving spouse in Bonner already owned a separate interest in the same property. This situation is distinguishable from one in which the QTIP trusts owns all of the interest in a certain piece of property, and then distributes some of that interest to the surviving spouse.
In that case, it is less clear that the estate would succeed in segregating interests in the same property for the purpose of establishing a valuation discount. The case would be weaker if the distribution of the fractional interest to the surviving spouse had, as one of its principal purposes, no purpose other than to support a later assertion of a fractional interest discount.
XXIII.    DISCLAIMERS

Disclaimers can be useful in accomplishing post-mortem estate planning, since a person who disclaims property is treated as never having received the property for gift or estate or tax purposes under IRC § 2516. Although Wills frequently contain express language advising a beneficiary of a right to disclaim, such language is superfluous, since a beneficiary may always disclaim. If the disclaimer meets the requirements of IRC § 2518, it will be a “qualified disclaimer” and the disclaimant will be treated as never having received the property. However, if the disclaimer is not qualified, the disclaimant will be treated as having received the property and then having made a taxable gift. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-1(b). Although the disclaimer statute appears in Chapter 11, the gift tax provisions of the Code, a disclaimer under IRC § 2516 is also effective for federal income tax purposes.
Under the EPTL, as well as under the laws of descent of most states, the disclaimant is treated as having predeceased the donor, or died before the date on which the transfer creating the interest was made. Neither New York nor Florida is among the ten states which have adopted the Uniform Disclaimer of Property Interests Act (UDPIA). To constitute a qualified disclaimer under IRC § 2518, the disclaimer must meet the following requirements:
(i) The disclaimer must be irrevocable and unqualified. PLR 200234017 stated that a surviving spouse who had been granted a general power of appointment had not made a qualified disclaimer of that power by making a QTIP election on the estate tax return, since the estate tax return did not evidence an irrevocable and unqualified refusal to accept the general power of appointment.
(ii) The disclaimer must be in writing, identify the property disclaimed and be signed by the disclaimant or by his legal representative. Under EPTL § 2-1.11(f) the right to disclaim may be waived if in writing;
(iii) The disclaimer must be delivered to either the transferor or his attorney, the holder of legal title, or the person in possession. Copies of the disclaimer must be filed with the surrogates court having jurisdiction of the estate. If the disclaimer concerns nontestamentary property, the disclaimer must be sent via certified mail to the trustee or other person holding legal title to, or who is in possession of, the disclaimed property;
(iv) The disclaimer must be made within nine months of the date of transfer or, if later, within nine months of the date when the disclaimant attains the age of 21. It is possible that a disclaimer might be effective under the EPTL, but not under the Internal Revenue Code. For example, under EPTL §2-1.11(a)(2) and (b)(2), the time for making a valid disclaimer may be extended until “the date of the event by which the beneficiary is ascertained,” which may be more than 9 months after the date of the transfer. In such a case, the disclaimer would be effective under New York law but would result in a taxable gift for purposes of federal tax law;
(v) The disclaimer must be made at a time when the disclaimant has not accepted the interest disclaimed or enjoyed any of its benefits. Consideration received in exchange for making a disclaimer would constitute a prohibited acceptance of benefits under EPTL §2-1.11(f); and
(vi) The disclaimer must be valid under state law, so that it passes to either the spouse of the decedent or to a person other than the disclaimant without any direction on the part of the person making the disclaimer. EPTL §2-1.11(g) provides that a beneficiary may accept one disposition and renounce another, and may renounce a disposition in whole or in part. One must be careful to disclaim all interests, since the disclaimant may also have a right to receive the property by reason of being an heir at law, a residuary legatee or by other means. In this case, if the disclaimant does not effectively disclaim all of these rights, the disclaimer will not be a qualified disclaimer with respect to the portion of the disclaimed property which the disclaimant continues to have the right to receive. IRC §2518-2(e)(3).  (Note: An important exception to this rule exists where the disclaimant is the surviving spouse.  In that case the disclaimed interest may pass to the surviving spouse even if she is the disclaimant. Treas. Reg. §25.2518-2(e); EPTL §2-1.11(e).)
IRC § 2518(c) provides for what is termed a “transfer disclaimer.” The statute provides that a written transfer that meets requirements similar to IRC § 2518(b)(2) (timing and delivery) and IRC § 2518(b)(3) (no acceptance) and which is to a person who would have received the property had the transferor made a qualified disclaimer, will be treated as a qualified disclaimer for purposes of IRC §2518. The usefulness of IRC § 2518(c) becomes apparent in cases where federal tax law would permit a disclaimer, yet state law would not.  To illustrate, in Estate of Lee, 589 N.Y.S.2d 753 (Surr. Ct. 1992), the residuary beneficiary signed a disclaimer within nine months, but the attorney neglected to file it with the Surrogates Court. The beneficiary sought permission to file the late renunciation with the court, but was concerned that the failure to file within nine months would result in a nonqualified disclaimer for federal tax purposes.
The Surrogates Court accepted the late filing and opined (perhaps gratuitously, since the IRS is not bound by the decision of the Surrogates Court) that the transfer met the requirements of IRC § 2518(c).  [Note that in the converse situation, eleven states, but not New York or Florida, provide that if a disclaimer is valid under IRC § 2518, then it is valid under state law.]
Treas. Reg. § 20.2055-2(c) provides that a charitable deduction is available for property passing directly to a charity by virtue of a qualified disclaimer. If the disclaimed property passes to a private foundation of which the disclaimant is an officer, he should resign, or at a minimum not have any power to direct the disposition of the disclaimed property. The testator may wish to give family members discretion to disclaim property to a charity, but yet may not wish to name the charity as a residuary legatee. In this case, without specific language, the disclaimed property would not pass to the charity. To solve this problem, the will could provide that if the beneficiary disclaims certain property, the property would pass to the specified charity.
Many existing wills contain “formula” clauses which allocate to the credit shelter trust the maximum amount of money or property that can pass to beneficiaries (other than the surviving spouse) without the imposition of federal estate tax. If the applicable exclusion amount is exceeds the value of the estate, the surviving spouse could be disinherited unless the beneficiaries of the credit shelter trust disclaim part of their interest. To the extent such interest is disclaimed and passes to the surviving spouse (either by the terms of the Will or by operation of law) it will qualify for the marital deduction.
Another use of the disclaimer in a similar situation is where either the surviving spouse renounces a power of appointment so that the trust will qualify as a QTIP trust. A surviving spouse who is granted a general power of appointment over property intended to qualify for the marital deduction under IRC § 2056(b)(5) may disclaim the general power, thereby enabling the executor to make a partial QTIP election. This ability to alter the amount of the marital deduction allows the executor to finely tune the credit shelter amount. If both spouses die within nine months of one another, a qualifying disclaimer by the estate of the surviving spouse can effect an equalization of estates, thereby reducing or avoiding estate tax.
Consider the effect of a qualified disclaimer executed within nine months by a surviving spouse of his lifetime right to income from a credit shelter trust providing for an outright distribution to the children upon his death. If, within nine months of his spouse’s death, the surviving spouse decides that he does not need distributions during his life from the credit shelter trust, and disclaims, he will treated as if he predeceased his wife. If the will of the predeceasing wife provides for an outright distribution of the estate to the children if husband does not survive, then the disclaimer will have the effect of enabling the children to receive the property that would have funded the credit shelter trust at the death of the first spouse.
Disclaimers can also be utilized to increase basis in inherited assets by causing property that would otherwise pass by operation of law, to pass through a predeceasing spouse’s estate. Assume surviving spouse paid no consideration for certain property held jointly with that spouse’s predeceasing spouse. If second spouse disclaims within nine months, the property would pass through the predeceasing spouse’s probate estate. If the Will provided for a residuary bequest to the surviving spouse, that spouse would inherit the disclaimed property with a full basis step up under the terms of the Will.
A qualifying disclaimer executed by the surviving spouse may also enable the predeceasing spouse to fully utilize the applicable exclusion amount. For example, assume the will of the predeceasing spouse leaves the entire estate of $10 million to the surviving spouse (and nothing to the children). Although the marital deduction would eliminate any estate tax liability on the estate of the first spouse to die, the eventual estate of the surviving spouse would likely have an estate tax problem. By disclaiming $5 million, the surviving spouse would create a taxable estate in the predeceasing spouse, which could then utilize the full applicable exclusion amount of $5 million. The taxable estate of the surviving spouse would be reduced to $5 million.
To refine this example, the will of the first spouse to die could provide that if the surviving spouse disclaims, the disclaimed amount would pass to a family trust of which the surviving spouse has a lifetime income interest. The Will could further provide that if the spouse were also to disclaim her interest in the family trust, the disclaimed property would pass as if she had predeceased. The grantor may wish to ensure that the named trustee will be liberal in making distributions to his children. By giving the child beneficiary the unrestricted right to remove the trustee, this objection can be achieved. However, if the child has the ability to remove the trustee, and the trust grants the trustee the power to make distributions to the child that are not subject to an ascertainable standard, the IRS may impute to the child a general power of appointment. If the IRS were successful, the entire trust could be included in the child’s taxable estate. To avoid this result, the child could disclaim the power to remove the trustee. This might, of course, not accord with the child’s nontax wishes.
If a surviving spouse is given a “five and five” power over a credit shelter or family trust, 5 percent of the value of the trust will be included in her estate under IRC §2041. However, if the surviving spouse disclaims within nine months, nothing will be included in his or her estate. At times, all beneficiaries may agree that it would be better if no trust existed. If all current income trust beneficiaries (which might include the surviving spouse and children) disclaim, the trust may be eliminated. In such a case, the property could pass to the surviving spouse and the children outright. Note that if minor children are income beneficiaries, their disclaimers would require the the appointment (and consent) of guardians ad litem.
Under New York law, if one disclaims, and by reason of such disclaimer that person would cause one to retain Medicaid eligibility, such disclaimer may be treated as an uncompensated transfer of assets equal to the value of any interest disclaimed. This, in turn, could impair Medicaid eligibility. In some states, if a disclaimer defeats the encumbrance or lien of a creditor, it may be alleged that the disclaimer constitutes a fraudulent transfer. Not so in New York and California, where a disclaimer may validly be utilized o defeat the legitimate claims of creditors. In Florida, the result in contra: A disclaimer cannot prevent a creditor from reaching the disclaimed property.
Until 1999, it had been unclear whether a qualified disclaimer could defeat the claim of the IRS. The 2nd Circuit in United States v. Camparato, 22 F3d. 455, cert. denied, 115 S.Ct. 481 (1994) held that it did not, finding that a federal tax lien attached to the “right to inherit” property. Therefore, a subsequent disclaimer did not affect the federal tax lien under IRC §6321. Resolving a split among the circuits, the Supreme Court, in Drye v. United States, 528 U.S. 49 (1999), adopted the view of the Second Circuit, finding that the federal tax lien attached to the property when created, and that any subsequent attempt to defeat the tax lien by disclaimer would not eliminate the lien.
Bankruptcy courts have generally reached the same result as in Drye. The disclaimer of a bequest within 180 days of the filing of a bankruptcy petition has in most bankruptcy courts been held to be a transfer which the trustee in bankruptcy can avoid. Many courts have held that even pre-petition disclaimers constitute fraudulent transfers which the bankruptcy trustee can avoid. If the Drye rationale were applied to bankruptcy cases, it would appear that pre-petition bankruptcy disclaimers would, in general, constitute transfers which the bankruptcy trustee could seek to avoid. However, at least one bankruptcy court, Grassmueck, Inc., v. Nistler (In re Nistler), 259 B.R. 723 (Bankr. D. Or. 2001) held that Drye relied on language in IRC §6321, and should be limited to tax liens.
The acceptance of benefits will preclude a disclaimer under state law.  EPTL §§2-11(b)(2) provides that “a person accepts an interest in property if he voluntarily transfers or encumbers, or contracts to transfer or encumber all or part of such interest, or accepts delivery or payment of, or exercises control as beneficial owner over all or part thereof . . . ” Similarly, a qualified disclaimer for purposes of IRC § 2518(c) will not occur if the disclaimant has accepted the interest or any of its benefits prior to making the disclaimer. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1) elaborates, providing that actions “indicative” of acceptance include (i) using the property or interest in the property; (ii) accepting dividends, interest, or rents from the property; or (iii) directing others to act with respect to the property or interest in the property. However, merely taking title to property without accepting any benefits associated with ownership does not constitute an acceptance of benefits. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1). Nor will a disclaimant be considered to have accepted benefits merely because under local law title to property vests immediately in the disclaimant upon the death of the decedent. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1).
The acceptance of benefits of one interest in property will not, alone, constitute an acceptance of other separate interests created by the transferor and held by the disclaimant in the same property. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1). Thus, TAM 8619002 advised that a surviving spouse who accepted $1.75x in benefits from a joint brokerage account effectively disclaimed the remainder since she had not accepted the benefits of the disclaimed portion which did not include the $1.75x in benefits which she had accepted. The disclaimant’s continued use of property already owned is also not, without more, a bar to a qualifying disclaimer. Thus, a joint tenant who continues to reside in jointly held property will not be considered to have accepted the benefit of the property merely because she continued to reside in the property prior to effecting the disclaimer.  Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1); PLR 9733008.
The existence of an unexercised general power of appointment in a will before the death of the testator is not an acceptance of benefits. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1). However, if the powerholder dies having exercised the power, acceptance of benefits has occurred. TAM 8142008.
The receipt of consideration in exchange for exercising a disclaimer constitutes an acceptance of benefits. However, the mere possibility that a benefit will accrue to the disclaimant in the future is insufficient to constitute an acceptance. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(1); TAM 8701001.  Moreover, actions taken in a fiduciary capacity by a disclaimant to preserve the disclaimed property will not constitute an acceptance of benefits. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-2(d)(2). A disclaimant may make a qualified disclaimer with respect to all or an undivided portion of a separate interest in property, even if the disclaimant has another interest in the same property. Thus, one could disclaim an income interest while retaining an interest in principal. PLR 200029048. So too, the right to remove a trustee was an interest separate from the right to receive principal or a lifetime special power of appointment.  PLR 9329025.  PLR 200127007 ruled that the waiver of the benefit conferred by right of recover under IRC §2207A  constituted a qualified disclaimer.
A disclaimant makes a qualified disclaimer with respect to disclaimed property if the disclaimer relates to severable property. Treas. Regs. §25.2518-3(a)(1)(ii). Thus, (i) the disclaimer of a fractional interest in a residuary bequest was a qualified disclaimer (PLR 8326033); (ii) a disclaimer may be made of severable oil, gas and mineral rights (PLR 8326110); and (iii) a disclaimer of the portion of real estate needed to fund the obligation of the residuary estate to pay legacies, debts, funeral and administrative expenses, is a severable interest. PLR 8130127.
For disclaimants (other than a surviving spouse) who are residuary legatees or heirs at law, the disclaimant must be careful not only to disclaim the interest in the property itself, but also to disclaim the residuary interest. If not, the disclaimer will not be effective with respect to that portion of the interest which the disclaimant has the right to receive. §25.2518-2(e)(3). To illustrate, in PLR 8824003, a joint tenant (who was not a surviving spouse) was entitled to one-half of the residuary estate. The joint tenant disclaimed his interest in the joint tenancy, but did not disclaim his residuary interest. The result was that only half of the disclaimed interest qualified under IRC §2518. The half that passed to the disclaimant as a residuary legatee did not qualify.
The disclaimant may not have the power, either alone or in conjunction with another, to determine who will receive the disclaimed property, unless the power is subject to an ascertainable standard. However, with respect to a surviving spouse, the rule is more lenient.  Estate of Lassiter, 80 T.C.M. (CCH) 541 (2000) held that Treas. Reg. §25.2518-2(e)(2) does not prohibit a surviving spouse from retaining a power to direct the beneficial enjoyment of the disclaimed property, even if the power is not limited by an ascertainable standard, provided the surviving spouse will ultimately be subject to estate or gift tax with respect to the disclaimed property.
An impermissible power of direction exists if the disclaimant has a power of appointment over a trust receiving the disclaimed property, or if the disclaimant is a fiduciary with respect to the disclaimed property. §25.2518-2(e)(3). However, mere precatory language  not binding under state law as to who shall receive the disclaimed property will not constitute a prohibited “direction”. PLR 9509003.  Limits on the power of a fiduciary to disclaim may have tax implications. PLR 8409024 stated that trustees could disclaim administrative powers the exercise of which did not “enlarge or shift any of the beneficial interests in the trust.” However, the trustees could not disclaim dispositive fiduciary powers which directly affected the beneficial interest involved. This rule limits the trustee’s power to qualify a trust for a QTIP election.
In some states, representatives of minors, infants, or incompetents may disclaim without court approval. EPTL §2-1.11(c) permits renunciation on behalf of an infant, incompetent or minor. However such renunciation must be “authorized” by the court having jurisdiction of the estate of the minor, infant or incompetent. In Estate of Azie, 694 N.Y.S.2d 912 (Sur. Ct. 1999), two minor children were beneficiaries of a $1 million life insurance policy of their deceased father. The mother, who was the guardian, proposed to disclaim $50,000 of each child. The proposed disclaimer would fund a marital trust and would save $40,000 in estate taxes. The Surrogate, disapproving the proposed disclaimer, stated that the disclaimer must be advantageous to the children, and not merely to the parent.
A disclaimer may be valid under the EPTL but not under the Code. EPTL §2-1.11-(b)(2) provides that a renunciation must be filed with the Surrogates court within 9 months after the effective date of the disposition, but that this time may be extended for “reasonable cause.” EPTL §2-1.11(a)(2)(C) provides that the effective date of the disposition of a future interest “shall be the date on which it becomes an estate in possession.” Since under IRC §2518, a renunciation must be made within nine months, the grant of an extension by the Surrogates court of the time in which to file a renunciation might result in a valid disclaimer under the EPTL, but under federal tax law. Similarly, while the time for making a renunciation of a future interest may be extended under EPTL §2-1.11(a)(2)(C), such an extension would likely be ineffective for purposes of IRC §2518.
The rules for disclaiming jointly owned property can generally be divided into two categories. The first category consists of joint bank, brokerage and other investment accounts where the transferor may unilaterally regain his contributions. With respect to these, the surviving co-tenant may disclaim within nine months of the transferor’s death but, under the current EPTL, only to the extent that the survivor did not furnish consideration.
The second category comprises all other jointly held interests. With respect to all other interests held jointly with right of survivorship or as tenants by the entirety, a qualified disclaimer of the interest to which the disclaimant succeeds upon creation must be made no later than nine months after the creation. A qualified disclaimer of an interest to which the disclaimant succeeds upon the death of another (i.e., a survivorship interest) must be made no later than nine months after the death of the first tenant. This is true (i) regardless of the portion of the property contributed by the disclaimant; (ii) regardless of the portion of the property included in the decedent’s gross estate under IRC §2040; and (iii) regardless of whether the property is unilaterally severable under local law.
A bill has been introduced in the New York legislature which would conform New York law to federal law.  EPTL 2-1.11(b)(1) now provides that a surviving joint tenant or tenant by the entirety may not disclaim the portion of property allocable to amounts contributed by him with respect to such property. Under the proposed legislation, the surviving joint tenant or tenant by the entirety may disclaim to the extent that such interest could be the subject of a qualified disclaimer under IRC § 2518.

XXIV.    VALUATION CLAUSES

Transfer made by gift or by sale are frequently expressed by formula to avoid adverse gift tax consequences that could result if the value of the transferred interest were successfully challenged by the IRS on audit. There are two principal types of formula clauses: “value adjustment” clauses and “value definition”” clauses. A value adjustment clause provides for either an increase in the price of an asset or a return of a portion of the transferred asset to the donor if the value of the transferred asset is determined to be greater than anticipated at the time of the transfer.  However, this technique, which utilizes a condition subsequent to avoid a transfer in excess of that which is contemplated, is generally ineffective. A number of courts have ruled this would constitute a condition subsequent which would have the effect of undoing a portion of a gift. That would  be against public policy and therefore void.
A value definition clause defines the value of the gift or sale at the time of the transfer. The agreement between the parties does not require a price adjustment or an adjustment in the amount of property transferred. The transaction is complete, but the extent of the property sold or given is not fully known at that time. An adjustment on a revaluation by the IRS will simply cause an adjustment of the interests allocated between the transferor and transferee(s). A value definition clause could allocate the transferred amount among non-taxable transferees, which could include charities, QTIP trusts, or outright transfers to spouses.      The Eighth Circuit, in Estate of Christiansen, approved the use of formula disclaimers. __F.3d__, No. 08-3844, (11/13/09); 2009 WL 3789908, aff’’g 130 T.C. 1 (2008). Helen Christiansen left her entire estate to her daughter, Christine, with a gift over to a charity to the extent Christine disclaimed her legacy. By reason of the difficulty in valuing limited partnership interests, Christine disclaimed that portion of the estate that exceeded $6.35 million, as finally determined for estate tax purposes. Following IRS examination, the estate agreed to a higher value for the partnership interests. However, by reason of the disclaimer, this adjustment simply resulted in more property passing to the charity, with no increase in estate tax liability. The IRS objected to the formula disclaimer on public policy grounds, stating that fractional disclaimers provide a disincentive to audit.
In upholding the validity of the disclaimer, the Court of Appeals remarked that “we note that the Commissioner’s role is not merely to maximize tax receipts and conduct litigation based on a calculus as to which cases will result in the greatest collection. Rather, the Commissioner’s role is to enforce the tax laws.” Although “savings clauses” had since Com’r. v. Procter, 142 F.2d 824 (4th Cir.), cert. denied, 323 U.S. 756 (1944), rev’g and rem’g 2 TCM [CCH] 429 (1943) been held in extreme judicial disfavor on public policy grounds, carefully drawn defined value formula clauses have seen a remarkable rehabilitation. So much so that the Tax Court in Christiansen concluded that it “did not find it necessary to consider Procter, since the formula in question involved only the parties’ current estimates of value, and not values finally determined for gift or estate tax purposes.”

XXV.    PROTECTIVE CLAIMS

The executor may file a “protective claim” for refund, which would preserve the estate’s ultimate right to claim a deduction under IRC §2053(a). A timely filed protective claim would thus preserve the estate’s right to a refund if the amount of the liability is later determined and paid.Although a protective claim would not be required to specify a dollar amount, it would be required to identify the outstanding claim that would be deductible if paid, and describe the contingencies delaying the determination of the liability or its actual payment. Attorney’s fees or executor’s commissions that have not been paid could be identified in a protective claim. Prop. Regs. §20.2053-1(a)(4). A second limitation on deductible expenses also applies: Estate expenses are deductible by the executor only if approved by the state court whose decision follows state law, or established by a bona fide settlement agreement or a consent decree resulting from an arm’s length agreement. This requirement is apparently intended to prevent a deduction where a claim of doubtful merit was paid by the estate.
The proposed regulations suffer from some defects. To illustrate one, assume the will of the decedent dying in 2008 whose estate is worth $10 million, designates that $2 million should fund the credit shelter trust, with the remainder funding the marital trust. Assume also the existence of a $3 million contested claim against the estate. If the executor sets apart $3 million for the contested claim and files a protective claim for refund, the marital trust would be funded with only $5 million, instead of $8 million. If the claim is later defeated, the $3 million held in reserve could no longer be used to fund the marital trust, and would be subject to estate tax.
Alternatively, the executor could simply fund the marital trust with $8 million, not set aside the $3 million, and not file a protective claim. If the claim is later determined to be valid, payment could be made from assets held in the marital trust. However, by proceeding in this manner, the IRS could later assert that the marital deduction was invalid. Some have speculated that the existence of a large protective claim might also tempt the IRS to look more closely at other valuation issues involving other expenses claimed by the estate as a hedge against the possibility of a large future deduction by the estate.

XXVI.    PARTNERSHIPS & S CORPORATIONS

Income tax problems may arise if a nongrantor trust becomes the owner of S Corporation stock. In general, only certain trusts, i.e., (i) grantor trusts; (ii) Qualified Subchapter S Trusts; and (iii) Electing Small Business Trusts may own S corporation stock. A grantor trust that becomes a nongrantor trust at the death of the grantor will no longer be an eligible S corporation shareholder. Without some affirmative action, the S corporation election would be lost, with attendant adverse income tax consequences. However, two remedies are available under which address this issue. The first  involves the trust making an election to be treated as a “Qualified Subchapter S Trust,” or “QSST”.
To qualify as a QSST, IRC §1361(d)(3)(B) requires that trust instrument provide that all income be distributed annually to the sole trust beneficiary. An election must be made by the beneficiary to qualify the trust as a QSST. If the trust cannot qualify as a QSST because the trust instrument does not require all income to be distributed annually (i.e., the trustee is given discretion to distribute income) it cannot qualify as a QSST.
Though less desirable, qualification for a nongrantor trust may still be possible by making an election to be treated as an Electing Small Business Trust, or “ESBT” under IRC §1361(e). In contrast to a QSST, an ESBT does not require that all income be distributed annually. The ESBT election is made by the trustee, rather than by the beneficiary. The ESBT, rather than the income beneficiary, will report his share of income from the S Corporation. Expenses of the trust will be allocated the Subchapter S interest of the Trust and the interest of the Trust consisting of non-S Corporation assets.
Treas. Regs. § 1.1361-1(j)(6)(ii)(A) and IRC § 1.1361-1(m)(2)(iii) provide the time period in which an ESBT election must be made: if S Corporation stock is transferred to a trust, the [ESBT] election must be made within the 16-day-and-2-month period beginning on the day the stock is transferred to the trust.  When the Trust distributes income, the Trust will receive a deduction only for the portion of the distribution related to income derived from non-S Corporation trust assets.  (This is in sharp contrast to the normal rules applicable to trust distributions to beneficiaries.)  Therefore, to the extent a trust will not be entitled to receive any deduction. All income reported by the ESBT is taxed at the highest individual income tax rates.  In addition, losses passed through from the S Corporation are not permitted to offset income from non-S Corporation assets held bythe trust. See Treas. Regs. § 1.641(c)-1.
IRC § 1361(e)(3) and Treas. Regs. § 1.1361-1(m)(2) provide that the trustee must make the ESBT election. The election is made by signing and filing with the service center  where  the  S  Corporation  files  its  returns  a  statement  that  meets the  trust meets requirements  of the regulations. If the trust has more than one trustee, each trustee must sign the election statement. The election statement must include the following information:    (i) the name, address, and TIN of the trust; (ii) the potential current beneficiaries, and the S Corporations in which the trust owns stock;    (iii) an identification of the election as an ESBT election made under Internal IRC § 1361(e)(2); (iv) the first date on which the trust owned stock in each S Corporation; (v) the date at which the election is to become effective (not earlier than15 days and two months before the date on which the election is filed); and (vi) representations signed by the trustee stating that the trust meets the definitional requirements of IRC § 1361(e)(1) and all potential current income beneficiaries of the trust meet the shareholder requirements of IRC § 1361(b)(1).
If a trust which has made an election to be treated as an ESBT or QSST terminates, the S corporation shares  must  be  transferred  to  another qualifying  shareholder to preserve the S Corporation election.  When a partner dies, the basis of any partnership interest passing to heirs is stepped up to fair market value. Until 2001, the partnership’s inside basis in partnership assets remained the same following the death of a partner, and the transmission of the partnership interest to the decedent’s heirs. However, IRC § 754, enacted in 2001, permits the partnership to increase (or decrease) the inside basis of partnership assets with respect to the interest of the deceased partner. This election will have the favorable result of permitting increasing the adjusted basis of partnership property to fair market value on the date of death of the decedent.
The heir will then be able to use the increased basis to report gain from the sale by the partnership of partnership property. The election will also be beneficial to the remaining partners since it will increase depreciation deductions, and reduce gain when the partnership ultimately disposes of the replacement property. The Section 754 adjustment will have no effect on other partners; therefore, the partnership will be required to keep two sets of books for the basis of partnership property. The election is made by the partnership on the return corresponding to the year in which the partner died. Although not irrevocable, the election may be only be revoked with the approval of the IRS.

Posted in Estate Planning, Post Mortem Estate & Income Tax Planning, Post Mortem Estate & Income Tax Planning, Post Mortem Estate Planning, Probate & Administration, Treatises | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | 1 Comment

New York State Tax Litigation

View Outline:  New York State Tax Litigation

New York State Tax Litigation

New York State Tax Litigation

view outline:  New York State Tax Litigation

New York State Tax Litigation

© 2011 David L. Silverman, J.D., LL.M. (Taxation)
Law Offices of David L. Silverman
2001 Marcus Avenue, Suite 265A South
Lake Success, NY 11042 (516) 466-5900
http://www.nytaxattorney.com
nytaxatty@aol.com

April 15, 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.    REPRESENTATION    -1-

II.    CONCILIATION CONFERENCE    -2-

III.    THE DIVISION OF TAX APPEALS    -3-

IV.    ANALYZING A SALES TAX CASE    -3-

V.    MOTIONS FOR SUMMARY DETERMINATION    -5-

VI.    TAX APPEALS TRIBUNAL    -6-

VII.    ARTICLE 78 REVIEW OF TAX APPEALS TRIBUNAL DECISIONS    -7-

VIII.    APPEALS TO COURT OF APPEALS    -10-

IX.    DECLARATORY RELIEF AGAINST DEPARTMENT OF TAXATION    -11-

New York State
Tax Litigation

© 2011 David L. Silverman, J.D., LL.M. (Taxation)
Law Offices of David L. Silverman
2001 Marcus Avenue, Suite 265A South
Lake Success, NY 11042 (516) 466-5900
http://www.nytaxattorney.com
nytaxatty@aol.com

April 15, 2011
I.    REPRESENTATION

Lincoln’s adage that “he who is his own lawyer has a fool for a client” appears particularly apt for those taxpayers who represent themselves in tax disputes, since not only are they often unfamiliar with the procedural aspects of the litigation process, but they are also often unfamiliar with the tax law. Although administrative law judges make every effort to accommodate pro se taxpayers, proceedings at the Division of Tax Appeals are governed by the Tax Law and the CPLR. Pro se taxpayers with little knowledge in these statutory areas generally fare poorly, frequently making arguments that have been rejected countless times in the past by other taxpayers. In addition, they often create a hearing record so decidedly adverse that a later appeal to the Tax Appeals Tribunal becomes extraordinarily difficult.
The Department of Taxation, on the other hand, is represented by skillful and experienced lawyers who are conversant with the cases and with the system. The Department’s counsel are also adept at defusing the actions of auditors who have deviated from established audit procedures during the audit. Taxpayers not representing themselves at the Division of Tax Appeals or the Tax Appeals Tribunal may be represented by an accountant or by an attorney. Taxpayers appealing an adverse decision of the Tax Appeals Tribunal via an Article 78 proceeding to the Appellate Division may only be represented by an attorney.

II.    CONCILIATION CONFERENCE

A taxpayer who disagrees with audit finding will be given the opportunity to participate in a mediation conference with the auditor. This conference is held under the under the auspices of the Bureau of Mediation and Conciliation Services (BCMS), which is a separate operating bureau within the Department of Taxation reporting directly to the Commissioner of Taxation and Finance. The goal of the Conciliation Conferee is to resolve tax disputes without the necessity of a formal hearing before the Division of Tax Appeals. A request for a Conciliation Conference must generally be made within 90 days after the issuance of a Notice of Determination. The taxpayer who deems the Conciliation Order issued by the Conferee following the Conference unacceptable, may request a formal hearing before the Division of Tax Appeals within 90 days after the Conciliation Order is issued.
A taxpayer who wishes to bypass the Conciliation Conference may do so by filing a request for a formal hearing before the Division of Tax Appeals within 90 days after the issuance of a Notice of Determination. These time periods are jurisdictional; a taxpayer who fails to timely file a request for a hearing before the Division of Tax Appeals will lose all appeal rights in the administrative tax tribunals. (Relief may still be sought in some cases by bring a declaratory judgment action in state supreme court challenging the constitutionality or the applicability of the statute or assessment. However, this path is perilous at best.)

III.    THE DIVISION OF TAX APPEALS

The Division of Tax Appeals, in contrast to BCMS, is an autonomous unit of the Department of Taxation and is independent of the Commissioner of Taxation and Finance. The Administrative Law Judges who preside over hearings at the Division of Tax Appeals are experienced and impartial. Still, the Department of Taxation has an advantage in the Division of Tax Appeals, since tax laws are construed narrowly and in favor of the government. Hearings are held at the offices of the Division of Tax Appeals, located at 500 Federal Street, in Troy. The majority disputes with the Department of Taxation heard today involve sales tax.  Decisions of the Tax Appeals Tribunal, the Appellate Division, Court of Appeals, or United States district or appeals courts sitting in New York may be cited as authority for the taxpayer’s case. However, the doctrine of staré decisis has no application to cases decided by Administrative Law Judges. Accordingly, those determinations have no precedential value and may not be cited as authority in any brief. In the 2009-2010 fiscal year, Administrative Law Judges sustained 80.2 percent of the deficiencies  or other action asserted by the Department of Taxation; they cancelled 9.4 percent of the deficiencies or other action; and they modified 10.4 percent of the deficiencies or other action. New York State Division of Tax Appeals, Annual Report Fiscal Year 2009-2010.

IV.    ANALYZING A SALES TAX CASE

In fiscal year 2009-10, sales tax cases represented 59 percent of the cases heard in the Division of Tax Appeals. This is not surprising. With the lure of interest, penalties, and large revenues upon which the sales tax is based, the Department of Taxation aggressively pursues sales tax revenue through audit. To emerge victorious in a sales tax dispute, the taxpayer should be conversant with some important principles involving sales tax litigation. First, auditors often attack the adequacy of the taxpayer’s books and records. Should the Division find these records inadequate, it may resort to “external indices,” one of which is a “test period” audit, in which an extrapolation could be made over a lengthy term. Since penalties will also be extrapolated, this is a dangerous position for the taxpayer to be in.
The first question is whether the Division was justified in resorting to external indices. The Division must make an explicit request for books and records for the entire audit period.  If only a “weak and casual” request is made for records (Matter of Christ Cella, 477 NYS2d 858), the taxpayer may be excused from having failed to provide records. If the auditor failed to conduct a sufficient examination of the records, the use of a test period audit has been held improper.  Does the audit report actually document a finding of inadequacy of records? Matter of King Crab, 522 N.Y.S.2d 978. If not, the Division may be unable to establish inadequacy of records. Resort to a test period audit is not justified unless it is “virtually impossible” to determine tax based upon available records. Matter of Chartair, 411 NYS2d 41. Did the auditors fail to review books and records because they were “too voluminous”? Matter of Names in the News, 429 NYS2d 755. The Division may not employ an “economic feasibility” test in resorting to a test period audit. The taxpayer has a right to a detailed audit under Tax Law §1138. Matter of Chartair, supra.
Did the taxpayer or his representative actually consent to a test period audit? Merely complying with a request to provide records for a test period does not, without more, evidence a waiver of the taxpayer’s right to a complete audit. Matter of James G. Kennedy, 509 NYS2d 199. Did the Division “deliberately overlook” records which were helpful to the taxpayer? Matter of Merrick Discount Center, DTA No. 800362. Was there a change in auditors? Did the original auditor appear at the hearing or at least provide an affidavit? If not, the evidence may not be sufficient to justify resort to external indices. Matter of Kenneth Schuck Trucking, DTA No. 816129. If the audit period was extended, were those records requested? Was an independent review of records relating to the extended audit period made? If adequate records exist for the extended audit period, the Division “cannot ignore them.” Matter of Adamides, 521 NYS2d 826.
Even if the taxpayer failed to comply with the Division’s record keeping regulations, it may not “prescribe the type of proof that a taxpayer must provide at hearing”” in order to prevail. Matter of John G. Avildsen, DTA No. 809722. If the amount of tax paid was “easily ascertainable” from records provided, a denial of credit by the Division was held to constitute the “mindless elevation of form over substance” and could not be considered “anything other than an arbitrary and capricious exercise of power.” Matter of Riluc, 565 NYS2d 265. Did the Division request records not typically kept by persons involved in the taxpayer’s line of business? If so, the taxpayer has the right to substantiate the proper collection of tax due through supporting documents. Matter of Raemart Drugs, 555 NYS2d 458.
Assuming resort to estimate procedures was warranted, did those procedures lack a “rational basis,” or did an extrapolation yield a grossly inaccurate estimate the tax liability? Matter of Yonkers Plumbing, 403 NYS2d 792. Was the Division’s method “reasonably calculated” to reflect the taxes due? Matter of W.T. Grant Company, 2 NY2d 196, cert denied 355 US 869. Was the audit methodology founded upon the auditor’s “experience” without any indication that the experience relates to the present audit? Matter of Grecian Square, 119 AD2d 948. Was the method chosen by the Division to estimate sales arbitrary and capricious? Matter of King Crab, supra.
Was the imposition of penalties proper? Did the taxpayer make a “reasonable effort” to ascertain tax liability? Matter of Northern States Contracting, Inc., DTA 806161. Was any understatement of tax unintentional? Matter of G & R Machinery, DTA 804590. As these cases demonstrate, knowledge of the taxpayer’s substantive rights constitutes the best insurance against an unfavorable result. Having a meritorious case may unfortunately be insufficient to prevail at hearing unless the proper legal arguments are advanced.

V.    MOTIONS FOR SUMMARY DETERMINATION

NYCRR § 3000.9(b)(1) provides that ““summary determination” may be granted “if, upon all of the papers and proofs submitted, the administrative law judge finds . . . no material and triable issue of fact is presented and that the . . . judge can, therefore, as a matter of law, issue a determination in favor of any party.” A motion for summary determination forces the Department to “lay bare”” its proof at an earlier stage. In that sense, the motion serves as a proxy for discovery. It can also provide an effective means of presenting the case to the ALJ prior to the hearing in a light most favorable to the taxpayer. Most evidence, which often consists of auditor’s testimony, his logs and other documentary evidence, is typically presented for the first time at the hearing before the ALJ in Troy.
A motion for summary judgment may eliminate the undesirable element of surprise. Surprise at hearing may derail even the strongest of cases. Once served with a motion for summary determination, the Department must respond by proving the existence of a genuine issue of triable fact. Facts not controverted in opposing papers are deemed admitted. Fair v. Stanley Fuchs, 631 N.Y.S.2d 153 (1st Dept. 1995) held that a party opposing a motion for summary judgment “must produce evidentiary proof in admissible form sufficient to require a trial of material questions of fact . . . mere conclusions, expressions of hope or unsubstantiated allegations or assertions are insufficient.” Accordingly, affirmations of counsel would be insufficient to defeat the motion. Affidavits by the auditor as well as other evidence in admissible form would seemingly be required to oppose to such a motion.

VI.    TAX APPEALS TRIBUNAL

Following a hearing at the Division of Tax Appeals, any party may appeal all or part of the Determination to the Tax Appeals Tribunal, provided a Notice of Exception is filed within 30 days after service of the Determination on the parties. The Tax Appeals tribunal sits as the final administrative tax tribunal in the state.  In the 2009-2010 fiscal year, the Tax Appeals Tribunal sustained the deficiency or other action asserted by the Department of Taxation in 71.7 percent of cases; it cancelled the deficiency or other action asserted in 13.0 percent of the cases; it modified the deficiency or other action asserted in 8.7 percent of the cases, and it remanded the case to the Administrative Law Judge in 6.5 percent of the cases.
A brief may be filed within 30 days after the filing of the Notice of Exception. 30-day extensions for filing a Notice of Exception may be granted “for cause.” In practice, such extensions are granted as a matter of course, provided a letter requesting the extension is received by the Division of Tax Appeals within the 30-day period for filing the Notice of Exception. The Tax Appeals Tribunal, also located in Troy, has three Commissioners who serve nine-year terms and who may be removed only for cause. Tax procedure in the administrative tax tribunals is governed by rules promulgated by the Tax Appeals Tribunal. In many respects, these rules resemble procedural rules found in the CPLR. Oral argument may be requested before the Tax Appeals Tribunal, and is routinely but not automatically granted.

VII.    ARTICLE 78 REVIEW OF TAX APPEALS TRIBUNAL DECISIONS

Taxpayers wishing to contest adverse determinations of the Tax Appeals Tribunal generally have only one choice: an Article 78 proceeding to review the determination of a “state body” (i.e., the Tax Appeals Tribunal), pursuant to CPLR §7804. Article 78 review  must be commenced within 4 months following an adverse decision by the Tax Appeals Tribunal. A CPLR Article 78 proceeding is the “dotted line” in the flowchart that brings the tax dispute out of administrative tribunal system and into the New York judicial court system. From a tax petitioner’s standpoint, Article 78 is far from perfect: it possesses treacherous statutes of limitations, it is inherently capable of providing only narrowly circumscribed relief, and it imposes onerous bonding requirements. Still, like the Spirit of St. Louis, Article 78  will at least take the taxpayer into the courtroom of the Appellate Division, where counsel may be able to convince the Court of reversible error below.
An Article 78 petition is returnable to the Appellate Division, 3rd Department, in Albany. If corporate sales tax is in issue, the taxpayer must deposit the tax or post an undertaking. No undertaking is required to seek  review of personal income and corporate tax determinations, including responsible person determinations; however, assessment and collection of these taxes may proceed during the pendency of  an Article 78 proceeding.
The actual Article 78 proceeding is commenced by service of a Notice of Petition and Petition upon the parties described above made returnable to the Appellate Division, 3rd Department, on at least 20 days’ notice. At least five days before the return date of the Petition, the Commissioner must appear by serving an answer, or otherwise moving to dismiss. (A motion to dismiss could be based upon a lack of jurisdiction for failing to properly serve all parties or for failing to obtain the required bond, or dismissal could result from failing to state a cause of action.)Judicial review is limited to the record before the agency — no new evidence may be submitted. The stipulated record and a brief must be filed within 9 months after the date of commencement of the proceeding.
CPLR § 217 provides that “a proceeding against a body . . . must be commenced within four months after the determination to be reviewed becomes final and binding.” Tax Law §2016 provides that the four-month period commences after notice of the Tax Appeals Tribunal is served. The statute then provides that “service by certified mail shall be complete upon deposit of such notice . . . in a post office.” Therefore, the taxpayer actually has less than four months from receipt of the notice in which to commence an Article 78 proceeding. The Department of Taxation keeps meticulous records, including affidavits by clerks, concerning the manner in which certified copies of decisions are mailed.
Arguments made by the taxpayer concerning either the taxpayer’s own timely mailing, or the Department’s failure in this regard, will in all likelihood fail. One might presume that only the Department of Taxation need be served with an Article 78 petition. This presumption would be erroneous: Tax Law § 2016 provides that “[t]he petitioner shall designate the tax appeals tribunal and the commissioner of taxation and finance as respondents in the proceeding for judicial review.” (The Tax Appeals Tribunal does not, however, participate in the proceeding.) Section 2016 continues, providing that “[i]n all other respects the provisions and standards of article seventy-eight of the [CPLR] shall apply.” CPLR §7804(c) provides that “notice of petition must be served upon the attorney general by delivery of such order or notice to an assistant attorney general.”
Therefore, the Department of Taxation, the Tax Appeals Tribunal and the Attorney General must all be served in an Article 78 proceeding. One might also assume that since the taxpayer may be served with notice of the Tax Appeals Tribunal decision by certified mail, the taxpayer could, similarly, commence an Article 78 proceeding by serving the three required recipients by certified mail. This is not the case: Although CPLR §307(2) does provide that personal service may be effected upon a state agency (i.e., Department of Taxation and Tax Appeals Tribunal) by certified mail, § 307(1) appears to require personal delivery by a process server upon the Attorney General.
Additionally, one more trap awaits the unwary regarding service of process by certified mail: CPLR §307(2) provides that such service is not effective unless “the front of the envelope bears the legend “URGENT LEGAL MAIL.” Given the tangle of statutory provisions governing service, it would appear far preferable to serve all parties personally by process server, rather than to serve by certified mail and hope that all statutory requirements have been met. Although the taxpayer may have contested the deficiency to the Tax Appeals Tribunal without paying any disputed tax, this courtesy of the New York Legislature ends at the filing of the Article 78 petition, at least with respect to some types of tax.
Thus, a jurisdictional prerequisite to instituting an Article 78 proceeding involving, inter alia, sales tax or real property transfer gains tax, is the filing of a bond to cover contested amounts and court costs. Although a bond is not required in order to initiate an Article 78 proceeding based upon deficiency relating to income tax, the Department may nevertheless assess and collect a deficiency during the pendency of such an Article 78 proceeding. If the Department decides to assess tax during the proceeding, the taxpayer must either pay the deficiency or file a bond (a letter of credit may also be acceptable to the Department) pending ultimate disposition of the case.
Although it may seem unjust for the Appellate Division to dismiss meritorious cases on procedural grounds such as the failure to serve the Article 78 petition in the proper manner — and perhaps it is unjust — a body of case law has evolved which makes it virtually impossible for a court to entertain a petition which suffers from jurisdictional defects. The petition must be verified (CPLR §7804) and must comply with all provisions of the CPLR which govern pleadings.
Thus, it must make factual allegations in separately numbered paragraphs and must state a legally cognizable cause of action, or the action will be susceptible to a motion to dismiss. The Court of Appeals held in Spodek v. New York State Com’r. of Taxation and Finance, 628 N.Y.S.2d 256 (1995), that the commencement-by-filing provisions in CPLR §304 apply to proceedings originating in the Appellate Division. Thus, before service of the Article 78 petition on the required recipients, the Petition must be filed (and an index number purchased) from the Clerk of the Appellate Division.
After purchasing the index number, personal service (preferably by a process server) must be made on the recipients. After such service is complete, proof of such service must be filed with the Appellate Division “not later than 15 days after the date on which the [four-month] statute of limitations expires.” CPLR § 306(b) Pursuant to Tax Law § 2016, the taxpayer must include as part of the petition (1) the determination of the Administrative Law Judge (ALJ), (2) the decision of the Tax Appeals Tribunal, (3) the transcript of the hearing (if any) before the ALJ, and (4) any exhibit or document submitted into evidence at any stage in the proceeding. Judicial review of the agency determination will be limited to a review of the record.
After issue has been joined (i.e., the Department has served an answer or moved to dismiss), and within nine months of the date of the Notice of Petition, the taxpayer must file with the Appellate Division an original and nine copies of a reproduced full record, as well as ten copies of the taxpayer’s brief. In reviewing the determination of the Tax Appeal Tribunal, CPLR §7803 provides that the determination will be upheld if it is supported by “substantial evidence.” In addition, the burden of proof is generally on the taxpayer to show that the agency determination was arbitrary or capricious, or not supported by the evidence. This includes responsible person determinations made under the income and sales tax laws for corporate officers and employees.
After submission of the record and brief, oral argument is scheduled. Taxpayer’’s counsel is generally allowed 15 minutes for oral argument. Approximately six weeks later, the Court will render a full opinion or memorandum decision. The prevailing party will then draft a proposed order for execution by the Appellate Division Clerk. After service of this order with Notice of Entry, the nonprevailing party will then have 30 days in which to seek leave (permission) to appeal to the Court of Appeals. The Court of Appeals seldom grants leave to appeal in tax cases.

VIII.    APPEALS TO COURT OF APPEALS

Appeals to the Court of Appeals may be taken either by permission or as of right. In either case, no oral argument on the motion is permitted. Appeals as of right may be taken where (i) two justices dissented on a question of law in favor of the taxpayer; or (ii) the issues in dispute directly involve a constitutional question. With respect to (i), it is not enough that there have been two dissenting judges; each must have advocated judgment in favor of the taxpayer based on questions of law. With respect to (ii), even where a constitutional question is presented, the appeal will be dismissed if the decision could have been decided on other grounds. Thus, a constitutional question cannot be raised solely to obtain jurisdiction.
A motion seeking permission to appeal may be based upon three grounds: (i) the decision conflicts with a prior Court of Appeals decision; (ii) a novel question is presented; or (iii) a question of substantial public importance is presented. Permission is typically sought under (ii) or (iii). The motion must include (a) a concise statement of facts; (b) a statement of the procedural history and a showing that the motion is timely; (c) a showing that the Court has jurisdiction; (d) an argument as to why the case merits review; and (e) an identification of portions of the record where the questions sought to be reviewed were preserved for appellate review.  Within 10 days taking an appeal by right or by permission, the petitioner must “perfect” the appeal by filing a jurisdictional statement. The petitioner must then file and serve his brief, with the record and original exhibits.  Leave to appeal to the Court of Appeals, rarely granted, may be sought if the taxpayer in the Appellate Division. In recent years, the U.S. Supreme Court has granted certiorari to relatively few petitioners involving substantive state tax issues.
The Appellate Division will affirm if it finds the decision was (i) supported by “substantial evidence” and was not (ii) erroneous, arbitrary or capricious. Following submission of the record and briefs, oral argument before five judges will be scheduled in the Appellate Division. Within 4 to 6 weeks, a decision will be handed down.  An appeal to the Court of Appeals from an adverse decision of the Appellate Division must be taken within 30 days after being served with a notice of entry. Failure to timely take an appeal is a fatal jurisdictional defect that will foreclose all further relief.  The Court of Appeals generally reviews only questions of law. However, it may also review the Appellate Division’s reversal of the administrative tribunal’s finding of fact or exercise of discretion.

IX.    DECLARATORY RELIEF AGAINST DEPARTMENT OF TAXATION

Although the administrative dispute mechanism is fairly administered by competent judges, tax disputes often result in manifest unfairness to the taxpayer, since protest and filing deadlines are strictly enforced, notices are unclear, and unintended forfeiture of rights frequently occurs. Taxing statutes are narrowly construed and administrative tribunals have little or no equitable jurisdiction. Moreover, Article 78 proceedings are procedurally and substantively weighted against the taxpayer, the standard of review being the difficult to surmount “arbitrary and capricious” formulation.  In the federal arena, suits against the IRS may proceed in federal courts only if the taxpayer has paid the tax and then sues for a refund; otherwise the taxpayer must litigate in Tax Court. The doctrine of sovereign immunity will, with few exceptions, pose an impenetrable bar  resulting in dismissal of most actions brought by the taxpayer in federal court, except when expressly authorized by statute.
Yet, the doctrine of sovereign immunity exerts less pull in New York state courts. In fact, the Court of Appeals has expressly recognized that administrative remedies are not the sole method of contesting the validity of a taxation statute: “A tax assessment may be reviewed in a manner other than that provided by statute where the constitutionality of the statute is challenged or a claim is made that the statute by its own terms does not apply…”  Slater v. Gallman, 377 N.Y.S.2d 448.  Thus, even a taxpayer who has contested — and lost — in the administrative tribunals, may seek another “day in court” in state supreme court, a naturally more hospitable venue. Moreover, once in supreme court, the Department’s own counsel will mostly likely transfer the file to the Attorney General’s office to litigate the matter. Since the Attorney General may not have the same institutional loyalty to the Department, a satisfactory accord may be reached even where none was possible the Department’s counsel at the administrative tribunals stage.
Challenging the constitutionality of a taxing statute is difficult, as is succeeding in an argument that a taxing statute is unconstitutional or by its terms inapplicable. Nonetheless, the legislature is by no means incapable of enacting vague or unconstitutional statutues, and a serious challenge in supreme court may in the end vindicate the taxpayer’s interests. Thus, in Tennessee Gas Pipeline Company v. Urbach, 96 NY2d 124 (2001), a declaratory judgment action, the Court of Appeals reversed the Appellate Division and declared the gas import tax unconstitional as violative of the Commerce Clause.
In practice, a declaratory judgment action in state supreme court is commenced by filing a summons and complaint as in any other civil action. The usual rules of procedure as provided in the CPLR apply. Often, a complaint is brought on by an order to show cause (OSC) seeking injunctive relief and a stay of collection until a hearing has been held. The Department does not like to litigate outside of its administrative tribunal forum. Nevertheless, a taxpayer who seeks a declaratory judgment and alleges that a statute is unconstitutional or inapplicable is entitled to a judgment declaring the parties’ rights. The appellate division has held that it is improper to ““dismiss’ a complaint seeking a declaratory judgment, since the proper action is to declare that the statute is — or is not — constitutional.  If there is a real question as to whether the statute is unconstitutional or inapplicable, the Attorney General, on its client’s — the Department’s — instruction, may seek to resolve the dispute without forcing the court to render a decision on the merits, which could further impede the Department’s efforts to collect tax against other similarly situated taxpayers if the Department were to lose and the statute were held to be inapplicable or unconstitutional.
Even if the taxpayer seeking a declaratory judgment appears unlikely to succeed on the merits, the mere presence of the taxpayer and his attorney in state supreme court with a Summons and an OSC against the Department and the Commissioner will more likely elicit the attention of an attorney or official with the power and inclination to settle the dispute than would the taxpayer on the receiving end of a telephone call from a collection agent. The declaratory judgment action can be an extremely useful device, especially where other viable options appear few.

Posted in NYS Tax Litigation, Treatises | Tagged , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

“Bifurcation” of Personal Injury and Medical Malpractice Trials in New York Unfair

Under current New York trial practice in some courts in the State, personal injury and medical malpractice trials are “bifurcated” into two separate “mini” trials.  This policy is not one of the legislature; rather, it is a judicial policy which is thought to promote efficiency in the courts, and to prevent jury passions from entering into deliberations.  To illustrate, in a personal injury action, bifurcation first results in a “liability” trial.  Here, the plaintiff must establish that the defendant was legally liable for the plaintiff’s accident.  This entails demonstrating that the defendant had a duty to the plaintiff, that the defendant breached that duty, and further, that the breach was a proximate cause of the plaintiff’s accident.

If the jury decides that the defendant is not legally liable, the trial ends, before the jury is even aware of the injuries suffered by the plaintiff.  If, and only if, the jury decides that the defendant is liable, does the trial proceed to the second phase, in which damages are ascertained by the jury. The rationale for providing a jury trial is that in our system of justice, a jury of one’s peers is deemed to be the most reliable means of ascertaining the guilt or innocence of a party.  The folly of “bifurcating” a personal injury or medical malpractice trial into two eviscerates the very rationale for having a jury in the first place.

Imagine that an ice cream truck runs a red light and hits a child, causing the child to become quadriplegic.  In those courts in which bifurcation is the prevailing policy, the jury will not know of the child’s grievous injuries unless and until it finds that the ice cream truck company is liable.  This is more than manifestly unfair to the child.  It is a perversion of justice.  It is unconscionable for the jury not to know of the child’s injuries during early phases of the trial.

While the courts are congested, and no one would argue that efficiency is important, the reality is that many jurors will choose to “go home” rather than sit through another week or more of trial testimony.  Why is it that in a bifurcated trial the damages portion is not tried first?  Would that also not promote the desired “efficiency,” since if there were no cognizable injury, there would be no need for a liability trial?  The explanation appears to be that the Courts have made the legislative decision that it is necessary for them to “weed” out cases on the basis of questionable liability.

This policy, although not in itself irrational, fails to recognize that it is simply not a proper function of the Court to take it upon itself to separate what are essentially inseparable legal and factual issues.  This is true even if the motivation is to ease court congestion. Further, the policy usurps the function of the legislature. What would be a proper function of the Court would be to determine the legitimacy of such a measure were an identical measure enacted by the legislature.

The trial of the liability portion first and as a prerequisite to the jury learning of the injury is arbitrary and unfair and should be abolished.  Every plaintiff who has suffered under this misguided policy has been permanently and unfairly harmed. Just as the method of evoking a response in a political poll can affect the result, so too can dictating and circumscribing the method and timing in which trial evidence is adduced.  It is not for the courts, however respectful we must be to them, to appropriate such an important aspect of jury trial from the jury itself.

Posted in NYS Commercial Litigation | Tagged | Leave a comment

January 31, 2011 Like Kind Exchange Seminar at HSBC

A seminar for accountants and attorneys sponsored by HSBC bank, with Mr. Silverman as the speaker, will be held at HSBC World Headquarters in Manhattan on January 31, 2011. The topic will be Like Kind Exchanges Under IRC § 1031. Continuing Legal Education Credits for New York State accountants and attorneys will be provided. Like Kind Exchange syllabus:

Like Kind Exchange Seminar Syllabus — January 31, 2011

Posted in Seminars | Leave a comment